The Advanced Panzer Blitz To&e Book Version 10

-0–
Volume 3:
Wargaming Orders
of Battle
-1–
ORDERS OF BATTLE
Introduction
WORLD WAR TWO
1 Czechoslovakian Army 1938

2 American Army, Satellites and US Marines Corps 1941 to 1945
3 British Army and Commonwealth Overseas Forces
4 Royal Belgian Army, Belgium 1940
5 Royal Dutch Army, Holland 1940
6 Royal Yugoslavian Army, Yugoslavia 1941
7 Finnish Army, Finland 1939 to1944
8 French Republican Army, France 1939 to 1942
9 German Wehrmarcht, Luftwaffe, Kiegsmarine and Waffen SS Ground Formations
10 Hungarian Army
11 Royal, Socialist Republic and Fascist Italian Army
12 Imperial Japanese Army, Imperial Guard and Imperial Marines
13 Polish Army 1939
14 Soviet Red Army 1938 to 1945
15 Royal Bulgarian Army
16 Royal Rumanian Army
17 Royal Greek Army 1941
18 Nationalist China
MODERN PERIOD
19 American Armed Forces

20 Argentine Forces for the Falklands War 1982
21 British Army
22 The Chinese People’s Liberation Army
23 The Egyptian Army 1956 to 1997
24 The French Army
25 The West German and Post Unification German Army - Bundeswehr
26 The Iraqi Revolutionary Army 1965 to 2003
27 The Israeli Army 1956 to 1997
28 Royal Jordanian Army
29 North Korean People’s Army 1960 to 1997
30 South Korean Army
31 Russian, Soviet Red and Warsaw Pact Satellite Armies
32 Syrian 1965 to 1997
33 Canadian Armed Forces – Land Force
34 Panama
35 Norway
36 Yugoslav Republic/Serbia Post 1992
37 Croatia
38 Bosnia-Herzegovina
-2–
39 Bosnian-Serb Republic
40 India 1950+
41 Pakistan 1950+
42 Belgium 1980+
43 The Netherlands
44 Denmark 1980+
45 Switzerland
46 Sweden
47 Italy
48 Greece
49 Turkey
50 Finland
51 Spanish Army
52 Taiwan 1997+
53 Viet Minh, Viet Cong and the Army of the People’s Republic of North Vietnam
54 Japanese Ground Self Defense Forces
55 Australian Army
56 New Zealand Armed Forces
57 South African Army
58 Cuba
59 Army of the Republic of South Vietnam
60 Kuwaiti Army
61 Africa OpFor
62 Saudi Arabia
63 Multi National Formations (EuroCorps, Luxembourg)
64 Republic of Eire Army
65 Austria Post WW2
66 Odds and Sods
-3–
ADVANCED PANZER BLITZ ORDERS OF BATTLE
Introduction
This is a comprehensive book on the the TO&Es (Tables of Organization and Equipment) or
ORBATs (Orders of Battle) of many nations in the twentieth and twenty-first centuries. Although
these ORBATs have been written for “Panzer Blitz” they are applicable to most platoon scale board
games. The armies are organized alphabetically. Supply vehicle counters have been included at
one per battalion. I have not included rear echelon units that have no fighting value. I have included
military police and security formations where I had the information. Please feel free to drop me line
as I am constantly updating and revising as I get better information. This book is divided into two
sections; the World War Two Period (including the Spanish Civil War) and the Modern Period
(everything after January 1946). I plan a third section on World War One once I get around to it.
WORLD WAR TWO
This covers most of the major armies used in World War II. Some of the data has had to be
conjure due to lack of information.
All most German battalions are shown at their composite level with all the assets they would
receive from their brigade or regimental headquarters. All Allied units are not shown as composite
units because allied tactics employed regimental assets differently.
Miniature players see the note at the last page.

-4–
1 Czechoslovakian Army 1938
This army is provided for those who want to do those what if situations. This army never
had a chance to fight due to a weakly led frightened government and Allied betrayal. All its
equipment ended up supplying the means by which Germany was able to carry out the 1939 to
1940 Blitzkrieg.
1 A Czechoslovakian Division Headquarters

Headquarters 1 CP, 1 Sigs, 1 Staff Car, 2 Truck, 1 MRT
1 B Czechoslovakian Infantry Brigade Headquarters (Commands two Infantry Regiments)

Anti Tank Company 4 47ATG, 4 Truck
Anti Aircraft Company 4 47AAG, 4 Truck
1 C Czechoslovakian Infantry Regiment Headquarters (Commands two Infantry Battalions)

Headquarters 1 CP, 1 Sigs, 1 Staff Car, 2 Wagon
1 D Czechoslovakian Motorized Infantry Regiment Headquarters (Commands two Motorized

Infantry Battalions)
1 E Czechoslovakian Cavalry Regiment Headquarters (Commands two Infantry Battalions)

Headquarters 1 CP, 1 Sigs, 1 Horse, 2 Wagon
1 F Czechoslovakian Infantry Battalion

3 Rifle Companies each 4 Rifle
1 Machinegun Company 4 MG
1 G Czechoslovakian Motorized Infantry Battalion

3 Rifle Companies each 4 Rifle, 4 Truck
1 Machinegun Company 4 MG, 4 Truck
1 H Czechoslovakian Cavalry Battalion

3 Companies each 4 Rifle, 4 Horse
1 Machinegun Company 4 MG, 4 Wagon
1 I Czechoslovakian Armoured Battalion

3 Companies each 4 Tanks
Note Tanks are either the LTM35 or LTM38 (Pz35t or Pz38t)
1 J Czechoslovakian Independent Armoured Company

4 LTM34
-5–
1 K Czechoslovakian Armoured Reconnaissance Platoon

1 TKV33
1 L Czechoslovakian Artillery Brigade Headquarters (Commands 2 artillery regiments (one

(Light) with three battalions of 76.5 or 100mm guns and one (Heavy) with two battalions of 149mm
howitzers)
1 M Czechoslovakian Artillery Regiment Headquarters (Commands 2 or 3 battalions)

1 N Czechoslovakian Artillery Battalion

Headquarters 1 CP, 1 OP, 1 Sigs, 2 Staff Car or Horse, 1 Truck or
Wagon
2 or 3 Batteries each 1 Tube, 1 Wagon or Truck, 1 CP, 1 Horse or Staff Car
Note Trucks for motorized units and wagon for non-motorized
units. Tubes can be:
76.5H
100H
149H
Battalions with 149mm howitzers have only two batteries,
all others have three batteries.
1 O Czechoslovakian Anti Tank Company

4 47ATG, 4 Truck
1 P Czechoslovakian Anti Aircraft Company

4 47AAG, 4 Truck
Large Units:
Infantry Division – 1 Division Headquarters, 2 Infantry Brigades, 1 Artillery Brigade, 1 Anti Tank
Company, 1 Anti Aircraft Company, 1 Armoured Reconnaissance Platoon
Fast Division – 1 Division Headquarters, 2 Armoured Battalions, 2 Cavalry Regiments, 2 Motorized

Infantry Regiments, 1 Artillery Battalion (76.5mm), 1 Artillery Battalion (100mm), 1 Anti Tank
Company, 1 Anti Aircraft Company, 1 Armoured Reconnaissance Company, 1 Independent
Armoured Company
-6–
2 American Army, Satellites and US Marines Corps
The United States ground forces are a Cinderila tale. From nothing in 1939 they rose to
become the second most powerful ground force in 1945. All their experience was hard won on the
field of battle.
2 A Philippine Infantry Regimental Headquarters 1941 to 1942

Headquarters 1 CP, 1 Jeep, 2 Truck, 1 12.7AAG, 1 ARV
Regimental AT Company 3 37ATG, 3 Truck
Regimental Mortar Company 2 81M
2 B American Infantry Regimental Headquarters 1942 to 1943

Headquarters 1 CP, 1 Jeep, 2 Truck, 1 ARV, 1 12.7AAG
Regimental Anti Tank Coy 3 57ATG, 3 Truck
Regimental Cannon Company 2 M3/75, 1 M3/105
2 C American Infantry Regimental Headquarters 1943 to 1945

Headquarters 1 CP, 1 Jeep, 1 M16, 1 Truck, 1 ARV
Regimental Anti Tank Coy 3 57ATG, 3 Truck
Regimental Cannon Company 1 M3/105, 2 M3/75
Note All regiments of the 90th Infantry Division will have a mortar
company of 6 120mm mortars (Captured German Type)
with 6 Trucks, 1 CP, 1 OP, and 2 Jeeps starting in July
1944 instead of the cannon company.
2 D American Marine Regimental Headquarters “D” Series 1941 to 1942

Headquarters 1 CP, 1 Jeep, 1 Truck, 1 ARV
Regimental Cannon Company 2 75H, 2 Jeep or 2 M3/75
2 E American Marine Regimental Headquarters “E” Series 1942 to 1943

Regimental Anti Tank Coy 3 37ATG, 3 Jeep
Regimental Cannon Company 2 75H, 2 Jeep
2 F American Marine Regimental Headquarters “F” Series 1944

Regimental Cannon Company 2 M3/75
2 G American Marine Regimental Headquarters “G” Series 1945

Regimental Cannon Platoon 1 M7
2 H American Philippine Scouts Infantry Battalion 1942 to 1943 (3 per regimental

Headquarters)
Headquarters 1 CP, 1 Jeep, 1 Truck
3 Infantry Companies each 3 Rifle
1 Machinegun Company
-7–
3 MG Platoons each 1 MG
2 I American Infantry Battalion 1942 to 1943 (3 per regimental Headquarters)

Headquarters 1 CP, 1 Jeep, 2 Truck, 1 12.7AAG, 1 ARV
3 Infantry Companies each 3 Rifle, 1 60M
1 Heavy Weapons Company
3 MG Platoons each 1 MG, 1 Truck
1 Mortar Platoon 1 81M, 1 Truck
1 Anti Tank Platoon 1 37ATG, 1 Truck
2 J American Infantry Battalion 1943 to 1945 (3 per regimental Headquarters)

3 Infantry Companies each 3 Rifle, 1 Baz, 1 60M
1 Anti Aircraft Platoon 1 12.7 AAG, 1 Truck
2 K American Armoured Infantry Battalion 1942 to 1943

Headquarters 1 CP, 1 M3, 2 Truck, 1 ARV, 1 12.7AAG
3 Armoured Infantry Coy each 3 Rifle, 1 Baz, 1 57ATG, 1 60M, 5 M3
1 Recce Platoon 2 Jeep/MG
1 Mortar Platoon 1 M3/81
1 Assault Gun Platoon 1 M3/75
2 L American Armoured Infantry Battalion 1943 to 1945

Headquarters 1 CP, 1 M3, 1 Truck, 1 ARV
3 Armoured Infantry Coy each 3 ARM, 1 Baz, 1 M3/57, 1 60M, 5 M3
1 Mortar platoon 1 M3/81
1 Assault Gun Platoon 1 M7 (M8 Scott in 1943)
1 Anti Aircraft Platoon 1 M16
1 Recce Platoon 1 M8, 2 Jeep/MG
2 M American Glider/Parachute Infantry Battalion 1943 to 1945 (3 per regimental

Headquarters)
Headquarters 1 CP, 2 Jeep
3 Infantry Companies each 3 Rifle, 1 Baz, 1 60M, 1 MG
1 Anti Aircraft Platoon 1 12.7 AAG, 1 Jeep
1 Demolition Platoon 2 Com Engr
2 MG Platoons each 1 MG, 1 Jeep
1 Mortar Platoon 1 81M, 1 Jeep
1 Anti Tank Platoon 1 57ATG, 1 Jeep
Note Jeeps are available to glider borne units only. Anti tank
elements of parachute battalions are follow on and would
arrive via glider or at a captured airfield.
-8–
2 N American Ranger Infantry Battalion 1943 to 1945

6 Infantry Companies each 2 Rifle, 1 Baz, 1 MG, 1 60M
1 Engineer Platoon 1 Combat Engr, 1 FT
1 Mortar Platoon 1 81M
1 Anti Tank Platoon 3 Baz
2 O American Marine Raider Infantry Battalion 1943 to 1945

Headquarters 1 CP
3 Infantry Companies each 3 Rifle, 1 MG
1 Engineer Platoon 1 Combat Engr, 1 FT
1 Machinegun Platoon 1 MG
2 P American Marine Infantry Battalion “D” Series 1942

Headquarters 1 CP
3 Infantry Companies each 3 Rifle, 1 MG, 1 60M
3 MG Platoon each 1 MG
2 Q American Marine Infantry Battalion “E” Series 1943

Headquarters 1 CP
3 MG Platoon each 1 MG
2 R American Marine Infantry Battalion “F” Series 1944

Headquarters 1 CP
2 S American Marine Infantry Battalion “G” Series 1945

Headquarters 1 CP
3 Infantry Companies each 3 Rifle, 1 Baz, 1 60M, 1 MG
1 Assault Platoon 1 Combat Engr, 2 FT, 1 60M, 1 Baz
2 T American Tank Regimental Headquarters Section 1942 to 1945 (Commands two medium
and one light tank battalion until 1943 then it commands 3 medium battalions)
Headquarters 1 CP, 1 M3, 1 Truck
-9–
2 U American Armoured Combat Command Headquarters Europe 1944 to 1945 (may

command up to 3 Battalions plus supports)
Headquarters 1 CP, 1 M3, M16, 1 ARV
2 V American Medium or Light Tank Battalion 1942 to 1943

Headquarters 1 M4, 2 Truck, 1 ARV, 1 12.7AAG
3 Tank Companies each 3 M4 (light has M3 Stuart)
1 Recce Platoon 1 Jeep/MG
1 Howitzer Platoon 1 M3/75
1 Mortar Section 1 M3/81
Note For the first part of the North African campaign the US
was armed with M3 Lee as its medium tank. During mid
campaign these began to be replaced by M4 Sherman.
2 W American Tank Battalion 1943 to 1945

Headquarters 1 M4/75, 1 Truck, 1 ARV
1 Light Tank Company 3 M5 or M24
2 Medium Tank Coy each 3 M4/75
1 Medium Tank Company 3 M4/76
1 Assault Gun Platoon 1 M4/105
1 Recce Platoon 1 M8, 2 Jeep/MG
Note In 1943 all medium companies have the M4/75, the M4/76
began to appear in May 1944 at the rate of 1 platoon per
month until 3 platoons are fielded. In March 1945 the
medium companies all have M4/76 and some M26 are
available in March 1945 (no more than one platoon per
battalion)
2 X American Marine Tank Battalion “D” Series 1941 to 1942

Headquarters 1 M3A1, 2 Truck, 1 ARV, 1 12.7AAG
4 Tank Companies each 3 M3A1
1 Scout Company 3 M3SC
2 Y American Marine Tank Battalion “E” Series 1943 to 1944

Headquarters 1 M3A1, 2 Truck, 1 ARV, 1 12.7AAG
1 Tank Company 3 M4/75
1 Scout Company 3 Jeep/MG
2 Z American Marine Tank Battalion “F” Series 1944

Headquarters 1 M4/75, 2 Truck, 1 ARV, 1 12.7AAG
3 Tank Companies each 3 M4/75
1 Flamethrower Company 3 M5/FT
2 AA American Marine Tank Battalion “G” Series 1945

- 10 –
Headquarters 1 M4/75, 2 Truck, 1 ARV, 1 12.7AAG

3 Tank Companies each 4 M4/75
1 Flamethrower Platoon 2 M4/FT
2 AB American Army Amphibious Tank Battalion

Headquarters 1 CP, 1 LVT4(A), 2 Truck, 1 ARV, 1 12.7AAG
4 Amtrac Tank Coy each 5 LVT4(A)
Note One such battalion served in Operation Torch and in Po
Valley in Italy.
2 AC American Marine Amphibious Transport Battalion

Headquarters 1 LVT4, 2 Truck, 1 ARV, 1 12.7AAG
2 Amtrac Companies each 11 LVT4
2 AD American Towed Tank Destroyer Battalion 1942 to 1943

Headquarters 1 CP, 1 M3 HT, 1 Truck
3 Tank Destroyer Companies 3 76ATG or 57ATG, 3 M3HT
1 Recce Company
2 Jeep Platoons each 2 Jeep/MG
1 Armd Inf Platoon 1 M3, 1 ARM
2 AE American Tank Destroyer Battalion 1942 to 1943

Headquarters 1 CP, 1 M3 HT, 1 Truck
3 Tank Destroyer Coy each 3 M3/57
1 Recce Company
2 AF American Self-Propelled Tank Destroyer Battalion 1944 to 1945

Headquarters 1 CP, 1 M3HT, 1 M10, 1 Truck, 1 ARV
3 Companies each 1 M8AC, 3 M10, or 3 M18, or 3 M36 (from October 1944)
Note A battalion has 3 companies made up of 2 companies of
M10s and one company of M18, which acted as a support
company to the other 2 companies. The M36 was
introduced to replace both M10 and M18 so M36
battalions have M36 units only.
2 AG American Towed Tank Destroyer Battalion 1944 to 1945

Headquarters 1 CP, 1 M3HT, 1 Truck, 1 ARV
3 Companies each 3 76ATG, 3 M3HT, 1 M8AC
1 Recon Platoon 2 Jeep/MG
- 11 –
2 AH American Cavalry Reconnaissance Squadron of a Cavalry Group 1942 to 1943

3 Cavalry Troops each
1 Support Troop 1 M16, 2 M3/75, 1 M3/81
1 Light Tank Company 3 M5 Stuart
2 AI American Cavalry Reconnaissance Squadron of an Cavalry Group 1943 to 1945

Headquarters 1 CP, 2 M3HT, 1 Truck, 1 M8 AC, 1 ARM, 1 ARV
3 Cavalry Platoons ea 1 M8 AC, 2 Jeep/MG
1 Support Troop 1 M16, 2 M8 HMC, 1 M21
2 AJ American Cavalry Reconnaissance Squadron of an Armoured Division 1942 to 1943

2 AK American Cavalry Reconnaissance Squadron of an Armoured Division 1943 to 1945

Headquarters 1 CP, 2 M3HT, 1 Truck, 1M8 AC, 1 ARM, 1 ARV
3 Cav Platoons each 1 M8 AC, 2 Jeep/MG
2 AL American Cavalry Reconnaissance Group 1942 to 1943

2 Cavalry Reconnaissance Squadrons each
Headquarters 1 CP, 1 M3HT, 1 Truck
1 Armd Inf Pl 1 M3, 1 ARM
2 Jeep Pl each 2 Jeep/MG
2 AM American Cavalry Reconnaissance Group 1943 to 1945

Headquarters 1 CP, 1 M3HT, 1 Truck, 1 M8 AC
2 Cavalry Squadrons each
Headquarters 1 CP, 2 M3HT, 1 Truck, 1 M8 AC, 1 ARM
3 Cava Pl each 1 M8 AC, 2 Jeep/MG
1 Light Tank Coy 3 M5 Stuart
- 12 –
2 AN American Horse Cavalry Regiment 1941

Regimental Weapons Coy 2 MG, 2 Trucks
2 Cavalry Squadrons each
Headquarters 1 CP, 1 Horse
3 Cav Troops each 3 Rifle, 3 Horses
2 AO American Armoured Engineer Battalion 1942 to 1945

Headquarters 1 CP, 1 Sigs, 3 HT, 3 Truck, 1 ARV, 1 12.7AAG, 1 ARV
3 Combat Engineer Coy each 3 Combat Engr, 2 FT, 4 HT
1 Armoured Engineer Coy 2 Flail, 2 Sherman FT
1 Bridging Company 3 Const Engr, 3 Bridge, 6 Trucks
2 AP American Engineer Battalion 1942 to 1945

Headquarters 1 CP, 1 Sigs, 1 Jeep, 4 Truck, 1 ARV, 1 12.7AAG, 1 ARV
3 Combat Engineer Coy each 3 Combat Engr, 2 FT, 4 Truck
1 Bridging Company 3 Const Engr, 3 Bridge, 6 Trucks
2 AQ American Artillery Battalion (this applies throughout the war to US ARMY and US
MARINES)
Headquarters 1 CP, 1 Jeep, 3 Truck, 1 ARV, 1 12.7AAG or 1 M16 (after
1942 in armoured artillery only)
3 Batteries Towed each 1 CP, 1 OP, 2 Jeep, 1 How (75, 105, 155, 203mm) 2
Truck (Jeep in AB Div Bn)
Or
Armoured each 1 CP, 1 OP, 2 M3, 1 M7 or M12, 1 Truck
Note There are no Marine Armoured Artillery Battalions.
2 AR Marine Heavy Support Rocket Battalion

Headquarters 1 CP, 1 Jeep, 3 Truck, 1 MRT, 1 12.7AAG
3 Companies each 3 Truck/Calliope, 1 CP, 1 OP, 2 Jeep
2 AS American Coastal Artillery Regiment, Anti-Aircraft 1941 to 1945

3 Anti Aircraft Batteries each 2 76AAG, 2 Truck
2 Anti Aircraft Batteries each 2 12.7AAG, 2 Truck
2 AT American Heavy Anti Aircraft Battalion, Mobile 1943-45

4 Anti Aircraft Batteries each 1 90AAG, 2 Truck, 1 M16
Note This battalion is most often attached to an Army and later
a Corps in 1944 during mobile offensive operations.
2 AU American Heavy Anti Aircraft Battalion 1943-45

4 Anti Aircraft Batteries each 1 90AAG, 1 12.7AAG, 3 Truck
Note This battalion is most often attached to an Army and later
a Corps in 1944.
- 13 –
2 AV American Medium Anti Aircraft Battalion 1941 to 1945

4 Anti Aircraft Batteries each 2 76AAG, 6 Trucks
Note This battalion is most often attached to a Corps until
1944.
2 AW American Anti Aircraft Battalion (Self-Propelled) 1943 to 1945

4 Anti Aircraft Batteries each 2 M16
Note This battalion is most often attached to an Armoured
Division.
2 AX American Light Anti Aircraft Battalion 1941 to 1943

Note This battalion is most often attached to an Infantry
Division. The 37mm AA Gun was withdrawn from
divisional service in 1944 but was still found as the low-
level air defense weapon of forward army logistics
installations.
2 AY American Light Anti Aircraft Battalion 1944 to 1945

Note This battalion is most often attached to an Infantry
Division after January 1944. The US Army adopted the
Bofors 40mm AA Gun in 1943 as a more efficient weapon
than the US made 37mm. The 37mm continued to serve
in the rear areas (Comm Z) along side the 40mm until
declared obselete in 1945 but the 40mm equipped all
battalions in the combat zone.
2 AZ American 526th Independent Armoured Infantry Battalion 1944-45

Headquarters 1 CP, 1 M3HT, 1 M8AC, 2 Jeep/MG, 1 Truck, 1 ARV
3 Armoured Infantry Coy each 3 Rifle, 3 Baz, 1 57ATG, 4 M3HT
1 Combat Support Coy each 1 M8 HMC, 1 M3/81, 1 M16
1 Towed Tank Destroyer Coy 3 76ATG, 3 M3HT
Note Attached to VIII Corps. This unit was regularly given dirty
jobs so it had very high “them against us” morale, which
made it an excellent fighting unit with very experienced
troops. TD Company came from 825th TD Battalion
(Towed) but should be considered an integral unit.
Brigaded along with 99th Independent Infantry Battalion,
this unit defeated 150 Panzer Brigade at Malmedy
December 21 1944.
2 BA American 5307 Composite Group (Merrill Marauders) Burma 1944

Headquarters 1 CP, 1 Scout, 1 Pack Horse
- 14 –
1 Pack Horse Company 6 Pack Horse

1 Pack Howitzer Battery 1 CP, 1OP, 1 75H, 2 Pack Horse
3 Infantry Battalions each
Headquarters 1 CP, 1 Pack Horse
2 Combat Teams each
Headquarters 1 CP, 1 Scout, 1 Com Engr, 1 81M, 2 Pack Horse
2 Inf Coy each 3 Rifle, 1 60M
Note Combat Teams were named as follows:
1st Battalion – Red and White
2nd Battalion – Blue and Green
3rd Battalion – Orange and Khaki.
2 BB American 175th Field Artillery Battalion (Minnesota National Guard) Operation Torch
1942
3 Artillery Batteries each 1 25lb How, 2 Truck, 1CP, 1 OP, 2 Jeep
Note Part of the 34th Infantry Division took part in Race for Tunis
with British 1st Army then reverted back to a 105mm
battalion.
2 BC American 244th Field Artillery Battalion August 1944

3 Artillery Batteries each 1 88AAG, 1 150 How, 4 Truck, 1CP, 1 OP, 2 Jeep
Note Converted from 155mm howitzers to a “Captured
Weapons” battalion to ease the shortage of US 155mm
ammunition following the “long run” across France in
1944. Served as a GHQ Battalion in US Third Army
during Metz battles. Converted back the 155 howitzers
after Metz battles. 88mm can be used as (H) class
weapon at one-quarter attack strength. German 105H
was also available as part of a weapons pool. This unit
should be considered to have unlimited ammunition during
it’s short life.
2 BD American Engineer Boat and Shore Regiment 1943 to 1945

Headquarters 1 CP, 1 Sigs, 1 Jeep, 1 LCVP
Boat Battalion
3 Boat Coy each 8 LCVP, 8 LCM
Shore Battalion
2 Far Shore Comy ea 3 Const Engr
1 Near Shore Coy 3 Const Engr
Note Formed into brigades of 3 regiments. There were 6
brigades in all; 1st served in Italy, Normandy and Okinawa.
The 2nd served Southwest Pacific and Philippines. The 3rd
and 4th in the Southwest Pacific. The 5th and 6th in
Normandy and Northwest Europe but were disbanded after
Omaha beach.
- 15 –
2 BE American Chemical Battalion

Headquarters 1 CP, 1 Sigs, 1 Jeep, 3 Truck, 1 ARV, 1 12.7AAG
3 Companies each 1 CP, 1 OP, 2 Jeep, 3 107M, 6 Truck
2 BF American Marine Defense Battalion

Headquarters 1 CP, 1 Sigs, 1 Jeep, 2 Truck, 1 12.7AAG
3 Coastal Batteries each 1 5”H
3 AA Batteries each 2 76AAG
2 MG Batteries each 4 12.7AA
1 Infantry Company each 3 USMC
Note The Wake Island garrison which is propably the most
famous UCMS Defense Battalion had 2 infantry
Companies and managed to form the equivalent of 2 more
from aircraft crews and naval base personnel.
2 BG American Artillery Observation Battalion 1943 to 1945

Headquarters 1 CP, 1 Sigs, 1 Jeep, 2 Truck, 1 12.7AAG
2 Obse rver Batteries each 4 OP, 2 Loc Arty, 4 Jeep, 2 Truck
2 BH American Airborne Tank Battalion

Headquarters 1 CP, 1 Sigs, 1 M22 Locust, 1 Jeep, 2 Truck
3 Tank Companies each 3 M22 Locust
Gun Platoon 1 75H, 1 Jeep
Recon Platoon 2 Jeep/MG
Note This unit (28th Tank Battalion) was a GHQ unit of 18
Airborne Corps and never saw combat. In late 1944 it was
re-organized as a standard tank battalion and sent to the
Pacific Theatre where it again failed to see combat.
Large Units:
Infantry (Typical) Division – 3 Infantry Regiments, 3 105mm Artillery Battalions, 1 155mm Artillery
Battalion, 1 Anti-Aircraft Battalion (Towed), 1 Anti Tank Battalion (Towed), 1 Self-Propelled Anti
Tank Battalion, 1 Cavalry Troop, 1 Engineer Battalion, 1 Tank Battalion
Marine Division – 3 Marine Regiments, Marine Artillery Regiment (3 75mm Artillery Battalions, 1
105mm Artillery Battalion), 1 Marine Heavy Support Battalion, 1 Amphibious Tank Battalion, 2
Amphibious Transport Battalions, 1 Marine Engineer Battalion, 1 Marine Tank Battalion
Airborne Infantry Division – 2 Parachute Regiments, 1 Glider Regiment, 3 75mm Artillery

Battalions, 1 Towed Anti-Tank Battalion (57ATG towed by jeeps), 1 Engineer Battalion (if this
division goes into battle as infantry all the same assets as an infantry division are present, replace
75mm artillery with 105mm artillery)
Armoured (Heavy) Division – 2 Armoured Regiments, 1 Armoured Infantry Regiment, 3 105mm

Artillery Battalions (Armoured), 1 155mm Artillery Battalion (Armoured), 1 Anti-Aircraft Battalion
(Self-Propelled), 1 Armoured Engineer Battalion, 1 Armoured Cavalry Squadron, 1 Self-Propelled
Anti-Tank Battalion
- 16 –
Armoured (Light) Division – 3 Combat Command Headquarters, 3 Tank Battalions, 3 Armoured

Infantry Battalions, 3 105mm Artillery Battalions (Armoured), 1 155mm Artillery Battalion
(Armoured), 1 Anti-Aircraft Battalion (Self-Propelled), 1 Armoured Engineer Battalion, 1 Armoured
Cavalry Squadron, 1 Self Propelled Anti Tank Battalion
442 Regimental Combat Team – 3 Infantry Battalions (100th, 2/442, 3/442), Regimental
Headquarters 442 (independent unit closely linked to the “36th (Texas) Division” made up of
Japanese Americans)
1 Special Service Force (a joint Canadian-US Unit served in Italy 1943-44) – 3 Regiments
(use Marine Regiment Headquarters) (each with 2 Battalions (use US Ranger Battalion), 1
Headquarters Battalion (1 CP, 1 Jeep, 1 Sigs, 3 Truck, 2 57ATG, 1 12.7AAG)
6615th Ranger Force – 1 Headquarters, 3 Ranger Infantry Battalion, 1 Chemical Battalion, 1

Regimental Cannon Company, 1 Engineer Company
- 17 –
3 British Army and Commonwealth
The British Commonwealth was at war the longest with Germany from 3 September 1939.
Despite huge losses Britain hung in giving as good as they got. By 1945, UK manpower pool was
small and the quality of British Infantry began to suffer. Low morale is normal in the 1945 period.
Canadians, Australians, South Africans and New Zealanders demonstrated high morale throughout
the war when committed properly and gained a reputation as shock troops. Indians preformed
steadfastly against both the Germans and the Japanese. All commandos and marines and airborne
troops should be considered elite.
3 A British Infantry Brigade Headquarters 1939 to 1945 (Commands 3 Infantry Battalions plus
attachments)
Headquarters 1 CP, 1 Staff Car, 1 ARV, 1 Truck
3 B British Infantry Battalion 1939 to 1942

Headquarters 1 CP, 2 Truck
1 Support Company
1 Carrier Platoon 1 Bren
1 Anti Tank Platoon 1 2 Pdr, 1 Truck
1 Pioneer Platoon 1 Combat Engr
1 MMG Platoon 1 MG
1 Anti Aircraft Platoon 1 20AAG, 1 Truck
3 C British Infantry Battalion 1943 to 1945

Headquarters 1 CP, 2 Truck, 1 ARV
4 Rifle Companies each 3 Rifle, 1 PIAT
1 Support Company
1 Carrier Platoon 1 Bren
1 Mortar Platoon 1 76M, 1 Bren
1 Anti Tank Platoon 1 6 Pdr, 1 Bren
1 Pioneer Platoon 1 Combat Engr, 1 FT, 2 Bren
1 MMG Platoon 1 MG, 1 Bren
3 D British Motor Battalion 1943 to 1945 (Europe)

Headquarters 1 CP, M3SC, 1 Truck, 1 ARV
3 Rifle Companies each 3 Rifle, 1 PIAT, 3 M3SC (or armoured truck or M3 HT)
1 Support Company
1 Mortar Platoon 1 76M, 1 Bren
1 Anti Tank Platoon 1 6 Pdr, 1 Bren
2 MMG Platoons each 1 MG, 1 Bren
1 Anti Aircraft Platoon 1 20AAG, 1 Bren
Note Infantry transport is organized as follows:
Guards Armoured Division – M3 HT
7th Armoured Division – M3SC
11th Armoured Division – M3SC
1st Polish Armoured Division – M3SC
- 18 –
4th and 5th Canadian Armoured Division – CMP 3

Ton Armoured Truck
3 E British Machinegun Battalion 1939 to 1945

Headquarters 1 CP, 1 Staff Car
3 Machinegun Coy each 2 MG, 2 107M, 4 Truck
1 Flamethrower Coy (1944) 4 Wasp
3 F British Commando Battalion

Headquarters 1 CP, 1 OP
1 Weapons Troop 1 MG, 1 76M
5 Commando Troops each 2 Cdo
Note There were 13 (1 to 12 and 14) Army Commando
Battalions (number 10 was an inter-allied unit). Number
14 was a specialized unit of Canadian natives and Inuit for
raiding in Northern Norway. Additionally, the Royal
Marines had 8 Commando units (41 to 48 RM Cdo).
There was also a single Free French unit. There were also
a large number of independent commando companies (1
or 2 Troops) raised in New Zealand, Australia, India and
Fiji for service against the Japanese.
3 G British Special Air Service Squadron

1 Weapons Troop 1 MG, 1 76M
5 Commando Troops each 2 Cdo
Note First SAS unit was raised from 62 Commando Battalion.
In all there were five SAS Squadrons raised (2 British, 2
French, 1 Belgian).
3 H British Special Boat Service

Headquarters 1 CP
L Section 2 Cdo, 2 Raft
M Section 2 Cdo, 2 Raft
S Section 2 Cdo, 2 Raft
Note Equipped according to mission can use mini-subs, human
torpedoes, place mines as frogman.
3 I British Special Air Service Raiding Support Regiment

A Squadron 3 MG, 3 Jeep
B Squadron 3 76M, 3 CP, 3 OP, 9 Jeep
C Squadron 3 57AT, 3 Jeep
D Squadron 3 75H, 3 Jeep
Note Individual platoons attached to raiding parties as the need
and operational requirements dictate.
3 J British Armoured Brigade Headquarters 1939 to 1940 (France) (commands 3 Armoured

Regiments plus attachments)
- 19 –
3 K British Armoured Brigade Headquarters 1940 to 1945 (North Africa and Europe) (commands
3 Armoured Regiments, 1 Motor Infantry Battalion plus attachments)
Headquarters 1 CP, 1 Staff Car, 1 ARV
Note Canadians changed their order of battle in July 1944 by
transferring the Motor Infantry Battalion to the Armoured
Division’s Infantry Brigade.
3 L British Cruiser Regiment September 1939 to August 1940 (France)

Headquarters 1 CP, 1 AEC, 1 Truck, 1 ARV
1 Troop (CO) 1 A13
1 Troop 1 A10
1 Anti Aircraft Troop 1 SPAA
2 Cruiser Squadrons each 4 A13
1 Cruiser Squadron 4 A10
1 Light Tank Squadron 4 Mk VIB
3 M British Cruiser Regiment September 1940 to July 1941 (North Africa)

1 Troop (CO) 1 A13
1 Troop 1 A10
2 Light Tank Squadrons each 4 Mk VIB
Note Lexicon note here. The British Royal Armoured Corps
was made up of Royal Tank Regiments (RAC) and Cavalry
Regiments (RAC) (divided into Armoured Recce
Regiments, Recce Regiments, Infantry Division Cavalry
Regiments, Cruiser Regiments and Medium Armoured
Regiments).
For the most part Royal Tank Regiments were formed as

infantry support tank units. Thus the name “Tank
Regiment” refers to units equipped with heavy armoured
and slow speed Matilidas (later Churchills) in the infantry
support role.
When the Cavalry was mechanized in the 1930s, they

argued that their role should be the same as on
horseback - exploitation. Thus the Cavalry formed
“Cruiser” (Later Medium Armoured) Regiments. Any unit
called cruiser or medium armoured is used to exploit into
the enemy’s rear and is equipped with tanks of good gun
and moderate to fast speed.
Finally, the cavalry, for the reconnaissance role, formed

armoured recce and recce regiments. Armoured recce
regiments began in appear in August 1944 when Cromwell
- 20 –
tanks were withdrawn from the Medium Armoured

Regiments and used to re-equip the recce regiments of
armoured divisions. Basically the light fast Cromwell was
used as an armoured car on tracks to scout ahead of the
armoured division. Recce Regiments, Infantry and Infantry
Division Cavalry Regiments were formed from the light
cavalry (light dragoons, lancers and hussars) to fill the
light cavalry scouting role in armoured cars and were used
to scout ahead and to the flanks of infantry divisions and
corps.
3 N British Cruiser Regiment July 1941 to May 1942 (North Africa)

1 Troop (CO) 1 A13
1 Close Sp Troop 1 A13CS
1 Comms Troop 2 Dingo or Diamler 1
1 Recce Squadron 4 Mk IVB
3 O British Cruiser Regiment June 1942 to October 1942 (North Africa)

Headquarters 1 AEC, 1 CP, 1 Truck, 1 ARV
1 Troop (CO) 1 Crusader
1 Recce Troop 2 M3A3
2 Cruiser Squadrons each 4 Crusader
2 Cruiser Squadrons each 4 Grant
3 P British Cruiser Regiment October 1942 to May 1943 (North Africa & Tunisia)
Headquarters 1 AEC, 1 CP, 1 Truck, 1 ARV
1 Troop (CO) 2 Crusader
1 Recce Troop 2 M3A3
1 Anti Aircraft Troop 1 Stag AA
1 Comms Troop 2 Dingo or Diamler 1
2 Cruiser Squadrons each 4 Crusader
1 Cruiser Squadron 4 M4/75
1 Cruiser Squadron 4 Grant
3 Q British Medium Armoured Regiment June 1943 to June 1944 (Europe) Replaces the
Cruiser Regiment of earlier periods
Headquarters 1 AEC, 1 CP, Truck, 1 ARV
1 Troop (CO) 1 Cromwell
2 Sigs Troops each 2 Daimler 1 or Dingo
1 Recce Troop 2 M5
3 Cruiser Squadrons each 4 M4/75 or Cromwell
Note May add 1 Sherman counter per week beginning Mid June
1944 until August 1944 then use 3N
- 21 –
3 R British Medium Armoured Regiment August 1944 to April 1945 (Europe) Replaces the
Cruiser Regiment of earlier periods
Headquarters 1 AEC, 1 CP, Truck, 1 ARV
2 Sigs Troops each 1 Daimler 1 or Dingo
1 Recce Troop 2 M5
3 Cruiser Squadrons each 4 Sherman
3 S British Infantry Tank Regiment 1939 to 1940 (France)

Headquarters 1 A11, 1 Truck, 1 ARV
3 Tank Squadrons each 3 A11, 1 Mk IV
3 T British Infantry Tank Regiment 1940 to 1943 (North Africa)

Headquarters 1 A11, 1 Truck, 1 ARV
3 Tank Squadrons each 4 A11
3 U British Infantry Tank Regiment 1943 to 1945 (Italy and Europe)

Headquarters 1 Churchill, 1 Truck, 1 ARV
3 Tank Squadrons each 2 Churchill, 2 Sherman
3 V British Field Artillery Regiment, RA 1939 to 1945 (3 in an Infantry or Airborne Division)

3 Field Batteries each 1 Gun, 1 Quad, 1 Truck, 1CP, 1 OP, 2 Staff Cars
Note Guns are
1939 to 1941 18 pdr or 18/25 pdr only
1942 onward 25 pdr only except in airborne unit which
have the 75mm pack howitzer or 75H. Airborne units use
jeep in place of Quad Truck.
3 W British Self Propelled Field Artillery Regiment, RA and RHA 1942 (2 in an Armoured
Division)
2 Self-Propelled Batteries ea 1 SPG, 1 Truck, 1 CP, 1 OP, 2 Jeeps
Note Guns are
1942 to 1943 Bishop (N. Africa and Sicily)
3 X British Self Propelled Field Artillery Regiment, RA and RHA 1943 to 1945 (2 in an
Armoured Division)
4 Self-Propelled Batteries ea 1 SPG, 1 Truck, 1CP, 1 OP, 2 Jeeps
Note Guns are
1943 to 1944 M7 Priest in Italy
1944 onwards Sexton in Europe
3 Y British Medium Artillery Regiment, RA 1939 to 1945

- 22 –

2 Medium Batteries each 1 Gun, 1 CP, 1 Staff Car, 2 Trucks
Note Guns are
1939 to 1941 60 pdr
1941 onwards 4.5”, 5.5”, 6” Howitzers
3 Z British Heavy Regiment, RA 1939 to 1945 (these were not used in North Africa)
4 Heavy Batteries each 1 Gun, 1 CP, 2 Trucks, 1 Staff Car
Note Guns are
1939 to 1940 France 8”
1939 to 1943 7.2
1942 onwards 7.2 or 8”
3 AA British Motorized Towed Anti-Tank Regiment, RA 1940 to 1943

Headquarters 1 CP, 1 Staff Car, 1 Truck, 1 ARV
3 Anti Tank Batteries each 3 ATG, 3 Truck
Note Anti Tank Gun is as follows:
2 pdr – 1939 to August 1942
6 pdr – September 1942 to 1943
Motorized regiments were attached to armoured divisions
and usually had a better gun than the regiments attached
to infantry divisions. These regiments were converted to
self-propelled regiments in 1943. In early 1943 some of
these regiments would have received some of the early
archer Self Propelled Anti Tank vehicles in one or two
battery strength.
3 AB British Towed Anti-Tank Regiment, RA 1940 to 1945

Note Anti Tank Gun is as follows:
2 pdr – 1939 to August 1942
6 pdr – September 1942 to January 1945
17 pdr – July 1944 to March 1945
The 17 pounder and 6 pounder served together during a
long transition period in the Anti Tank Regiment (but never
in the same regiment). The 6 pounder remained the Anti
Tank Gun in the infantry battalions until the disbandment
of separate towed Anti Tank Regiments in the 1950s.
3 AC British Self-Propelled Anti-Tank Regiment, RA 1943 to 1945

3 Self-Propelled Batteries ea 3 M10 or Achilles or Archer
1 Towed Anti Tank Battery 3 17lber, 3 Truck
Note SPAT dates are:
Archer 1943
M10 Late 1943 to July 1944
Achilles August 1944 to March 1945
- 23 –
There would be some overlap where vehicles of two types

would be found in one regiment. Most Archers were
transferred to Asia and the Royal Egyptian Army (seeing
service in the 1950s).
3 AD British Reconnaissance Regiment 1939 to 1940 (France)

Headquarters 1 Morris, 1 Truck, 1 ARV, 1 76M, 1 Truck
3 Recce Squadrons each 5 Morris, 1 Bren, 1 Rifle
Note Recce Regiments are a Corps asset where each Corps
will have at least one Regiment throughout the Second
World War.
3 AE British Reconnaissance Regiment 1939 to December 1942 (North Africa)

Headquarters 1 Humber 1, 1 Truck, 1 ARV, 1 76M, 1 Truck
4 Recce Squadrons each 5 Humber 1, 1 Bren, 1 Rifle
3 AF British Reconnaissance Regiment January to May 1943 (North Africa)

Headquarters 1 Daimler, 1 Truck, 1 ARV, 1 76M, 1 Truck
4 Recce Squadrons each 5 Daimler 1 or Humber 2, 1 Bren, 1 Rifle
3 AG British Reconnaissance Regiment 1943 to 1945 (Italy)

Headquarters 1 Staghound, 1 Truck, 1 ARV, 1 76M, 1 Truck
4 Recce Squadrons each 5 Staghound or Daimler 2, 1 Bren, 1 Rifle
3 AH British Reconnaissance Regiment 1944 to 1945 (Northwest Europe)

Headquarters 1 Recon HQ, 1 Truck, 1 ARV, 1 76M, 1 Truck
4 Recce Squadrons each 5 Staghound or Daimler 2 or Otter (Canadians only), 1
Bren, 1 Rifle
3 AI British Armoured Reconnaissance Regiment 1944 to 1945 (Northwest Europe)

Headquarters 1 AEC, 1CP, 1 Truck, 1 ARV
3 Cruiser Squadrons 4 Cromwell
Note 1 Regiment per Armoured Division in 1944 to 1945 in
place of the recce regiment.
3 AJ British Infantry Division Cavalry Regiment 1939 to 1940 (France)

Headquarters 1 Mk IV, 1 Truck, 1 76M, 1 Truck
3 Cavalry Squadrons each 2 Mk IV, 3 Bren, 2 Rifle, 1 MG
3 AK British Infantry Divisional Cavalry Regiment 1940 to October 1942 (Africa)

Headquarters 1 CP, 1 Bren, 1 Truck, 1 ARV, 1 76M, 1 Truck
- 24 –
3 Cavalry Squadrons each 4 Bren, 2 Rifle
3 AL British Infantry Divisional Reconnaissance Regiment 1943 to 1945 (Europe)

Headquarters 1 CP, 1 76M, 1 M20, 1 M3 SC, 1 ARV, 1 Truck
1 SPG Troop 1 M3/75 (or M8 HMC)
3 Recce Squadrons each 2 M8, 1 Humber, 2 Bren, 1 Rifle
3 AM British Parachute Divisional Reconnaissance Regiment 1944 to 1945 (Europe)

1 Anti Aircraft Troop 1 MG
1 Mortar Troop 1 76M, 1 Bren
3 Recce Squadrons each 2 Lynx, 2 Bren, 1 Rifle
3 AN British Long Range Group

Headquarters 1 CP, 1 OP, 2 Jeep/MG, 2 Truck
5 Troops 2 Scout, 2 Jeep/MG
Note This unit was formed in North Africa and but also operated
in Europe. This unit was self-sufficient and operated deep
behind enemy lines.
3 AO British 79th Armoured Division NW Europe 1944 to 1945

Divisional Headquarters 1 CP, 1 Humber 2, 1 Bren, 1 Truck, 1 ARV
30 Armoured Brigade
Headquarters 1 CP, 1 Humber 2, 1 Bren, 1 Truck, 1 ARV
22 Dragoons (June 44)
4 Sqn each 5 Flail
1 Lothians and Border Horse (June 44)
4 Sqn each 5 Flail
1 Westminister Dragoons (June 44)
4 Squn each 5 Flail
1 Assault Brigade, Royal Engineers
5 Assault Regiment RE (June 44)
1 Squadron 5 AVLB
1 Squadron 5 AEV
1 Squadron 5 AVRE/Demo
1 Squadron 5 AVRE Fascine
Notes: This regiment was converted to an LVT regiment in Jan
1945
1 Squadron 5 AVLB
1 Squadron 5 AEV
- 25 –

1 Squadron 5 AVLB
1 Squadron 5 AEV
11 Royal Tank Regiment (Sept 44)
5 Sqn each 5 LVT
4 Royal Tank Regiment (Sept 44)
5 Sqn each 5 LVT
31 Tank Brigade (July 44)
141 Regiment RAC
Headquarters 1 CP, 2 Humber 2, 1 Bren, 1 Truck, 1 ARV, 2 M5
3 Sqn each 1 A/C, 5 F/T Churchill
1 Fife and Forfar Yeomany
7 Royal Tank Regiment
49 Royal Tank Regiment
5 Sqn each 5 Kangaroos
1 Canadian Armoured Personnel Carrier Regiment
5 Sqn each 5 Kangaroos
Note: These must be attached to other units. No more than 1
Companies worth of such elements may be attached to
one unit.
Mine Clearing Sherman Crab
Flame Throwers Churchill Crocodile
ARVE Troops Churchill AVRE
3 AP British Heavy Anti Aircraft Regiment 1939 to 1945

3 AQ British Medium Anti Aircraft Regiment 1939 to 1945

3 AR British Light Anti Aircraft Regiment 1939 to 1945

- 26 –
3 AS British Engineer Squadron 1939 to 1945

Headquarters 1 CP, 1 Sigs, 1 Jeep, 2 Truck, 1 ARV
3 Field Troops each 2 Combat Engr, 2 FT, 4 Truck
1 Field Park Troop 2 Const Engr, 3 Bridge, 6 Trucks
3 AT British Engineer Regiment 1939 to 1945

2 Engineer Squadrons each
3 Field Troops each 2 Combat Engr, 2 FT, 4 Truck
1 Field Park Troop 2 Const Engr, 3 Bridge, 6 Trucks
3 AU British Royal Marine Armoured Support Group 1944

2 Armoured Sp Batteries ea 1 M4/75, 4 CS Tanks
Note There were 2 such units supporting Royal Marines on
Gold and Juno Beaches and the 5th Independent Battery
supported French Commandos and Royal Marines on
Sword beach.
3 AV British 3rd Indian Motor Brigade North Africa 1940-41

Headquarters 1 CP, 1 Staff Car1 Truck, 1 ARV
35th Field Squadron, Bombay Sappers & Miners
3 Com Engr, 3 Truck, 1 ARV
2nd Royal Lancers (Gardner Horse)
3 Squadrons each 3 Rifle, 3 Trucks
11th (Frontier Force) Cavalry (Prince Albert’s Own)
18th Cavalry (King Edward VIII’s Own)
3 AW British 3rd Indian Motor Brigade North Africa 1942-43

31st Field Squadron, Bombay Sappers & Miners
3 Com Engr, 3 Truck, 1 ARV
2nd Royal Lancers (Gardner Horse)
11th (Frontier Force) Cavalry (Prince Albert’s Own)
18th Cavalry (King Edward VIII’s Own)
2nd Field Regiment Royal Indian Artillery
- 27 –

3 Artillery Batteries ea 1 25 Pdr, 2 Truck, 1CP, 1 OP, 2 Staff Car
1 Anti Tank Battery 4 2 Pdr, 4 Truck
Large Units:
Infantry Division – 3 Infantry Brigades, 3 Field Artillery Regiments, 1 Anti-Aircraft Regiment, 1

Anti-Tank Regiment, 1 Engineer Regiment, 1 Machinegun Battalion, 1 Divisional Recce Regiment.
South African Infantry Division – 3 Infantry Brigades, 3 Field Artillery Regiments, 1 Light Anti-
Aircraft Regiment, 1 Medium Anti-Aircraft Regiment, 1 Anti-Tank Regiment, 1 Engineer Squadron, 1
Machinegun Battalion, 3 Divisional Recce Regiments, 1 Tank Regiment,
Parachute Division – 2 Parachute Brigades, 1 Glider Brigade, 1 75mm Field Artillery Regiment, 1
Towed Anti-Tank Regiment (57ATG towed by jeeps), 1 Machinegun Company, 1 Engineer Squadron
(if this division goes into battle as infantry all the same assets as an infantry division are present, 1
Machinegun Battalion, 1 Parachute Divisional Recce Regiment, All transport is Jeep and armoured
cars are Lynx.
Armoured Division (1940-42) – 2 Armoured Brigade, 1 Motorized Infantry Battalion, 2 Motorized

Field Artillery Regiments, 1 Light Anti-Aircraft Regiment, 1 Engineer Squadron, 1 Motorized Anti-
Tank Regiment, 1 Recce Regiment, 1 Machinegun company.
Armoured Division (1943-45) – 1 Armoured Brigade, 1 Motorized Infantry Brigade, 2 Mechanized

Field Artillery Regiments, 1 Light Anti-Aircraft Regiment, 1 Engineer Squadron, 1 Anti-Tank Brigade
(2 Self-Propelled Anti-Tank Regiments), 1 Armoured Recce (1944 -45) or Recce (1943-44)
Regiment, 1 Machinegun company.
Special Service Brigade – 1 Brigade Headquarters, 3 to 4 Commando Battalions.
Special Air Service Brigade – 1 Brigade Headquarters, 5 Special Air Service Squadrons, 1
Special Boat Service Squadron, 1 Special Air Service Raiding Support Regiment.
4 Royal Belgian Army, Belgium 1940
This is army is estimated. The artillery is mostly German World War One weapons
converted to Allied calibres. Armour was very limited, with one company of 12 vehicles per Infantry
division.
4 A Belgium Infantry Regiment Headquarters 1939 to 1940 (May command 3 Battalions)

Headquarters 1 CP, Staff Car
1 Anti Tank Company 2 Truck, 2 47ATG
1 Mortar Company 3 Trucks, 3 81M
4 B Belgium Infantry Battalion 1939 to 1940

1 Mortar Company 3 45M
- 28 –
4 C Belgium Divisional Tank Company 1939 to 1940

3 T13
4 D Belgium Field Artillery Battalion 1939 to 1940

3 Artillery Batteries each 1 77H, 1 Wagon, 1 CP, 1 Limber
1 OP team 1 OP
4 E Belgium Corps Artillery Battalion 1939 to 1940

2 Artillery Batteries each 1 105H, 1 CP, 3 Trucks
Large Units:
Cavalry Division - 3 Infantry Regiments (1 Motorcycle equipped, 2 Bicycle equipped), 1 Artillery

Regiment (3 77mm Battalions), 1 Engineer Company (3 platoons)
Infantry Division – 3 Infantry Regiments, 1 Artillery Regiment (3 77mm Battalions, 1 105mm

Battalion), 1 Engineer Company (3 platoons), 1 Tank Company
Chasseurs de Ardennes Division - 3 Infantry Regiments (2 Motorized, 1 Bicycle equipped), 1

Artillery Regiment (3 77mm Battalions, 1 105mm Battalion), 1 Engineer Company (3 platoons), 1
A/C Company (3 Panhard), 1 Tank Company, 1 Scout Company on Bicycle
- 29 –
5 Royal Dutch Army, Holland 1940
This is army is estimated. No more than one division ever operated together.
5 A Dutch Infantry Regiment Headquarters 1939 to 1940 (May command 3 Battalions)

Headquarters 1 CP, Staff Car
1 Mortar Company 3 Trucks, 3 81M
5 B Dutch Infantry Battalion 1939 to 1940

5 C Dutch Divisional Armoured Car Company 1939 to 1940

3 ADGZ
5 D Dutch Field Artillery Battalion 1939 to 1940

1 OP team 1 OP
5 E Dutch Corps Artillery Battalion 1939 to 1940

Large Units:
Infantry Division – 3 Infantry Regiments, 1 Artillery Regiment (3 75mm Battalions), 1 Engineer

Company (3 platoons), 1 Armoured Car Company
- 30 –
6 Royal Yugoslavian Army, Yugoslavia 1941
This is army is estimated. Quickly bowled over this army had no real personality. The
Yugoslavs were very fragmented ethically and this should be represented in morale. The Croats in
particular will change sides when faced with the Germans and the opportunity to do so.
6 A Yugoslavian Infantry Regiment Headquarters 1941 (May command 3 Battalions)

Headquarters 1 CP, Staff Car, 1 Truck
6 B Yugoslavian Infantry Battalion 1941

Headquarters 1 CP, 2 Wagon
6 C Yugoslavian Divisional Tank Company 1941

3 FT17
6 D Yugoslavian Field Artillery Battalion 1941

1 OP team 1 OP
6 E Yugoslavian Corps Artillery Battalion 1941

Large Units:

Company (3 platoons), 1 Tank Company
- 31 –
7 Finnish Army, Finland 1939 to1944
A small army, which managed to hold the Russians for some eight or nine months in the
winter of 1939 to 1940, and then joined Germany in their invasion of Russia in 1941. The army had
little in the way of heavy weapons, most of its armour came from captured Russian sources, or later
supplied by the Germans. From 1944 the Finns saw the writing on the wall and changed sides, and
fought with the Soviets until the Germans were expelled from Finnish soil.
7 A Finnish Regimental Headquarters 1939 to 1945 (May Command 2 Infantry Battalions and 1
Cyclist Battalion)
Headquarters 1 CP
7 B Finnish Infantry Battalion 1939 to 1945

Headquarters 1 CP, 1 OP, 1 Wagon
1 Anti Tank Platoon 1 37ATG, 1 Limber
1 Mortar Platoon 1 81M, 1 Wagon
1 Cannon Platoon 1 75IG, 1 Limber
Note Jaeger, Cyclist and Light Battalions had Bicycles in
summer, and skis in snow. From 1941 the 37ATG may
be replaced by 50ATG. From 1943 the Anti-Tank Guns
may be 76.2ATG
7 C Finnish Tank Company 1939 to 1940 (only one was used, Renault FT17/37’s were dug in as
defenses.)
3 T26
7 D Finnish Cavalry Brigade 1939 to 1945 (Only one of these existed)

2 Cavalry Regiments each
Headquarters 1 CP, 1 Horse, 1 Wagon
3 Cavalry Sqn each 3 Rifle, 3 Horses
1 MG Squadron 3 MG, 3 Horse
1 Jaeger Battalion
Headquarters 1 CP, 1 Bicycle, 1 Wagon
3 Jaeger Coy each 3 Rifle, 3 Bicycles
1 Machinegun Coy 3 MG, 3 Bicycle
1 Mortar Platoon 1 81M, 1 Wagon
Note Notes on anti tank guns for the infantry battalion apply
7 E Finnish Tank Regiment 1942 to 1945

Headquarters 1 T26, 1 Truck, 1 ARV
2 Tank Battalions each
Headquarters 1 T 26
3 Tank Companies each 3 T26 or 2 T34 & 1 T26 or 3 Pz4H
Note Only one company of T34/T28 and one Company of Pz IV
may be used; Pz IV may only be used from 1944.
- 32 –
7 F Finnish Assault Gun Battalion 1943 to 1945

Headquarters 1 StuG3
3 Assault Gun Companies ea 3 StuG3
7 G Finnish Artillery Battalion

2 Light Artillery Batteries ea 1 75H, 2 Wagons, 1 CP, 1 OP, 1 Limber
1 Heavy Artillery Battery 1 105H, 2 Wagons, 1 CP, 1OP, 1 Limber
Note The weapons used are highly variable. 75mm came from
Sweden, the US, and Norway. Russian 76mm were
captured and used in large numbers, as were the 122mm.
105’s came from France and Sweden, 150mm (also 152’s
and 155’s) came from France, Sweden, and Russia.
7 H Independent Finnish Units these may be attached to any Regimental Headquarters

Armoured Car Platoon 1 BA-10
Anti Aircraft Platoon 1 40AAG, 1 Truck
7 I Finnish Border Guard Battalion 1941

3 Guard Companies each 4 Scout
1 Towed Companies each 1 81M, 1 45ATG, 1 Limber
Large Units:
Infantry Division – 3 Infantry Regiments, 1 Artillery Regiment (3 Battalions), 1 Engineer Company

(3 platoons), 1 Tank Company
- 33 –
8 French Republican Army, France 1939 to 1942
This organization was used for the campaigns in Europe, and also in Syria and North West
Africa. For Free French until 1943 use the British organizations, from then on use the US
organizations with a mixture of British, American and France 1940 equipment. After 1944 most
equipment was standardized on the US model but commandos retained British organization and
equipment. The following tables are by division, starting with DLM, then DCR and finally Infantry. In
Syria H35 tank battalions and Infantry units may be used. In Tunisia Infantry and S35 or H39 tanks
can be used.
8 A French DLM Tank Regiment Headquarters 1939 to 1940 (Commands 1 S35 and 1 H35/39
Battalion)
Headquarters 1 CP, 1 Staff Car, 1 Truck
8 B French DLM Tank Battalion 1939 to 1942

Headquarters 1 Souma S35 or H35 or H39
2 Tank Companies each 2 Souma S35 or H35 or H39
8 C French DLM Dragoon Portees Regiment Headquarters 1939 to 1941

2 Rifle Squadrons each 3 Rifle, 3 Trucks
1 Motorcycle Squadron 3 Rifle, 3 motorcycles
1 Cavalry Squadron 3 AMR or AMC
1 Support Squadron 1 Staff Car, 1 OP, 2 MG, 2 Trucks, 1 81M, 1 Truck, 2
25ATG, 2 Trucks
8 D French DLM Recce Groupe 1939 to 1940

1 Motorcycle Squadron 4 Scout, 4 motorcycle
1 Armoured Car Squadron 4 Panhard
8 E French DLM Divisional Anti Tank Groupe 1939 to 1941

2 Anti Tank Companies each 3 Lorraine, 3 25ATG
1 Anti Tank Company 3 Lorraine, 3 47ATG
8 F French DLM Divisional Artillery Groupe 1939 to 1941

2 Light Artillery Battalions ea 3 75H, 4 CP, 1OP, 11 Trucks
1 Medium Artillery Battalion 3 105H, 4 CP, 1 OP, 11 Trucks
8 G French DCR Medium Tank Regiment 1939 to 1942

Headquarters 1 R35 or H39 or D2
Headquarters 1 R35 or H39 or D2
3 Tank Companies ea 2 R35 or H39 or D1
8 H French DCR Heavy Tank Regiment 1939 to 1940

Headquarters 1 B1 Bis
- 34 –

Headquarters 1 B1 Bis
3 Tank Companies each 2 B1 Bis
8 I French DCR Chasseur Battalion 1939 to 1940 (Division only had one of these)
Headquarters 1 CP, 1 81M, 1 Staff Car, 2 Trucks
3 Infantry Companies each 3 Rifle, 3 Lorraine
1 Anti Tank Company 3 25ATG, 3 Loraine
1 Recce Company 1 Panhard, 1 Scout, 1Motorcycle
1 Mortar Platoon 2 81M, 1 CP, 1 OP, 4 Trucks
8 J French DCR Divisional Anti Tank Company 1939 to 1940 (Division only has one of these)
3 Lorraine, 3 47ATG
8 K French DCR Artillery Groupe 1939 to 1941

2 Medium Artillery Bn each 3 105H, 4 CP, 1 OP, 11 Truck
8 L French DLC Light Cavalry Regiment Headquarters 1939 to 1941

Headquarters 1CP, 1 Combat Engr, 1 Bridge, 1 Staff Car, 2 Truck
1 Heavy Squadron 1 25 ATG, 2 MG, 3 Wagons
8 M French DLC Light Cavalry Battalion 1939 to 1941

Headquarters 1 CP, 1 Horse, 1 Pack Horse
4 Light Cavalry Sqn each 4 Rifle, 4 Horse
8 N French DLC Armoured Car Regimental Headquarters 1939 to 1941

Headquarters 1 CP, 1 Staff Car, 1 Combat Engr, 1 Bridge, 2 Trucks
8 O French DLC Armoured Car Battalion 1939 to 1941

Headquarters 1 Panhard
1 Armoured Car Squadron 2 Panhard
1 Motorcycle Squadron 4 Scout, 4 M/C
8 P French DLC Dragoon Portees Regiment Headquarters 1939 to 1941

2 Rifle Squadrons each 3 Rifle, 3 Trucks
2 Motorcycle Squadron each 3 Rifle, 3 motorcycles
2 Cavalry Squadron each 3 AMR or AMC
2 Support Squadron each 1 Staff Car, 1 OP, 2 MG, 2 Trucks, 1 81M, 1 Truck, 2
25ATG, 2 Trucks
8 Q French DLC Divisional Artillery Groupe 1939 to 1941

2 Light Artillery Battalions ea 3 75H, 4 CP, 1OP, 3 Limbers, 5 Horses, 3 Wagons
1 Medium Artillery Battalion 3 105H, 4 CP, 1 OP, 3 Limbers, 5 Horses, 3 Wagons
8 R French DLC Divisional Anti Tank Groupe 1939 to 1941

- 35 –
1 Anti Tank Squadron 3 Limber, 3 25ATG

1 Anti Tank Battery 3 Limber, 3 47ATG
8 S French Infantry Division Infantry Regimental Headquarters 1939 to 1942 (Use for
Motorized infantry as well, has 3 Battalions)
Regimental Anti Tank Coy 2 Lorraine, 2 25ATG
Regimental Engineer Coy 3 Com Engr, 1 FT
Note The Anti-Tank Company is only in 1st Line Divisions, and
a few Second Line Reservist Divisions. The Engineer
Company is only in colonial infantry regiments.
8 T French Fortress Infantry Regimental Headquarters 1939 to 1942 (Commands 2 to 3

Fortress Infantry Battalions and 1 External Defense Battalion)
Headquarters 1 CP, 1 Staff Car, 1 Const Engr, 1 Scout, 1 M/C
Note The Anti-Tank Company is only in 1st Line Divisions, and
a few Second Line Reservist Divisions. Not all regiments
had an external defense battalion. Only Fortress Infantry
Regiments with 3 Fortress Infantry Battalions have an
External Defense Battalion.
8 U French Infantry Division Engineer Company 1939 to 1942

3 Combat Engr
8 V French Infantry Battalion 1939 to 1943

Headquarters 1 CP, 1 Staff Car, 1 Wagon, 1 Limber, 1 25ATG, 1 81M, 1
Truck
Note Second Line battalions 2 37IG in place of 81M
8 V1 French Mountain Infantry Battalion 1939 to 1943

Headquarters 1 CP, 1 Staff Car, 1 Wagon, 1 81M, 1 Scout
8 W French Fortress Infantry Battalion 1939 to 1942

3 Fortress Companies each 2 MG, 1 Rifle
1 Support Company 1 MG, 2 81M, 1 25ATG, 1 37IG
8 X French External Defense Infantry Battalion 1939 to 1942

2 Infantry Companies each 1 MG, 3 Rifle
2 Support Companies each 1 MG, 3 Rifle, 1 25ATG, 1 Wagon
8 Y French Fortress Machinegun Battalion 1939 to 1942

4 Machinegun Companies ea 4 MG, 1 Rifle
- 36 –
8 Z French Infantry Machinegun Battalion 1939 to 1942

3 Machinegun Companies ea 3 MG, 1 Rifle
1 Support Company 1 81M, 2 25ATG, 1 Wagon
8 AA French Motorized Infantry Machinegun Battalion 1939 to 1942

3 Machinegun Companies ea 3 MG, 1 Rifle, 4 Truck
1 Support Company 1 81M, 2 25ATG, 2 Rifle, 5 Truck
8 AB French Infantry Division Recce Battalion 1939 to 1942

Headquarters 1 CP, 1 Staff Car, 2 Truck, 1 25ATG, 1 81M, 1 Truck
1 Motorcycle Company 3 Scout, 3 motorcycle
1 Mounted Company 3 Scout, 3 Horse
1 Machinegun Company 3 MG, 3 Wagon
Note Note on Infantry Battalion above applies
8 AC French Motorized Division Recce Regiment 1939 to 1942

1 Battalion
Headquarters 1 CP, 1 Truck, 1 Staff Car
1 Armoured Car Coy 3 Panhard
1 Motorcycle Coy 3 Scout, 3 motorcycle
1 Battalion
Headquarters 1 CP, 1 Staff Car, 1 Lorraine, 25ATG, 1 81M, 1 Truck
1 Motorcycle Comy 3 Scout, 3 motorcycle
1 Recce Tank Coy 3 AMR
1 Machinegun Coy 3 MG, 3 Trucks
8 AD French Corps Recce Groupe 1939 to 1942

3 Motorcycle Company 3 Scout, 3 motorcycle
1 Heavy Weapons Company 3 MG, 3 Trucks, 1 25ATG, 1 81M, 2 Truck
8 AE French Infantry or Motorized Division Light Artillery Group 1939 to 1942 (Division has 1
of these)
Headquarters 1 CP, 1 Staff Car, 1 Wagon
3 Light Artillery Battalions ea 4 CP, 1 OP, 3 75H, 3 Wagons, 3 Limbers, 5 Staff Car
1 Anti Tank Company 2 Lorraine, 2 25ATG
Note Motorized divisions have trucks, infantry divisions have
wagons and limbers.
8 AF French Infantry or Motorized Division Artillery Group 1939 to 1942 (Division has 1 of
these)
2 Medium Artillery Bn each 4 CP, 1 OP, 3 105H, 3 Wagons, 3 Limbers, 5 Staff Car
1 Heavy Artillery Battalion 4 CP, 1 OP, 3 155H, 3 Wagons, 3 Limbers, 5 Staff Car
Note Motorized divisions have trucks, infantry divisions have
- 37 –
wagons and limbers.
8 AG French Infantry Corps Heavy Artillery Regiment 1939 to 1940

2 Artillery Battalions each 3 105H, 4 CP, 1 OP, 3 Wagons, 3 Limbers, 5 Staff Car
2 Artillery Battalions each 3 155H, 4 CP, 1 OP, 3 Wagons, 3 Limbers, 5 Staff Car
8 AH French Motorized Infantry and Armoured Corps Heavy Artillery Regiment 1939 to 1940
2 Artillery Battalions each 3 105H, 4 CP, 1 OP, 6 Trucks, 5 Staff Car
8 AI French Horsed Cavalry Corps Heavy Artillery Regiment 1939 to 1940

Large Units:
Infantry Division – 2 to 4 Infantry Regiments, 1 Machinegun Battalion, 1 Light Artillery Group, 1

Heavy Artillery Group, 1 Recce Battalion, 6 Engineer Platoons, 3 FT-17 Tank Companies (Regular
army units only)
Mountain Infantry Division – 2 Infantry Demi-brigades (3 Mountain Infantry Battalions each), 1

Light Artillery Battalion, 3 Motorized Engineer Platoons, 1 H39 Tank Companies, 1 anti aircraft
company (25AAG), 1 ski company (3 Rifle, 1 37IG, 1 Wagon).
Motorized Infantry Division - 3 Motorized Infantry Regiments, 1 Motorized Machinegun Battalion,

1 Motorized Light Artillery Group, 1 Motorized Heavy Artillery Group, 1 Motorized Recce Regiment,
6 Motorized Engineer Platoons, 1 Infantry Tank Company (R35 or H35)
DLM (Division Light Mechanized) – 1 DLM Armoured Brigade (2 DLM Tank Regiments), 1 DLM
Recce Groupe, 1 Dragoons Portees Regiment, 1 DLM Anti-Tank Groupe, 1 DLM Artillery Groupe, 1
Motorized Machinegun Battalion, 9 Motorized Engineer Platoons
DCR (Division Armoured (“Chars”))– 1 DCR Armoured Brigade (1 DCR Medium Tank Regiment,
1 DCR Heavy Tank Regiment), 1 DCR Chaser Battalion, 1 DCR Artillery Groupe, 1 Motorized
Machinegun Battalion, 3 Motorized Engineer Platoons
DCL (Division Cavalry Light) – 1 Light Cavalry Brigade (2 Cavalry Regiments), 1 Light Mechanized
Brigade (1 Armoured Car Regiment, 1 Reconnaissance Battalion, 1 Tank Battalion (H35), 1
Dragoons Portees Regiment), 1 DCL Artillery Groupe, 1 DCL Anti Tank Groupe, 1 Motorized
Machinegun Battalion, 1 DCL Anti Aircraft Battery (1 25 AAG, 1 Limber), 3 Motorized Engineer
Platoons
Independent Cavalry Brigade – 2 Cavalry Regiments

- 38 –
9 German Wehrmarcht, Luftwaffe, Kiegsmarine and Waffen SS Ground Formations
The German army fielded over 300 infantry divisions, which provided the bulk of their forces.
Command of ground forces was confused with SS, Heer, Kiegsmarine and Luftwaffe all having
ground units under their separate command with no formal means of cooperation between them
prior to September 1944. There was a continual shortage of equipment, so units shown here are
almost certainly over strength, always feel free to substitute captured enemy equipment as this was
a frequent German practice.
9 A German Infantry Regiment 1938 to 1943 (may command up to 3 battalions)

Headquarters 2 Wagon, 1 CP, 1 20AAG, 1 Limber
Regimental Cannon Company 2 150IG, 2 Limber
Regimental Anti Tank Coy 3 37ATG, 3 Limber
Regimental Recce Platoon 1 SMG, 1 Horse
Regimental Pioneer Platoon 1 Combat Engr, 1 FT
9 B German Infantry Regiment 1943 to 1944 (may command up to 2 battalions)

Headquarters 1 CP, 2 Wagon, 1 20AAG, 1 Limber
Regimental Anti Tank Coy 2 50ATG (1944 75ATG), 2 Truck
9 C German Static Infantry Regiment 1943 to 1944 (may command up to 2 battalions)

Headquarters 1 CP, 2 Wagon, 1 20AAG, 1 Limber
Regimental Anti Tank Platoon 1 50ATG, 1 Truck
9 D German Luftwaffe Infantry Regiment 1943 to 1944 (may command up to 3 battalions)

Regimental Anti Aircraft Bty 2 20AAG, 2 Truck
9 E German Kiegsmarine Infantry Regiment 1944 (may command up to 2 battalions)

Regimental Anti Aircraft Pl 1 20AAG, 2 Truck
9 F German Volksgrenadier Regiment October 1944 to 1945 (may command up to 2 battalions)

Regimental Anti Aircraft Coy 1 20AAG, 1 Limber
- 39 –
9 G German Motorized Regiment Headquarters 1938 to 1943 (Commands 2 or 3 Battalions

plus M/C Battalion)
Headquarters 1 VW, 1 CP, 1 Truck, 1 ARV, 1 AA Truck
1 Recce Platoon 2 SMG, 2 Motorcycle
1 Assault Gun Company 3 GW1 (Europe only)
9 H German Parachute Regiment Headquarters 1939 to 1945 (Commands 3 Battalions)

9 I German Motorized Grenadier/Panzer Grenadier Regiment Headquarters 1943 to 1945

Note Panzer Grenadier Regiment commands 1 Armoured
Grenadier and Motorized Battalion, Motorized Grenadier
Regiment commands 2 Motorized Battalions
9 J German SS Panzer Grenadier Regiment Headquarters 1943 to 1945 (Commands 1 HT and

2 Motorized Battalions)
1 Panzer Jager Company 3 PJIV (or StuG3g)
9 K German Infantry Battalion 1938 to 1943

Headquarters 2 Wagon, 1 CP
3 Infantry Companies each 3 Rifle (old type platoon)
1 Heavy Company 1 20AAG, 1 37ATG, 1 75IG, 3 Limber
1 Machinegun Company 3 MG, 1 81M
9 L German Infantry Battalion 1943 to 1945

3 Infantry Companies each 3 Rifle, 1 Pz S (From July 1944)
1 Heavy Company 1 20AAG, 1 50ATG(75ATG in 1944), 1 75IG, 2 Limber, 1
Truck
1 Machinegun Company 1 MG, 1 81M, 1 120M, 1 Truck
9 M German Luftwaffe or Kiegsmarine Infantry Battalion 1943 to 1944

Headquarters 1 CP
3 Infantry Companies each 3 Rifle (old type platoon), 1Pz S
1 Heavy Company 3 Pz S, 1 MG
1 Machinegun Company 1 81M, 1 120M, 1 Wagon
9 N German Volksgrenadier Battalion October 1944 to 1945

Headquarters 1 CP
3 Infantry Companies each 2 Rifle, 1 SMG, 1Pz S
1 Heavy Company 3 Pz S, 1 MG
1 Machinegun Company 1 81M, 1 120M, 1 Wagon
9 O German Static Infantry Battalion 1943 to 1945

- 40 –
3 Infantry Companies each 3 Secur, 1 Pz S (From July 1944)
1 Heavy Company 1 75IG, 1 Limber, 2 Pz S
9 P German Motorized Battalion 1938 to 1943 (Europe and Russia)

Headquarters 1 VW, 1 CP, 1 Truck, 1 ARV
3 Companies each 3 Rifle, 3 Trucks
1 Heavy Company
1 Anti Aircraft Platoon 1 AA Truck
Note One company may be mounted in an Sdkfz 251/1, up to
1941.
9 Q German Motorized Battalion 1941 to 1943 (Africa)

3 Companies each 3 Rifle, 3 Trucks
1 Heavy Company
1 Anti Tank Platoon 1 37ATG, 1 Truck (50ATG in 1943)
1 Cannon Platoon 1 GW1
1 Machinegun Platoon 1 MG, 1 Truck
9 R German Parachute Battalion 1939 to 1942

3 Companies each 3 Rifle, Truck
1 Heavy Company
1 Cannon Platoon 1 105RR, 1 Truck
1 Cannon Platoon 1 75RR, 1 Truck
1 Com Engr Platoon 1 Combat Engr, 2 FT, 2 Truck
9 S German Parachute Battalion 1943 to 1945

3 Parachute Companies each 3 Rifle, 1 Pz S. 3 Truck
1 Heavy Company
- 41 –
1 Cannon Platoon 1 150IG, 1 Truck (105RR in 1943)

1 Cannon Platoon 1 75IG, 1 Truck (75RR in 1943)
1 Com Engr Platoon 1 Combat Engr, 2 FT, 2 Truck
9 T German Armoured Grenadier Battalion 1942 to 1945 (In Russia, Tunisia and Europe)
Headquarters 1 CP, 1 HT, 1 Mauliter, 1 ARV
3 Grenadier Companies each 3 SMG, 1 Pz S (From July 1944), 3 HT
1 Heavy Company
1 Anti Aircraft Platoon 1 AA HT
1 Anti Tank Platoon 2 Marder
1 Machinegun Platoon 1 MG, 1 HT
1 Com Engr Platoon 1 Combat Engr, 1 HT
1 Mortar Battery 1 120M, 1 81M, 2 HT
9 U German Mixed Grenadier Battalion 1944 to 1945 (In Russia and Europe)
Headquarters 1 CP, 1 HT, 1 Mauliter, 1 ARV
1 Grenadier Company 3 SMG, 1 Pz S (From July 1944), 3 HT
2 Grenadier Companies each 3 Rifle, 1 Pz S (From July 1944), 3 Truck
1 Heavy Company
1 Anti Tank Platoon 1 Marder
1 Mortar Battery 1 120M, 1 81M, 2 Truck
Note The first Panzer Grenadier Regiment of a Panzer Division
had this type of organization in place of a full Armoured
Grenadier Battalion with the other battalions of the division
being Motorized Grenadier Battalions. Only SS and Elite
Army and Luftwaffe formations had full Armoured
Grenadier Battalions. This was a result of the 1944 re-org
of the German Army and the continuing equipment and
manpower shortages.
9 V German Motorized Grenadier Battalion 1942 to 1945 (All theatres)

Headquarters 1 CP, 1 VW, 1 Truck, 1 ARV
3 Grenadier Companies each 3 Rifle, 1 Pz S (From July 1944), 3 Trucks
1 Heavy Company
- 42 –

1 Platoon 1 GW38
1 Recce Platoon 2 SMG, 2 M/C
1 Com Engr Platoon 1 Combat Engr, 1 Truck
1 Mortar Battery 1 81M, 1 120M, 2 Trucks
9 W German Motorcycle Battalion 1939 to 1943 (All Theatres)(One of these per Panzer Division)
Headquarters 1 CP, 1 Motorcycle, 1 Truck
3 Motorcycle Companies ea 3 Rifle, 1 MG, 4 M/C
1 Heavy Company 1 37ATG, 3 Truck, 1 AA Truck, 1 81M, 1 75IG
9 X German Panzer Regiment Headquarters 1938 to 1942

Headquarters 1 CP, 1 Comd Pz, 1 AA HT, 1 Truck
9 Y German Panzer Regiment Headquarters 1943 to 1945

Headquarters 1 CP, 1 Comd Pz, 1 AA HT, 1 Mauliter
9 Z German Panzer Lehr Panzer Regiment Headquarters 1944 to 1945 (Commands 12 Pz

Lehr Companies (4 companies of 5 PzV, 4 companies of 5 Pz IV and 4 companies of 5 PzVI)
Headquarters 1 CP, 1 Comd Pz, 3 AA HT, 1 Mauliter,
1 Jagd Panzer Company 4 Jpz 4
1 Anti Aircraft Company 4 AA HT
1 Recce Company 4 Luchs, 4 SMG, 4 M/C
9 AA German Luftwaffe Panzer Regiment Headquarters 1943 to 1945 (Herman Goring

Division, Commands 1 PzV 1 PzIV Battalion and 1 StuG3 Battalion)
Headquarters 1 CP, 1 Comd Pz, 3 AA HT, 1 Mauliter
9 AB German Panzer Battalion 1938 to 1941 (Europe and Russia)

Headquarters 1 Pz, 1 Pz1, 2 SMG, 1 Engr Combat, 2 Motorcycle, 2
Truck, 1 ARV
2 Panzer Companies each 3 Pz
1 Support Company 3 Pz4d
Note Pz is Pz1, Pz2, Pz38, and Pz3e
May not mix Panzer III with Panzer 38(t) or Panzer 35(t).
For Russia in 1941 delete the Pz I except in Headquarters
units, Pz III may be upgraded to E F, G, or H.
1940 Tank mixes:
1, 2, 10 Panzer Divisions – HQ/Recce - Panzer
1, Medium Tanks – Panzer 2 and Support Tanks
– Panzer 4d
3, 4, 5 Panzer Divisions - HQ/Recce - Panzer 1,
Medium Tanks – Panzer 1 and 2 and Support
Tanks – Panzer 3e and 4d
6, 7, 8 Panzer Divisions - HQ/Recce - Panzer 1,
Medium Tanks – Panzer 38 and Support Tanks –
- 43 –
Panzer 3e
9 Panzer Division - HQ/Recce - Panzer 1,
Medium Tanks – Panzer 2 and Support Tanks –
Panzer 3e and 4d
1941 Tank mixes:
6, 7, 8, 12, 19, 20 Panzer Divisions – HQ/Recce
- Panzer 38t, Medium Tanks – Panzer 38t and
Support Tanks – Panzer 4d. These divisions had
3 instead 2 medium tank companies with the
regiments having 3 battalions.
All other Panzer Divisions - HQ/Recce - Panzer
2, Medium Tanks – Panzer 3 and Support Tanks
– Panzer 4d
9 AC German Panzer Battalion March 1941 to November 1942 (Africa)

Headquarters 1 Pz3, 1 Pz2, 2 SMG, 1 Engr Combat, 2 Motorcycle, 2
Truck, 1 ARV
3 Panzer Companies each 3 Pz3
1 Support Company 3 Pz4d
Note P3 maybe e, h or j. Pz38t maybe substituted for Pz3 in
Europe only. See 1941 Tank mixes in 9 AC note that 3
tank companies was not typical although it was the
recommended army order of battle, 2 companies being
the norm at the front.
9 AD German Panzer Battalion 1942

Headquarters 1 P3j, 1 Pz2, 2 SMG, 1 Engr Combat, 2 Motorcycle, 2
Truck, 1 ARV, 1 AA HT
3 Panzer Companies each 3 P3j
1 Support Company 3 Pz4g
Note Note in 9 AC also applies.
9 AE German Panzer Battalion 1943

Headquarters 1 Pz4g, 1 Pz2, 2 SMG, 1 Engr Combat, 2 Motorcycles, 2
Truck, 1 ARV, 1 AA HT
3 Panzer Companies each 3 Pz4g
1 Support Company 3 Pz3m
Note Some battalions in 1943 will use the Pz3n/Pz4g
combination like 1942; some will use all Pz4g or Panther.
SS Panzer Battalions use SS units unless equipped with
Pz3n. Note in 9 AC also applies. This is a very confusing
year to nail down an ORBAT any combination is possible
depending on local resources
9 AF German Panzer Battalion 1944 to 1945 (Europe and Russia)

Headquarters 1 Pz, 1 Luchs, 1 SMG, 1 Motorcycle, 1 Opel Mauliter, 1
Whirlwind, 1 HT, 1 ARV, 1 Combat Engr, 1 HT
3 Panzer Companies each 3 Pz
- 44 –
Note Pz is Pz4h or Panther. SS Panzer Battalions use SS units.

12th SS Panzer Division 1944 - Some SS Panzer
Battalions had 4 or 5 companies such as the 12SS panzer
regiment in June 1944.
21st Panzer Division 1944 – 1 battalion of Pz 4g and 1
battalion of Somua 35 with H39 as Headquarters tanks.
There were a number of independent panzer battalions that
served as training units in France and support units in the
Arctic against the Soviets, they all had captured French
equipment mostly R35, H39 and S35.
Security Tanks - FT17 were used as internal security
vehicles in the rear area and maybe available to security
divisions in combat (about a company’s worth of tanks).
11th Panzer Division 1944 – this unit stationed in the South
of France used the Pz3n instead of Pz4h and Pz5 and was
in action against US and Free French Forces during
Operation Anvil/Dragoon. Use the 1943 battalion order of
battle.
18th Panzer Division 1944 – this unit was struck from the
order of battle as a panzer division and became a
breakthrough artillery division.
9 AG German Heavy Tank Battalion 1942 to 1943

Headquarters 1 Tiger I, 1 Truck, 1 ARV, 1 AAHT
3 Panzer Companies each 2 Tiger I, 1 Pz3j
Note Pz3 may be omitted. This unit normally operates by
independent companies. Between 1942 and 1943 the
following battalions were raised:
501 - 3/42 North Africa to 3/43 then East Front
502 - 3/42 East Front
503 - 1/43 East Front rebuilt in 1/45 as Feld Herren Halle
Battalion of FHH Panzer Division. Use Tiger 2 from 8/44.
504 – 1/43 Italy (East Front for Kursk then Italy)
505 – 1/43 East Front. Use Tiger 2 from 8/44.
506 – 3/43 East Front, then West Front from 4/44. Use
Tiger 2 from 8/44.
507 – 4/43 East Front
508 – 3/43 Italy to 1/45 then West Front
509 – 4/43 East Front. Use Tiger 2 from 8/44.
3/35 – 1/43 Kursk with 35th Panzer Regiment disbanded
after Kursk
3/GD – 3/43 Kursk with Greater Germany Panzer
Regiment through out the war. Removed from division in
1/45 to serve as a Corps asset as “Heavy Panzer
Battalion Greater Germany”.
HG – 1/43 Italy as part of Hermann Goering Panzer
Division and saw service in several Parachute Corps.
9 AH German Heavy Tank Battalion 1944 to 1945

- 45 –
Headquarters 1 Tiger I or II (from August 1944), 1 Opel Mauliter, 1 ARV,

1 AAHT
3 Panzer Companies each 3 Tiger I or II
Note This unit normally operates by independent companies.
Between 1944 and 1945 the following battalions were
raised (in addition those in existence):
510 - 3/44 East Front
511 - 1/44 East Front then folded into 502. Use
Tiger 2 from 8/44.
511 - 1/45 East Front, newly raised from training
troops. Use Tiger 2 from 1/45.
1/130 – 1/44 West Front, was made a panther
battalion after 8/44
SS 101 – 2/44 West Front, then East Front from
1/45. Use Tiger 2 from 12/44.
424 - 1/45 East Front. Formed from the surplus
Tiger 1s of Tiger 2 re-equipped units.
9 AI German Tank Demolition Battalion

Headquarters 1 CP, 1 251HT
3 Tank Companies each 1 StG3g, 2 BV Tiger 1
Note There was only one of these battalions and it served on
the Eastern Front throughout the war. StuG3g are the
controller vehicles and BV Tigers drop off the demolition
charge on the target.
9 AJ German Divisional Anti-Tank Battalion 1938 to 1942

3 Anti Tank Companies each 4 37ATG, 4 Truck (replace in 1942 with 50ATG)
1 Anti Aircraft Company 2 20AAQG, 2 Trucks (Infantry Divisions only)
Note The option to upgrade 1 ATG platoon per company applies
to Panzer Divisions in 1940, and Infantry divisions in 1941.
9 AK German Infantry Division Anti-Tank Battalion Late 1942 to 1945 (Use this for Africa as
well, see Note)
1 SPAT Company 3 SPAT (StuG3g, Marder, Hetzer)
1 Anti-Tank Company 4 50ATG, 4 Truck
2 Anti Aircraft Company 2 AA HT or 2 20AA, 2 Truck
Note 75ATG from November 1943. Must use 7.62ATG in North
Africa and may use 7.62ATG on East Front after July
1942.
9 AL German Panzer & Panzer Grenadier Division Anti-Tank Battalion 1942 to 1945
- 46 –
2 SPAT Companies each 3 SPAT (StuG3g, JP4, Marder, Hetzer (1944))

2 Anti Tank Companies each 2 75ATG, 2 RSO
9 AM German Volksgrenadier Anti-Tank Battalion 1944-45 Type 1

Headquarters 1 CP, 1V/W, 1 Truck
3 Panzer Jager Batteries each 1 SPAT
3 Anti Tank Companies each 2 75ATG, 2 Truck
Note SPAT can be Marder, StuG 3g or SU76. This battalion
replaced the Anti Aircraft and Anti Tank battalion in many
of the better Volksgrenadier Divisions. Only the very best
Volksgrenadier Divisions retained separate Anti Aircraft
and Anti Tank battalions.
9 AN German Volksgrenadier Anti-Tank Battalion 1944-45 Type 2

Headquarters 1 CP, 1V/W, 1 Truck
2 Panzer Jager Batteries each 1 SPAT
1 Anti Tank Companies each 2 75ATG, 2 Truck
Note SPAT can be Marder, StuG3g or SU76. This battalion
replaced the Anti Aircraft and Anti Tank battalion in many
of the dubious quality, “white bread’ and under strength
Volksgrenadier Divisions.
9 AO German Corps Heavy Anti-Tank Battalion 1941 to 1945

Headquarters 1 CP, 1 V/W, 1 Truck
3 Panzer Jager Companies ea 3 SPAT or 3 ATG, 3 Sdfz 7
1 Supply Company 4 Truck
Note SPAT can be Jagd Panzer 1 (1941-43), Marder 2 (late
1942), Elefant (early 1943), Jagd Panzer 4 or (late 1943),
Nashorn (early 1944), Jagd Panther (from August 1944) or
Jagd Tigers (from December 1944). Battalions equipped
with Jagd Panther were always short of such vehicles, so
up to two-thirds of such battalion maybe equipped with
JP4 instead. Jagd Tiger battalions have only two fighting
companies and served on the West Front only. Towed
battalions were 75ATG until November 1944 then 88ATG.
In 1944 there were 23 such battalions and at least one per

Corps would be available in an active or threatened sector.
On average 3 (1 Nashorn, 1 towed 75mm and 1 Elefant)
served in Italy, 14 served on the East Front (8 towed
88mm, 2 towed 75mm, 1 Nashorn, 4 JP5), 1 in Norway
and the remainder on the West Front (1 Nashorn (later
JP6), 3 JP5, 1 JP6). All towed 88 battalions served on the
East Front only. The battalion in Norway had a mixture of
75mm and 50mm anti-tank guns and no self-propelled
guns. There were only 2 battalions of Elefants were ever
formed in 1943 for the Kursk offensive and only 1 battalion
- 47 –
available after October 1943 that survived the debacle of

Operation Citadel. Elefants served on Italian Front in 1944
and West Front in April 1945 in independent companies
may have officially still part of 654th Battalion. There was
one company of Elefant attached to 3rd Parachute Division
during Ardennes Campaign.
Below is a condensed table of these battalions and their

service in the early, middle and late periods of the last
eighteen months of the war showing their main equipment
and theatre of action (In all cases E means East Front, I
means Italian Front, W means West Front and N means
Norway and Northern Finland):
Separate Heavy Anti-Tank Battalions 1944-5

Unit Early Front Middle Front Late Front
88 Nashorn E Nashorn E Nashorn E
93 Nashorn E Nashorn E Nashorn W
463 Towed N Towed N Towed N
512 JP4 E JP4 W JP6 W
519 Nashorn I JP5 W JP5 W
525 Nashorn E JP5 I JP5 I
559 Marder 2 E JP5 W JP5 W
560 Nashorn E JP5 E JP5 W
561 Towed 75 E Towed 75 E Towed 75 E
564 Towed 75 I Towed 75 I Towed 75 I
616 Marder 2 E Hertzer E Hertzer E
653 Elefant I JP6 I JP6 W
654 JP5 E JP5 W JP5 W
655 Nashorn E JP5 I/E JP5 W
9 AP German Infantry Division Reconnaissance Battalion 1938 to 1944

Headquarters 1 VW, 1 CP, 1 222, 1 Wagon
1 Recce Squadron 3 Rifle, 3 Horse
1 Recce Company 3 Rifle, 3 Bicycle
1 Heavy Company 1 75IG, 1 81M, 1 37ATG, 2 Limber
Note In September 1944 this was reduced to a large company
consisting of 1 222, 3 Rifle, 1 81M, 4 Bicycle and called
- 48 –
the Volksgrenadier Divisional Fusilier Company, see

below.
9 AQ German Panzer/Motorized Division Reconnaissance Battalion 1938 to 1942

Headquarters 1 CP, 1 VW, 1 Truck, 1 ARV, 1 AA Truck
2 Recce Companies each 1 231/8 (or 231/6 to 1941), 3 222
1 Motorcycle Company 3 SMG, 3 Motorcycle
1 Cannon Platoon 1 75IG, 1 Truck
9 AR German Panzer Division Reconnaissance Battalion 1943 to 1945

Headquarters 1 HT, 1 CP, 1 234/3, 1 Truck, 1 ARV, 1 AA Truck
1 Headquarters Company 3 234/4 (added 1944)
1 Armoured Car Company 3 234/1, 1 234/2
1 Armoured Recce Company 3 SMG, 3 HT
1 Heavy Company
1 Mortar Platoon 1 81M, 1Truck
Note May replace Armoured Car Coy with another Recce Coy.
In 1943 the Recce Coy could still be a Motorcycle Coy.
The 234/1 maybe replaced by 250/9. In 1943 use 231/8 in
place of 234/1, 2, 3. VW or swimmwagen or Staff Car
often replaced half-track and even the armoured cars on
occasion. Usual organization was 1 armoured recce
companies and 1 armoured car company of mixed
armoured car types. 234/2 and 234/4 armoured cars were
often used in anti tank platoon. Headquarters company is
found only in full strength elite units, therefore treat as
theory not practice. Almost any type of armoured car
could be found in these units in 1944 but the same type
would equip one battalion.
9 AS German Panzer Grenadier Reconnaissance Battalion 1943 to 1945

1 Armoured Car Company 1 231/8, 3 222
2 Recce Companies each 3 Rifle, 3 Motorcycle
1 Heavy Company
1 Com Engr Platoon 1 Combat Engr, 1 Truck
Note From October 1944 replace Motorcycle with V/W,
Swimmiwagen or Staff Car, these can be mixed in one
battalion. 2nd Parachute Corps had one battalion as a
GHQ unit, it had the organization above without the
armoured car company and replace motorcycles with
kubelwagens or civilian cars.
- 49 –
9 AT German Volksgrenadier Divisional Fusilier Company 1944 to 1945

1 222, 2 Rifle, 1 SMG, 1 81M, 1 Pz S, 5 Bicycle
9 AU German Infantry Division Artillery Regiment 1939 to 1945

Headquarters 1 CP, 1 VW, 1 20AAQG, 1 Limber
3 Light Battalions each 3 105H, 4 CP, 3 OP, 3 Wagon, 3 Limbers, 3 VW
1 Heavy Battalion 3 150H, 4 CP, 3 OP, 3 Wagon, 3 Limbers, 3 VW
Note Battalions may be fielded individually. Mountain Infantry
Divisions have 4 light battalions of 75H. After December
1943 delete one battery from each light battalion as part of
the re-org to the 1944 Infantry Division. In some Divisions
after 1943 Russian 122H Howitzers were used, similarly
25pdr and US or French 105H or French 75H can be
substituted. If an SS unit, add a battalion of 170H (this is
theory not practice. In practice add a battery). If SS
mountain, add another battalion of 75H instead.
9 AV German Cavalry Division Artillery Regiment 1939 to 1945

2 Light Battalions each 3 105H, 4 CP, 3 OP, 3 Wagon, 3 Limbers, 3 Horse
1 Recoilless Gun Battalion 3 75RR, 4 CP, 3 OP, 3 Wagon, 3 Limbers, 3 Horse
1 Heavy Mortar Company 2 120M, 4 Wagons, 1 OP, 1 CP, 2 Horse
Note Battalions may be fielded individually.
9 AW German Panzer or Motorized Division Artillery Regiment 1938 to 1942

Headquarters 1 CP, 1 VW, 2 20AAQG, 3 Truck
2 Light Battalions each 3 105H, 4 CP, 3 OP, 6 Truck, 7 VW
1 Heavy Battalion 3 150H, 4 CP, 3 OP, 6 Truck, 7 VW
Note Optional to upgrade one light battalion with Wespe in
1942.
9 AX German Panzer or Motorized Division Artillery Regiment 1943 to 1945

2 Light Battalion 2 105H, 3 CP, 2 OP, 4 Truck, 3 VW, 2 HT
1 Heavy Battalion 2 150H, 3 CP, 2 OP, 4 Truck, 3 VW, 2 HT
1 Armoured Battalion 2 Wespe, 1 Hummel, 3 OP, 3 CP, 6 HT
Note Battalions may be fielded individually. A second light
battalion frequently replaced the Armoured Battalion. If
SS, add a Nebelwerfer battalion (sometimes self-
propelled) and a 170H battalion (although a battery was
often only available).
9 AY German Parachute Division Artillery Regiment 1943 to 1945

3 Light Battalions each 3 105H, 4 CP, 3 OP, 6 Truck, 7 VW
1 Heavy Battalion 3 150H, 4 CP, 3 OP, 6 Truck, 7 VW
9 AZ German Nebelwefer Regiment 1942 to 1945

- 50 –
2 Light Battalions each 3 NW, 4 CP, 4 VW, 6 Truck, 1 ARV, 1 AA Truck

1 Heavy Battalion 3 Mauliter, 4 CP, 4 HT, 3 Truck, 1 ARV, 1 AA Truck
Note Normally only used as single battalions; several brigades
were massed for use in the Ardennes in 1944. Brigades
have 2-4 regiments.
9 BA German Parachute Division Mortar Battalion 1943 to 1945

3 Mortar Batteries each 2 120M, 1 CP, 1 OP, 4 Truck, 2 V/W
9 BB German Assault Gun Battalion 1939 to 1942

Headquarters 1 StuG3e, 1 AAHT, 1 Truck
3 Assault Gun Batteries each 1 StuG3e
Note Between 1940 and 1943 the following 69 battalions and 10
independent batteries were raised:
Sturmartillerie Abtreilung 184-185
Sturmartillerie Abtreilung 185
Sturmartillerie Ersatz Abtreilung 200
Sturmartillerie Erastz Abtreilung 300
Sturmartillerie Batterie 352-353
Sturmartillerie Abtreilung zVB 600
Sturmartillerie Erastz und Aus Abtreilung 600
- 51 –
Sturmartillerie Batterie 640

Sturmartillerie Abtreilung GD
SS Sturmartillerie Abtreilung 1-3
SS Sturmartillerie Abtreilung 105 (5 SS Corps)
9 BC German Assault Gun Battalion 1943 to Jan 1944

Headquarters 1 StuG3g, 1 AAHT, 1 Truck
2 Assault Gun Batteries each 1 StuG3g
1 Support Battery 1 StuG42
Note In late 1943 a support battery was added.
9 BD German Sturm Gun Battalion Feb 1944 to June 1944

Headquarters 1 Stug 3g, 1 CP, 1 HT, 1 Truck, 1 ARV, 1 AAHT
SMG Company 3 SMG, 1 Pz S, 1 81M, 4 HT
Note In early 1944 additional Stugs and an escort company
was added and these units were re-designated Sturm Gun
Battalions.
9 BE German Sturm Gun Brigade July 1944 to 1945

Headquarters 1 Stug 3g, 1 CP, 1 HT, 1 Truck, 1 ARV, 1 AAHT
SMG Company 3 SMG, 1 Pz S, 1 81M, 4 HT
Note Additional Stugs were added again and these units were
again re-designated as Sturm Gun Brigades. Between
1944 and 1945 the following 69 brigades were formed
(Most were formed from surviving assault gun battalions):
Sturmartillerie brigade Lehr 111
Sturmartillerie brigade177
Sturmartillerie brigade184-185
Sturmartillerie brigade197
Sturmartillerie brigade 200-203
Sturmartillerie brigade 226
- 52 –

Sturmartillerie brigade GD
SS Sturmartillerie brigade 1-3
LW Sturmartillerie brigade 1
FJ Sturmartillerie brigade 2
FJ Sturmartillerie brigade Schmitz
9 BF German Corps Heavy Sturm Gun Battalion 1944-45

2 Sturm Batteries each 2 Sturmtiger or Brummbar
1 Supply Company 4 Truck
Note Little information is available on service. There were
sufficient equipments for three battalions at any one time
available. The 216th and 1 Company/218 served on the
Eastern Front and the 217th and 2 Company/218 served on
the West Front. All three units were equipped with the
Brummbar. Two independent Wehrmacht Sturm Tiger
- 53 –
companies (1000th and 1001st Sturm Mortar Companies)

were also available on the East Front for the Warsaw
Uprising in Poland and on the Western Front from
November 1944. There is rumoured to be one SS
battalion (SS/101 Sturm Mortar Battalion) equipped in
late 1944 with Brummbar. I would suggest these SS units
served in 6 SS Panzer Army with the batteries divided up
amoungst the I or II SS Panzer Corps.
9 BG German Anti-Aircraft Battalion

2 Heavy Anti-Aircraft Bty each 4 88AAG, 4 Sdfz 7
1 Light Anti-Aircraft Battery 4 20AAQG, 4 Truck
9 BH German Anti Aircraft Regiment (has 4 battalions and is a Corps asset)

9 BI German Anti-Aircraft Division (sometimes called a Corps) (has 3 (Division) – 4 (Corps)

regiments and is an Army or Army Group asset that is operationally under control but
administratively under the Luftwaffe)
9 BJ German Engineer Battalion 1941 to 1945

Headquarters 1 CP, 1 VW, 1 222, 1 Truck, 1 ARV, 1 AA Truck
3 Engineer Companies each 3 Combat Engr, 3 Trucks
1 Bridging Company 3 Const Engr, 1 Tank (Panzer Divisions only) or Truck
Bridge, 4 Trucks
1 Heavy Company 1 81M, 1 150IG, 1 50ATG, 3 Trucks
1 Armoured Engineer Coy 3 Flamm Pz (not in Inf Div)
Note Germans often used this unit as infantry in a reserve
defensive position detaching the bridging assets and
armoured engineers to division Headquarters. A very
small number of these units had an armoured bridging
company with Pz 4 AVLB instead of trucks carrying the
bridges, such units were probably Corps assets.
9 BK German Horse Cavalry Regiment 1939-45

Regt Weapons Company 1 150IG, 1 37ATG, 2 Limber
2 Cavalry Battalions each
3 Cavalry Coy each 3 Rifle, 1 MG, 4 Horse
Machinegun Company 3 MG, 3 Horse
Weapons Company 3 81M, 3 Wagon
Note There were never more than three divisions of cavalry
available to the Germans (plus two SS cavalry divisions)
throughout the war. None were used on the Italian or
Western Fronts. By late 1944 all cavalry divisions should
be re-rated as brigades (there was only one army unit, two
- 54 –
SS units and three Russia Free Corps units all of which

served on the Southern part of the Eastern Front).
9 BL German Demonstration Brigade 900 1941 to 1943 (Commands 2 1941 Panzer Grenadier
Battalions, numbers 901 and 902)
Headquarters 1 CP, 1V/W, 1 Truck, 1 Scout, 1 M/C
Engineer Company 2 Com Engr, 1 Const Engr, 1 Tank Bridge, 4 Truck
Anti-Tank Battalion
1 Anti Aircraft Bty ea 2 AAHT
3 Anti Tank Coy each 2 50ATG, 2 Truck
Note This is one infantry part of the forerunner to the Panzer
Lehr Division. It fought on the East Front in 1941 and
served in France 1942 to 1943 as a training and
replacement unit until upgraded to Division status. Add
Panzer Battalion (Pzkfw 3N) numbered “130” (Panzer
forerunner of the Panzer Lehr Division) in late 1942.
Large Units:
Infantry Division 1939 – 3 Infantry Regiments (3 Battalions each), 1 Artillery Regiment, 1 Infantry
Recce Battalion, 1 Anti-tank Battalion, 1 Engineer Battalion
Air Landing Infantry Division 1940-44 – 2 Infantry Regiments (2 Battalions each), 1 Parachute
Regiment (3 battalions), 1 Artillery Regiment, 1 Infantry Recce Battalion, 1 Anti-tank Battalion, 1
Engineer Battalion, 1 Anti-Aircraft Battalion (one of these divisions was in Normandy during D Day)
Mountain Infantry Division 1939-44 – 3 Mountain Infantry Regiments (3 Battalions each), 1

Artillery Regiment (all 75mm Howitzers), 1 Infantry Recce Battalion, 1 Anti-tank Battalion (37mm,
28mm or 50mm Anti Tank Guns), 1 Engineer Battalion (all transport is wagon or pack horse or
horse)
Infantry Division 1944 – 3 Infantry Regiments (2 Battalions each), 1 Artillery Regiment, 1 Infantry
Battalion, 1 Fusilier Company, 1 Anti-tank Battalion, 1 Engineer Battalion,
78th Sturm Infantry Division 1943-44 – 3 Sturm Infantry Regiments (1 Infantry Battalion and 1
105H Artillery Battalion each), 1 Artillery Regiment, 1 Fusilier Company, 1 Anti-tank Battalion, 1
Jagd Panzer Battalion (Marder 2), 1 Engineer Battalion, 1 Anti Aircraft Battalion, 1 Mortar Battalion,
1 Assault Gun Battalion
Static Infantry Division 1944 (Security Division) – 3 Static Infantry Regiments (2 Battalions
each), 1 Artillery Regiment, 1 Anti-tank Battalion
Volksgrenadier Division (late 1944 to 1945) – 3 Volksgrenadier Regiments (2 Volksgrenadier

Battalions each), 1 Artillery Regiment, 1 Volksgrenadier Fusilier Company, 1 Volksgrenadier Anti-
tank Battalion, 1 Engineer Battalion
Luftwaffe Field Division – 2 Luftwaffe Infantry Regiments (3 Luftwaffe Battalions each), 1 Artillery
- 55 –
Regiment (only 2 Light Battalions), 1 Fusilier Company (as per the Volksgrenadier Fusilier
Company but no armoured car), 1 Anti-tank Battalion, 1 Engineer Battalion, 1 Anti-Aircraft Battalion
Parachute Infantry Division – 3 Parachute Infantry Regiments (3 Battalions each), 1 Artillery

Regiment, 1 Infantry Recce Battalion, 1 Anti-tank Battalion, 1 Engineer Battalion, 1 Anti-Aircraft
Battalion, 1 Assault Gun Battalion, 1 Mortar Battalion (SPECIAL NOTE: only the first 3 divisions
(1st , 2nd, 3rd) are motorized delete all infantry transport and assault gun battalions from the
divisions with numbers higher than 3)
SS Infantry (Waffen Grenadier der SS) Division (after 1943) – 3 Infantry Regiments (3
battalions each), 1 Artillery Regiment, 1 Infantry Recce Battalion, 1 Anti-tank Battalion, 1 Engineer
Battalion, 1 Anti-Aircraft Battalion
Motorized Infantry Division (until 1943) – 3 Motorized Infantry Regiments (3 motorized infantry
battalions each), 1 Artillery Regiment, 1 Recce Battalion, 1 Anti-tank Battalion, 1 Engineer
Light Division 1939-41 – 1 Panzer Regiment, 1 Motorized Infantry Regiment, 1 Artillery Battalion, 1
Motorized Recce Battalion, 1 Anti-tank Battalion, 1 Engineer Battalion, 1 Anti-Aircraft Battalion
Panzer Division 1939 – 2 Panzer Regiments, 1 Motorized Infantry Regiment, 1 Motorcycle

Battalion, 1 Artillery Regiment, 1 Motorized Recce Battalion, 1 Anti-tank Battalion, 1 Engineer
Panzer Division 1941 – 1 Panzer Regiment, 2 Panzer Grenadier Regiments (two battalions each),
1 Motorcycle Battalion, 1 Artillery Regiment, 1 Motorized Recce Battalion, 1 Anti-tank Battalion, 1
Engineer Battalion, 1 Anti-Aircraft Battalion
Panzer Division 1943 – 1 Panzer Regiment, 1 Panzer Grenadier Regiment (2 Battalions each), 1
Motorized Grenadier Regiment (2 Battalions each), 1 Panzer Artillery Regiment, 1 Motorized Recce
Battalion, 1 Anti-tank Battalion, 1 Engineer Battalion, 1 Anti-Aircraft Battalion
Panzer Division 1945 – 1 Panzer Regiment (1 Panther Battalion, 1 Panzer Grenadier Battalion), 2
1944 Infantry Regiments (2 Infantry Battalions each), 1 Panzer Artillery Regiment, 1 Motorized
Recce Battalion, 1 Anti-tank Battalion, 1 Engineer Company, 1 Anti-Aircraft Battalion
Panzer Lehr Panzer Division 1944-45 – 1 Panzer Lehr Panzer Regiment, 2 Panzer Grenadier
Regiments (3 Battalions each), 1 Panzer Artillery Regiment (including 1 Self Propelled Nebelwerfer
Battalion), 1 Motorized Recce Battalion, 1 Anti-tank Battalion, 1 Engineer Battalion, 1 Anti-Aircraft
Battalion, 1 Assault Gun Battalion (This organization should be used for the Greater Germany
Panzer Division but with a standard Panzer Regiment of one battalion each Pz4h, Panther and Tiger
1)
Herman Goering Panzer Division 1943-45 – 1 Panzer Regiment, 2 Panzer Grenadier Regiments
(3 Battalions each), 1 Panzer Artillery Regiment (including 1 Self Propelled Nebelwerfer Battalion), 1
Motorized Recce Battalion, 1 Anti-tank Battalion, 1 Engineer Battalion, 1 Anti-Aircraft Regiment (2
Anti Aircraft Battalions, 1 Motorized Grenadier Battalion), 1 Assault Gun Battalion (This
organization should be used for the 1st Herman Goering Panzer Division and 2nd Herman Goering
Panzer Grenadier Division (with one panzer battalion only in Herman Goering Panzer Grenadier
- 56 –
Division)
SS Panzer (Panzertruppen der SS) Division 1943 (from September 1943) – 1 Panzer
Regiment (1 battalion each of Panthers, Pz4h, Tiger), 2 Panzer Grenadier Regiments (3 Battalions
each), 1 Panzer Artillery Regiment, 1 Motorized Recce Battalion, 1 Anti-tank Battalion, 1 Engineer
Battalion, 1 Anti-Aircraft Battalion, 1 Assault Gun Battalion
Panzer Grenadier Division 1943 – 1 Panzer Battalion (Assault Gun battalion in 1945), 2
Motorized Grenadier Regiments (2 Battalions each), 1 Artillery Regiment, 1 Motorized Recce
Battalion, 1 Anti-tank Battalion, 1 Engineer Battalion, 1 Anti-Aircraft Battalion
SS Panzer Grenadier (Panzer Grenadier der SS) Division 1943 – 1 Panzer Battalion, 2 Panzer
Grenadier Regiments (3 Battalions each), 1 Panzer Artillery Regiment, 1 Motorized Recce
Battalion, 1 Anti-tank Battalion, 1 Engineer Battalion, 1 Anti-Aircraft Battalion, 1 Assault Gun
Battalion
18th Artillery Division (1943-44 East Front) – 1 Panzer Artillery Regiment, 1 Heavy Artillery
Regiment, 1 Artillery Regiment (Motorized), 1 Observer Battalion, 1 Anti-tank Company (75mm), 1
Engineer Battalion (no bridging assets), 1 Anti Aircraft Battalion
Cavalry Division 1939-43 – 3 Cavalry Regiments, 1 Cavalry Artillery Regiment, 1 Infantry Recce
Battalion, 1 Anti-tank Battalion, 1 Engineer Company
Brigades – The Germans considered Brigades to be ad hoc units composed of numerous

companies reporting to a Headquarters, very often they are referred to as an “ALARM UNIT” with the
last name of the commander, such as ALARM UNIT Schiller. For example a Panzer Brigade in
August 1944 consisted of a Headquarters, 2 to 4 Panzer Companies, 2 to 4 Panzer Grenadier
Companies, A Panzer Jager Company or two, a few mortar or artillery batteries and an Anti-Aircraft
battery.
Cavalry Brigade 1944-45 – 2 Cavalry Regiments, 1 Cavalry Artillery Regiment, 1 Motorized Recce
Battalion (frequently not available), 1 Anti-tank Battalion (older weapons), 1 Engineer Company
(these brigades sent more time fighting partisans than regular troops)
Parachute Brigade Ramke 1942 Africa – 4 Parachute Infantry Battalions, 1 Artillery Battalion
(105mm), 1 Anti Tank Company (28mm), 1 Engineer Company (this unit had no infantry transport
and borrowed transport from the Afrika Corps Flak Battalions after they were positioned).
- 57 –
10 Hungarian Army
One of Germany’s allies in 1941 to early 1945 when it went over the Soviets after an
armistice. The formations given here cover the later period; in 1941 the army assisted in the invasion
of Yugoslavia, and supplied a small group of Mechanized Cavalry to the German invasion in 1941,
withdrawn by November of that year. In 1942 and 1943 it supplied one army consisting of 3 Infantry
Corps and the Hungarian 1st Armoured Division. This force was destroyed, and no further action
was undertaken until January 1944. There appears to have been little change in organization in this
period. When Hungary surrendered in 1945 its forces were reorganized on Russian lines, and given
Russian equipment.
Hungarian Equipment
Toldi as a Pz2
Turan I as a Pz38
Turan II as a Pz4d
Nimrod as a AA HT
Zrinyi II as a Stug42
39 M Casba as a 222 A/C
10 A Hungarian Infantry Regiment Headquarters 1942 to 1945 (With 3 Battalions in Infantry,

and 2 In Motorized Regiment)
Headquarters 1 CP, 1 Staff Car, 1 Wagon, 1 ARV
1 Anti Tank Company 4 37ATG, 4 Limber
1 Mortar Company 2 81M, 2 Trucks
1 Assault Gun Company 2 StuG3g (In Motorized Regiments from 1944)
Note 50 ATG may be used by any formation in 1944, and
trucks must be used.
10 B Hungarian Infantry or Motorized Infantry Battalion 1942 to 1945

1/2 Company 1 MG
1/2 Company 1 MG
Note Motorized adds 11 Trucks
10 C Hungarian Tank Regiment Headquarters 1942 to 1945

10 D Hungarian Tank Battalion 1942 to 1945

Headquarters 1 Pz38, 1 Truck
2 Light Tank Companies each 3 Pz3j
2 Heavy Tank Companies ea 3 Pz4g
10 E Hungarian Armoured Anti Aircraft Battalion 1943 to 1945

3 Anti Aircraft Batteries each 2 AA Truck
10 F Hungarian Artillery Regiment 1942 to 1945

Headquarters 1 CP, 1 OP, 2 Staff Car, 1 ARV
- 58 –
2 Light Batteries each 1 75H, 2 Truck

1 Medium Battery 1 105H, 2 Trucks
1 Anti Aircraft Battery 2 40AAG, 2 Truck
1 Anti Tank Battery 2 50ATG, 2 Truck
10 G Hungarian Infantry Division Recce Battalion 1942 to 1944

3 Infantry Companies each 3 Rifle, 1 222
10 H Hungarian Armoured Division Recce Battalion 1942 to 1945

1 Infantry Company 3 Rifle, 3 Truck
1 Armoured Car Company 3 222
Large Units:

Company, 1 Reconnaissance Battalion
Armoured Division – 2 Armoured Regiments, 1 Motorised Infantry Regiment, 1 Artillery Regiment,

1 Reconnaissance Battalion, 1 Anti-Aircraft Battalion
- 59 –
11 Royal and Post 1943 Fascist Italian Army
The least well prepared of the major powers in Europe, the Italians have unfairly become the
butt of many jokes. Much of the equipment was elderly, particularly the artillery, whilst the tanks
tended to be a generation behind those of their enemies. The individual soldier was highly trained in
battlecraft but morale suffered because of the lack shared danger between officer and men. The
bulk of the army fought in North Africa and was effectively destroyed by May 1943. The Army
supplied to the Eastern Front ceased to exist in the counterattack following Stalingrad. Only 2
armoured divisions were committed to action, in North Africa, there were some 6 more held back in
Italy. Fascists units retained the organizations shown after 1943; those fighting on the Allied side
used American organization, with mostly American equipment, although some British weapons
were supplied.
11 A Italian Infantry Regiment Headquarters 1938 to 1943 (Commands 2 or 3 Battalions)

1 Cannon Company 2 65IG, 2 Limber
11 B Italian Parachute Infantry Regiment Headquarters 1938 to 1943 (Commands 2 or 3

Battalions)
1 Anti Tank Company 2 47ATG, 2 Truck
11 C Italian Fascist “Black Shirt” Infantry Legion Headquarters 1938 to 1943 (Commands 2
Cohorts)
11 D Italian Bersiglerli Regiment Headquarters 1938 to 1943 (Commands 2 Battalions + Close

Support Battalion)
1 Motorcycle Company 3 Rifle, 3 Motorcycle
1 Close Support Battalion
3 Anti Tank Coy each 2 47ATG, 2 Truck
1 Anti Aircraft Coy 2 20AAG, 2 Trucks
11 E Italian Infantry Battalion 1938 to 1943

Headquarters 1 CP
11 F Italian Parachute Infantry Battalion 1938 to 1943

Headquarters 1 CP
3 Infantry Companies each 3 SMG
11 G Italian Bersiglerli Battalion 1938 to 1943

3 Infantry Companies each 3 Rifle (Elite Type), 1 45M, 4 Truck
- 60 –
11 H Italian Fascist “Black Shirt” Infantry Cohort

3 Infantry Companies each 3 Rifle (EliteType), 1 45M, 4 Truck
1 Mortar Battery 2 81M, 2 Truck
11 I Italian North African Police Battalion 1938 to 1943

2 Infantry Companies each 3 Rifle (Elite Type), 3 M/C
1 Armoured Car Company 3 AB40
11 J Italian Tank Regiment 1938 to 1943 (Initially 1 Medium Battalion, up to 4 Light Battalions,
later 3 Medium Battalions under command)
1 Anti Aircraft Company 2 20AAG, 2 Truck
11 K Italian Medium Tank Battalion 1939 to 1943

Headquarters 1 M11/39, 1 Truck
3 Tank Companies each 3 M11/39 or M13/40 or M15/42
Note M11/39 was used until December 1940, M13/40 from
December 1940 to 1943, and M15/42 in 1943, on Sicily
only.
11 L Italian Light Tank Battalion 1938 to 1942

Headquarters 1 L3/33, 1 Truck
3 Tank Companies each 3 L3/33
Note Infantry Divisions in Russia had one of these attached
11 M Italian Armoured Division Close Support Battalion 1941 to 1943

1 Recce Company 3 AB 40
2 Anti Tank Companies each 2 47ATG, 2 Truck, 2 Semovente 75
Note An Infantry Division has two Anti Tank Company, with no
recce company.
11 N Italian Semovente Battalion 1941 to 1943

Headquarters 1 Semovente 75 or 105
2 Assault Gun Batteries each 2 Semovente 75 or 105
11 O Italian Parachute Heavy Support Battalion 1941 to 1943

Headquarters 1 CP
2 Anti Tank Companies each 2 20ATG
2 Machinegun Companies ea 2 MG
1 Combat Engineer Company 2 Combat Engr
11 P Italian Infantry Division Artillery Regiment 1938 to 1943 (Infantry Division has 2 of these
officially, but many had only one)
- 61 –

2 Light Battalions each 3 75H, 1 OP, 4 CP, 3 Wagon, 6 Limber
1 Medium Battalion 3 105H, 4 CP, 1OP, 3 Wagon, 6 Limber
2 Anti Aircraft Batteries each 2 20AAG, 2 Limber
Note Individual Battalions may be fielded. Second anti aircraft
company applies in North Africa only.
11 Q Italian Armoured Division Artillery Regiment 1938 to 1943

2 Light Battalions each 3 75H, 4 CP, 1OP, 11 Trucks
1 Medium Battalion 3 105H, 4 CP, 1OP, 11 Trucks
4 Light Anti Aircraft Bty each 2 20AAG, 2 Truck
1 Heavy Anti Aircraft Battery 2 90AAG, 2 Truck
Note Individual Battalions may be fielded
11 R Italian Parachute Division Artillery Regiment 1938 to 1943

3 Anti Tank Battalions each 4 47ATG, 4 Trucks
1 Medium Battalion 3 105H, 4 CP, 1OP, 11 Trucks
4 Light Anti Aircraft Bty each 2 20AAG, 2 Truck
Note Individual Battalions may be fielded
11 S Italian Autocar Artillery Regiment 1938 to 1943

2 Light Battalions each 3 Truck/65IG 4 CP, 1OP, 5 Staff Cars, 3 Trucks
1 Light Battery (independent) 1 Truck/65IG 1 CP, 1OP, 2 Staff Cars, 1 Truck
1 Medium Battery 3 Truck/100H 4 CP, 1OP, 5 Staff Cars, 3 Trucks
4 Light Anti Aircraft Bty each 2 Truck/20AAG
Note There were only one of these units and it served with
“RECAM” (see below).
Large Units:
Infantry Division – 2 or 3 Infantry Regiments, 2 Artillery Regiments, 1 Engineer Battalion, 1 Light

Tank Battalion (Only in active threatres such as East Front and Africa), 1 Close Support Battalion
(Infantry Divisions on the East Front had 2 Close Support Battalions with the recce
companies)(Most Infantry Divisions on mainland Italy had only two Infantry Regiments those with a
third regiment often had a two battalion “Blackshirt” Regiment)
Parachute Infantry Division – 3 Parachute Infantry Regiments, 1 Parachute Artillery Regiment, 1

Parachute Heavy Support Battalion, and attached in the ground role 1 Motorized Artillery Regiment.
Motorized Infantry Division – 2 Motorized Infantry Regiments, 2 Artillery Regiments, 1 Engineer

Battalion, 1 Semovente Battalion, 1 Armoured Division Close Support Battalion
Alpina Division – 3 Infantry Regiment, 1 Artillery Regiment (3 75mm Battalions), 1 Engineer

Battalion, 1 Close Support Battalion (Alpina Divisions on the East Front had 2 Close Support
Battalions and 1 Light Tank Battalion)
- 62 –
Armoured Division – 1 tank Regiment, 1 Bersaglieri Regiment, 1 Armoured Artillery Regiment, 1

Engineer Battalion, 1 Armoured Close Support Battalion, 1 Semovente Battalion
RECAM (Raggruppamento Esplorante d’Armata Manovra or Corps Armoured

Reconnaissance Regimental Group) – 1 Fascist “Black Shirt” Infantry Regiment (2 Battalions), 1
North African Police Battalion, 1 Light Tank Battalion, 1 Medium Tank Battalion, 1 Armoured Car
Company (3 AB40), 1 Autocar Artillery Regiment. This unit was used on the Southern flank of the
Panzer Army Afrika and was destroyed during the retreat to Tunisia.
- 63 –
12 Japanese Army, Imperial Guard and Marines
Of the major powers the Japanese were the most disorganized. Although there were official
organizations for divisions they were most frequently not honoured in the breach. The major portion
of the army was committed to main land China and Manchuria, and in 1939 was given a rude shock
at the hands of the Russians. The Western Allies met the more lightly equipped, if extremely high
morale forces. Contrary to popular belief this army was not a superior jungle fighting force but it
was certainly not as road bound as the Western Allies – a very definite advantage! Only one or two
armoured divisions were formed, and most armour acted as independent companies, or regiments.
The First Armoured Division was held on mainland Japan throughout the war in case of invasion and
was at full strength when it surrendered in 1945.
12 A Japanese Infantry Regiment Headquarters 1936 to 1945 (Has 3 Battalions if subordinated

to a division, may have up to 6 if Independent)
1 Regimental Cannon Battery 2 75H, 2 Limber
12 B Japanese Infantry Battalion 1936 to 1945

3 or 4 Companies each 3 Rifle
Note From 1943 may replace 37mm with 47mm.
12 C Japanese Motorized Regiment Headquarters 1936 to 1945 (Has 3 Battalions)

1 Regimental Cannon Battery 1 75H, 1 Wagon, 1 Limber
12 D Japanese Motorized Infantry Battalion 1936 to 1945

3 Companies each 3 Rifle, 3 Truck
12 E Japanese Tank Brigade Headquarters 1936 to 1945 (Commands 3 Tank Regiments)

Headquarters 1 Type 97, 1 ARV
12 F Japanese Armoured Division Tank Regiment 1942 to 1945

Headquarters 1 Type 97, 1 Truck
4 Medium Tank Squadrons ea 4 Type 97
1 Light Tank Squadron 3 Type 95
Note This unit may be used independently, for a hypothetical
invasion of Japan the tanks may be Type 3, but only 60 of
these were produced.
12 G Japanese Armoured Division Reconnaissance Regiment 1942 to 1945

- 64 –

2 Light Tank Squadrons each 3 Type 95
1 Medium Tank Squadron 3 Type 97
1 Anti Tank Squadron 3 47ATG, 3 Truck
Note It is possible that this unit was also equipped with the
excellent M25 armoured car during the war in China and
was probably used as a Corps Recce asset.
12 H Japanese Recce Regiment 1942 to 1945

1 Cavalry Company 3 Rifle, 3 Horse
2 Motorized Cavalry Coy each 2 Rifle, 1 MG, 1 37ATG, 4 Truck
1 Tankette Company 3 Type 95
1 Motorized Company 3 Rifle, 3 Truck, 1 M25
12 I Japanese Infantry Division Tank Regiment 1936 to 1945

Headquarters 1 Type 97, 1 Truck
2 Medium Tank Squadrons ea 4 Type 97
Note The Light squadron may be used independently.
12 J Japanese Divisional Anti Tank Regiment 1936 to 1945 (Infantry use Horses and only in
China)
3 Anti Tank Batteries each 3 37ATG, 3 Limber
12 K Japanese Infantry Divisional Artillery Regiment 1936 to 1945

2 to 3 Artillery Battalions ea 3 75H, 4 CP, 1OP, 4 Wagon, 3 Limber
Note 105mm can only be used in China. Battalions would
normally be used independently.
12 L Japanese Armoured Divisional Artillery Regiment 1942 to 1945

Headquarters 1 CP, 1 OP, 2 Staff Car
3 Artillery Batteries each 1 105H, 1 CP, 1 Staff Car, 4 Truck
Note 1 Battery may be used with 150H
12 M Japanese Cavalry Brigade 1936 to 1945

2 Regiments
3 Cavalry Sqn each 2 Rifle, 2 Horse
1 Machinegun Sqn 1 MG, 1 Horse
1 Anti Aircraft Company 2 20AAG, 2 Limber
1 Artillery Battery 1 75H, 1 Wagon, 1 CP, 1 Horse, 1 Limber
Note This brigade is a Corps asset but one regiment may be
used with an Infantry Division as its recce unit.
- 65 –
12 N Engineer Regiment
3 Companies each 3 Com Engr
Large Units:
Infantry Division – 2 to 4 Infantry Regiments, 1 Artillery Regiment, 1 Anti-Tank Regiment, 1 Tank

Regiment (not in all divisions), 1 Engineer Regiment, 1 Anti-Aircraft Battalion
Armoured Division – 2 Tank Regiments, 1 Motorized Infantry Regiment, 1 Recce Regiment, 1

Artillery Regiment, 1 Anti-Tank Regiment, 1 Anti-Aircraft Battalion
Fortress Brigade – 1 Headquarters, 1 to 4 Artillery Battalions (105 to 150mm), 1 Mixed Anti-

Aircraft/Anti-Tank Group (3 to 4 companies of each), 1 Engineer Regiment, 1 Infantry Battalion
- 66 –
13 Polish Army 1939
A much more effective army than the 1939 campaign has given credit for. It was largely an
infantry force, with two motorized brigades, and a large cavalry arm. There were also several
armoured trains. Despite rumours to the contrary Polish cavalry did not charge German tanks with
lance. From 1940 the Poles in the West followed British organizations, and from 1942 in the East
Russian ones.
13 A Polish Infantry Regiment Headquarters 1939 (Commands 3 Battalions)

1 Engineer Platoon 1 Combat Engr
13 B Polish Infantry Battalion 1939

Headquarters 2 CP, 1 OP, 2 81M, 1 37ATG, 3 Wagon, 1 Limber
Note: Motorized Battalion adds trucks, deletes ATG
13 C Polish Infantry Division Recce Battalion 1939

1 Cavalry Squadron 3 Rifle, 3 Horse
1 Cyclist Company 3 Rifle, 3 Bicycle
1 Light Tank Company 4 TKS
13 D Polish Motorized Brigade Headquarters 1939 (Commands 2 Tank Battalions, 1 Motorized

Battalion)
13 E Polish Tank Battalion 1939

Headquarters 1 7TPJ, 1 Truck
3 Tank Companies each 3 7TPJ
Note Only one battalion had R35, and these were not used in
action. Independent Companies existed.
13 F Polish Cavalry Brigade Headquarters 1939 (Commands 3 or 4 Cavalry Regiments, and 1

Infantry Battalion)
1 Horse Battery 1 75H, 1 CP, 1 OP, 2 Horse, 1 Wagon, 1 Limber
1 Cyclist Company 3 Rifle, 3 Bicycle
13 G Polish Cavalry Regiment 1939

4 Cavalry Squadrons each 3 Rifle, 3 Horse
1 Machinegun Squadron 3 MG, 3 Horse
1 Anti Tank Troop 1 37ATG, 1 Limber
Note All Polish cavalry units were officially rated as lancer units
but they were supplied and trained as mounted infantry in
- 67 –
addition to the lance.
13 H Polish Cavalry Brigade Recce Battalion (may also be used with a Mechanized Brigade)
Headquarters 1 CP, Staff Car, 1 Truck
1 Armoured Car Squadron 3 WZ34
1 Light Tank Company 4 TKS
13 I Polish Anti Aircraft Battery 1939

4 40AAG, 2 Truck
13 J Polish Infantry Division Artillery Regiment 1939

Headquarters 1 CP, 1 OP, 2 Wagon
2 Light Artillery Battalions ea 3 75H, 3 Wagon, 3 CP, 3 Horse, 3 Limber
1 Medium Artillery Battalion 3 100H, 3 Wagon, 3 CP, 3 Horse, 3 Limber
Note Heavy regiments had 105mm guns, or 155mm Howitzers;
155mm were in very short supply and an army may use
no more than 1 Battalion. Motorized units replace the
limbers and Wagons with Trucks. Motorized units have
only the 2 Light battalions.
Large Units:
Infantry Division – 3 Infantry Regiments, 1 Artillery Regiment, 1 Anti-Aircraft Battery, 1 Reece

Battalion, 1 Engineer Battalion, 1 Machinegun Company
- 68 –
14 Soviet Red Army 1938 to 1945
The Russian army and its disadvantages and advantages are by now well known. Much of the
artillery fired over open sights rather than using indirect fire more normal in the other major armies.
This caused heavy losses to the guns. The direct fire doctrine was reinforced by the appearance of
assault artillery such as the SU-122, SU-152, and ISU-152. All units in this section are platoon-
sized.
14 A Soviet Rifle Regiment Headquarters 1938 to 1945 (Has 2, 3 or up to 4 Battalions, may

have a Tank Battalion or more likely a SU76 battalion from 1943 while on the attack)
Headquarters 1 CP
1 Cannon Company 2 76IG, 2 Wagons
1 Mortar Company 1 120M, 1 Wagon
1 Anti Aircraft Platoon 1 12.7AAG, 2 Wagon
Note For a Motorized Division Headquarters replaces
Wagon/Limber with Truck and adds 1 ARV and staff car
14 B Soviet Guards Rifle Regiment Headquarters 1941 to 1945 (Has 2, 3 or 4 Battalions, may
have a Tank Battalion from 1942 while on the attack)
Headquarters 1 CP
1 Cannon Company 2 122IG, 2 Wagons
1 Mortar Company 2 120M, 1 Wagon
1 Anti Aircraft Company 2 12.7AAG, 2 Wagon
Note For a Motorized Division Headquarters replaces Wagon
with Truck and adds 1 ARV
14 C Soviet Border Guards Regiment Headquarters 1938 to 1945 (Has 3 Battalions)

Headquarters 1 CP, 1 Combat Engr, 1 SMG
14 D Soviet NKVD Regiment Headquarters 1938 to 1945 (Has 3 Battalions)

Headquarters 1 CP, 1 Combat Engr, 1 SMG
14 E Soviet Mountain Regiment 1942 to 1945

Mortar Company 1 120M, 2 Wagon, 1 CP, 1 Horse
Engineer Company 3 Engineer
Infantry Anti Tank Company 6 ATR, 1 45ATG, 1 Pack Horse
A note on Soviet Combat Brigades – Soviet brigades served on the ends of the Eastern Front.
Most Rifle Brigades were formed from citizen militias in Leningrad and served on the Northern end of
the Eastern Front. Naval Infantry brigades served with the fleet and fought along the coast of the
Black Sea. Mountain Brigades served in the Casascus Mountains, in the Recapture of the Crimea
and later in the Balkans.
- 69 –
14 F Soviet Rifle Brigade (Typical) 1942 to 1945

4 Rifle Battalions each
Headquarters 1 CP, 1 45ATG, 3 ATR, 2 Wagon, 1 Limber
3 Infantry Coy each 3 Rifle
1 Machinegun Coy 2 MG
1 Mortar Battery 2 82M
SMG Battalion
3 Infantry Coy each 3 SMG
Artillery Battalion 3 76H, 4 CP, 1 OP, 6 Wagon, 5 Horse
Medium Mortar Battalion 3 82M, 1 OP, 1 Horse
Support Battalion 2 45ATG, 1 76IG, 1 120M, 3 Limber, 1 Wagon
14 G Soviet Navy Infantry Brigade (Typical) 1942 to 1945

SMG Company 3 SMG
Artillery Battalion 3 76H, 4 CP, 1 OP, 11 Truck
Engineer Battalion
Headquarters 1 CP
3 Engineer coy each 3 Engineer
14 H Soviet Parachute Brigade (Typical) 1942 to 1945

Headquarters 1 CP
Headquarters 1 CP, 1 45ATG, 3 ATR, 2 Jeep
3 Infantry Coy each 3 Para
SMG Battalion
Headquarters 1 CP, 1 57ATG, 3 ATR, 2 Jeep
Medium Mortar Battalion 6 82M, 1 OP
Machinegun/Artillery Bn 6 MG, 1 76ATG, 3 ATR, 1 Limber
14 I Soviet Mountain Brigade (Typical) 1942 to 1945

Headquarters 1 CP, 1 45ATG, 3 ATR, 2 Pack Horse
- 70 –

14 J Soviet Guards Rifle Brigade (Typical) 1942 to 1945

3 Infantry Coy each 3 Guards
SMG Battalion
Artillery Battalion 3 76H, 4 CP, 1 OP, 11 Truck
Rocket Artillery Battalion 3 M13, 4 CP, 1 OP, 11 Truck
Engineer Battalion
Headquarters 1 CP
3 Engineer Coy each 3 Engineer
Anti Tank Battalion 6 ATR, 2 45ATG, 2 Limber
14 K Soviet Rifle and Motorized Battalion 1938 to 1945

Note For a motorized battalion, replace the Wagons with
Trucks and give Truck to the rifle units. Increase the
strength of the anti-tank gun and Mortars to 4. This is a
full strength unit; many battalions had lower strengths of
support weapons.
14 L Soviet Guards Rifle Battalion 1943 to 1945

3 Infantry Companies each 3 Guards
Note For a motorized battalion, replace the Wagons with
Trucks. Increase the strength of the anti tank gun and
Mortars to four. This is a full strength unit; many
battalions had lower strengths of support weapons.
14 M Soviet Border Guards Battalion 1938 to 1945

Headquarters 1 CP, 3 ATR
- 71 –
14 N Soviet NKVD Battalion 1938 to 1945

Headquarters 1 CP, 3 ATR
3 Infantry Companies each 3 SMG
Note This unit is usually motorized but may not be used with
army armoured units, this unit is used as a military police
unit behind friendly lines shooting stragglers and hunting
down enemy partisans. Such a unit in close proximity to
army units will cause army units to fight harder and more
fanatically.
14 O Soviet Tank Regiment Headquarters 1938 to1941 (Medium regiment has 1 Light and 2
Fast or 3 Medium battalions. Heavy regiment has 3 heavy battalions)
Headquarters 1 BT7, 1 ARV
2 Recce Companies each 3 BA10
Note This formation was officially reorganized in 1940. The
process was still in training and unfinished in 1941. There
is some question whether brigade or regiment is the
correct term as the Red Army at this point used these
terms inter-changably. I use regiment to describe sub
units of a tank or motorized division prior to 1942. I use
brigade after 1941 and to describe non-divisional
formations before 1942.
14 P Soviet Light Tank Battalion 1938 to 1941

Headquarters 1 T26
4 Companies each 3 T26
Note Rifle Divi sions had a Battalion of T26’s to 10/1941 but
many were missing due to lack of fuel and spare parts.
14 Q Soviet Medium Tank Battalion 1941

Headquarters 1 T34
3 Medium Companies each 3 T34
Note Very few of these battalions in 1941
14 R Soviet Heavy Tank Battalion 1938 to 1941

Headquarters 1 KV1
3 Heavy Companies each 3 KV1
Note Use T28 or T35 prior to 1940. T28 and T35 are suitable
replacements for KV1
14 S Soviet Fast Tank Battalion 1938 to 1941

Headquarters 1 BT7
2 Tank Companies each 3 BT7
1 Light Company 3 T26
Note T34a and KV1 tanks were available in limited quantities in
- 72 –
1941. All four tank types may be mixed in one battalion in

July and August 1941. Of the total available Soviet tank
strength in June 1941, 30% was grounded for mechanical
problems (mostly lacking spare parts), 20% lacked fuel
and a further 5% broke down before moving into the
assembly areas. Thus the average strength of battalion
was at 45% of its normal complement and then it met
German air interdiction. Tank strength issued is
confusing as T26, BT7 and T34 (most unlikely) may be
used in the medium battalions and regiments while T35,
T28, T34 and KV1 were all used in the Heavy Tank
Regiments. The following tank Divisions were available in
the summer of 1941(the underlined units are historically
accurate, the others are conjecture):
3rd Mechanized Corps
2nd Tank Division – 2 battalions of BT7/T26, 1
Battalion of KV1, 1 Company of T34a
5th Tank Division – 4 battalions of BT7/T26, 1
Company of T34a, 1 Company of KV1
12th Mechanized Corps
23rd Tank Division – 4 battalions of BT7/T26, 2
Company of KV1
Battalion of KV1
4th Tank Division – 3 battalions of BT, 1 Battalion
of T34a, 1 Company of KV1, 2 battalions of T26
29th Tank Division – 3 battalions of BT, 1
Battalion of T34a, 1 Company of KV1, 2
battalions of T26
33rd Tank Division – 3 battalions of BT, 1
battalions of T26
battalions of T26
31st Tank Division – 3 battalions of BT, 1
battalions of T26
22nd Tank Division – 3 battalions of BT, 1
battalions of T26
- 73 –
battalions of T26
32nd Tank Division – 3 battalions of BT, 1
battalions of T26
12th Tank Division – 4 battalions of T34, 1
Battalion of KV1
Battalion of T35
20th Tank Division – 6 battalions of T26
35th Tank Division – 3 battalions of BT/T26, 1
Battalion of T28, 1 Company of T34
10th Tank Division – 3 battalions of T26, 1
Battalion of BT7, 1 Company of T34a, 2 battalions
of T26
37th Tank Division – 3 battalions of BT7, 1
Battalion of T26, 1 Company of KV1, 1 Company
of T34a
22nd Mechanized Corps
19th Tank Division – 3 battalions of BT7, 1
Battalion of T28, 1 Company of KV1
41st Tank Division – 3 battalions of BT7, 1
battalions of T26
The above represents the nominal tank strength after
leaving the assembly areas and when committed to battle.
Remember that this tank strength must be divided across
1 medium tank regiment and 1 heavy tank regiment. One
final note the third unit of a 1941 Mechanized Corps is a
Motorized rifle Division.
14 T Soviet Tank Division Artillery Regiment 1938 to 1941

2 Light Battalions each 3 76H, 4 CP, 1 OP, 11 Truck
1 Medium Battalion 3 122H, 4 CP, 1OP, 11 Truck
14 U Soviet Infantry Division Artillery Regiment 1938 to 1941

2 Light Battalions each 3 76H, 4 CP, 1 OP, 8 Wagon, 3 Limber
1 Medium Battalion 3 122H, 4 CP, 1OP, 8 Wagon, 3 Limber
1 Heavy Battalion 3 152H, 4 CP, 1OP, 8 Wagon, 3 Limber
14 V Soviet Infantry Divisional Recce Battalion 1938 to 1942

- 74 –
1 SMG Company 3 SMG, 3 Truck

1 Armoured Car Company 3 BA10
Note Infantry Divisions had one of these. Many were missing.
14 W Soviet Independent Tank Brigade 1938 to 1941

Recce Company 3 BA10
3 Companies each 3 BT7
14 X Soviet Tank Brigade September 1941 to May 1942 (This unit counts as a Battalion unless
SMG Battalion is added)
Headquarters 1 T34a, 1 Truck, 1 ARV
2 Companies each 3 T34a
1 Company 3 KV1
14 Y Soviet Tank Brigade June 1942 to July 1943 (This unit counts as a Battalion unless SMG
Battalion is added)
Headquarters 1 T34a, 1 Truck, 1 ARV
3 Companies each 3 T34a
1 Company 3 T70
1 Recce Company 3 SMG, 3 Motorcycle
14 Z Soviet Tank Brigade Headquarters July 1943 to May 1945 (3 Tank Battalions and 1 SMG
Battalion)
1 Recce Company 3 Recon, 3 Motorcycle, 2 BA10
1 Anti Aircraft Company 2 12.7AAG, 2 Truck
1 Engineer Company 3 Combat Engr, 3 Truck
1 Mortar Battery 1 120M, 1 Truck
1 Howitzer Battery 1 76H, 1 Truck
Note T34/85 may be used from November 1943
14 AA Soviet Medium Tank Battalion July 1943 to May 1945

Headquarters 1 T34
Note T34/85 may be used from November 1943
14 AB Soviet Submachnegun Infantry Battalion September 1942 to May 1945

Headquarters 1 CP, 1 HT
3 SMG Companies each 3 SMG, 2 HT
1 Machinegun Platoon 1 MG, 1 HT
1 Mortar Battery 2 82M, 2 HT
1 Anti Tank Platoon 1 45ATG, 3 ATR, 2 HT
Note Attached to Heavy Tank and Heavy Self Propelled Anti
Tank or Assault Regiments. SMG Companies in units
attached to armoured units may ride on Tank Company (it
- 75 –
was common practice not to issue transport to the

infantry units so that they had to ride on the tanks and
provide close in protection in the advance).
14 AC Soviet Tank Desant Battalion September 1942 to May 1945

Headquarters 1 CP
3 SMG Companies each 3 SMG, 1 ATR
Note This is the SMG Battalion of a Tank Brigade. This unit
would ride the tanks of its brigade.
14 AD Soviet Tank Corps Reconnaissance Battalion November 1943 to May 1945

Headquarters 1 CP, 1 HT, 1 82M, 2 Truck
1 Armoured Infantry Coy 3 Recon, 3 HT
1 Motorcycle Company 3 Recon, 3 M/C
1 Armoured Car Company 3 BA64
1 Tank Company 3 T70 (1945 T34/76)
14 AE Soviet Mechanized Corps Motorcycle (Reconnaissance) Battalion November 1943 to

May 1945
Headquarters 1 CP, 1 HT, 1 Truck, 1 BA64
2 Motorcycle Coy each 3 Recon, 3 M/C
1 Tank Company 3 T70 (1945 T34/76)
1 Mech Company 3 SMG, 3 HT, 1Inf AT
1 Support Company 1 57ATG, 1 82M, 2 Truck
14 AF Soviet Heavy Tank Regiment 1942 to 1945

Headquarters 1 CP, 1 Staff Car, 1 Truck, 1 BA64, 1 ARV
4 Tank Companies each 3 KV1 or KV 85 or ISII
Note KV1 to 1943, KV 85 1943 to 1945, ISII from 1944.
14 AG Soviet Cavalry Division 1942 to 1945 (Actually a Brigade sized unit)

2 Mortar Batteries each 1 120M, 1 Wagon
1 Recce Squadron 3 SMG, 3 Horse
1 Tank Company 3 T34
3 Regiments
4 Squadrons each 3 SMG, 3 Horse
1 Mortar Battery 2 81M, 2 Wagon
1 Howitzer Battery 1 76H, 1 Limbers, 1 Wagon
1 Anti Aircraft Platoon 1 12.7AAG, 1 Wagon
14 AH Soviet Engineer Battalion 1940 to 1945

Headquarters 1 CP
3 Engineer companies each 3 Engineer
Note Can be motorized in trucks or mechanized in half-tracks
- 76 –
depending on what type of unit it is supporting.
14 AI Soviet Self Propelled Anti Tank Regiment 1943 to 1945

Headquarters 1 SU76 or SU85 or SU100, 1 BA64, 1 Truck
4 Batteries each 2 SU76 or SU85 or SU100
Note SU76 may be used from March 1943
SU85 may be used from September 1943
SU100 may be used from December 1944
SU76 does not have SMG battalions attached.
14 AJ Soviet Heavy Mechanized Artillery Regiment 1943 to 1945

Headquarters 1 SU152 or ISU152 or ISU122, 1 BA64, 1 Truck
4 Batteries each 2 SU152 or ISU152 or ISU122
Note ISU122 & 152 may be used from December 1944.
Batteries may be used independently.
14 AK Soviet Motorized Anti Tank Regiment 1942 to 1945

2 Battalions each 3 76H or 57ATG, 6 Trucks
Note Battalions may be used independently.
14 AL Soviet Tank Corps or Infantry Division Artillery Regiment 1942 to 1945

Headquarters 1 CP, 1 OP, 2 Truck, 1 ARV
2 Light Battalions each 3 76H, 4 CP, 1 OP, 6 Trucks (3 wagon and 3 Limber)
1 Medium Battalion 3 122H, 4 CP, 1 OP, 6 Trucks (3 wagon and 3 Limber)
Note Trucks are compulsory for Tank Corps, and became
common in infantry units as war progressed.
14 AM Soviet Rocket Launcher Regiment July 1941 to 1945

4 Batteries each 2 M13, 4 CP, 1OP, 4 Staff Car, 4 Truck (or 2 Trucks and 2
BM13)
14 AN Soviet Anti Aircraft Regiment 1940 to 1945

4 Batteries each 2 37AAG or 85AAG or 130AAG, 2 Trucks
14 AO Soviet Heavy Mortar Regiment

2 Battalions
Headquarters 1 CP, 1 OP, 2 Horse
3 Batteries each 3 120M, 1 CP, 1 Horse, 3 Wagons, 3 Limber
14 AP Soviet Medium Artillery Regiment

4 Batteries each 1 122H, 1 CP, 1 Horse, 1 Wagons, 1 Limber
14 AQ Soviet Heavy Artillery Regiment

- 77 –
14 AR Soviet Super Heavy Artillery Regiment

14 AS Soviet Mountain Artillery Regiment

Large Units:
Rifle Division (1940- 45) – 3 Infantry Regiments, 1 Artillery Regiment, 1 Anti-Tank Battalion, 1
Recce Battalion
Motorized Rifle Division (1940 – 42) – 3 Motorized Infantry Regiments, 1 Artillery Regiment, 1
Anti-Tank Battalion, 1 Recce Battalion (many divisions had an independent Tank Brigade attached).
Tank Division (1940-42) – 1 Medium Tank Regiment, 1 Heavy Tank Regiment, 1 Motorized Rifle
Regiment, 1 Artillery Regiment, 1 Anti-Aircraft Battalion, 1 Anti-Tank Battalion (Towed), 1 Recce
Battalion
Artillery Division - Independent artillery divisions had very varied composition. Light Brigades had
2 Regiments of 3 light battalions as above; these would be motorized. Howitzer Brigades had 2
Regiments of 2 Medium Battalions, with 122mm Howitzers, and 1 battalion of 152mm Gun
Howitzers. Cannon Brigades could have 122mm, 152mm or 203mm weapons in 3 battalions.
Rocket brigades could have 2 Regiments of 3 battalions. Air Aircraft Brigades could have 2 or 3
Regiments. Mortar brigades could have up to 4 battalions of 120mm mortars.
Tank Corps (1943-45) – 3 Tank Brigades, 1 Mechanized Brigade, 1 Heavy Tank Regiment, 1
Artillery Regiment, 2 Self-Propelled Gun Regiments, 1 Anti-Aircraft Battalion, 1 Anti-Tank Regiment
(Towed), 1 Recce Battalion
Mechanized Corps (1943-45) – 1 Tank Brigade, 3 Mechanized Brigades, 1 Artillery Regiment, 2

Self-Propelled Gun Regiments, 1 Anti-Aircraft Battalion, 1 Anti-Tank Regiment (Towed), 1 Recce
Battalion
Brigades – Engineer, Anti-Tank, Self-Propelled Gun, Artillery, and Anti-Aircraft have 3 to 4

regiments of 2 battalions each.
- 78 –
15 Bulgarian Army
Sharing a religion and a culture similar to old Russia it was a great territorial benefit to be
part of the Axis. Bulgaria gained parts of Yugoslavia from its Axis relationship. A Bulgarian Army
is a Corps sized unit of 3 Infantry Divisions, 1 Cavalry Division, 1 Army Artillery Regiment and a
Tank Regiment (only if allotted from Army Group as Bulgaria had only 1 such unit). There was also
a Royal Guards Motor Infantry Battalion guarding the King. The Anti Aircraft Battalions were
allotted to the defense of major cities and there were 4 of them under an Anti Aircraft Regiment
Headquarters.
15 A Bulgarian Infantry Regimental Headquarters

Cannon Company 1 70IG, 1 37ATG, 2 Limber
15 B Bulgarian Infantry Battalion

15 C Bulgarian Border Guard Battalion

15 D Bulgarian Motorized Infantry Regimental Headquarters

15 E Bulgarian Motorized Infantry Battalion

3 Infantry Companies each 3 Rifle, 3 Truck
1 Cannon Company 1 70IG, 1 50M, 2 Trucks
15 F Bulgarian Cavalry Regimental Headquarters

3 Sabre Squadrons each 3 Rifle, 3 Horse
1 Machinegun Squadron 2 MG, 2 Wagon
1 Cannon Troop 1 70IG, 1 Limber
15 G Bulgarian Independent Tank Regimental Headquarters (Commands 1 Motor Infantry

Battalion, 1 Motor Field Artillery Battalion and 2 Tank Battalions)
Headquarters 1 CP, 1 Staff Ca, 1 Truck
Recce Company 3 Rifle, 3 M/C
15 H Bulgarian Tank Battalion

Headquarters 1 Tank, 1 Truck
3 Tank Companies each 3 Tanks
Note Tanks are R35 to 1942, then Pz 38t to 1944 then Pz 3N.
When Bulgaria switched sides the Soviets re-equipped the
tank units with captured German Panther tanks. These
- 79 –
tanks served the Bulgaria army into 1955 in the reserve.
15 I Bulgarian Machinegun Battalion

3 Machinegun Companies ea 3 MG
15 J Bulgarian Infantry Division Artillery Regiment

1 Howitzer Battalion
3 Batteries each 1 105H, 1 Limber, 1 Wagon, 1 CP, 1 OP, 2 Horse
1 Field Battalion
3 Field Batteries each 1 75H, 1 Limber, 1 Wagon, 1 CP, 1 OP, 2 Horse
1 Mountain Battalion
3 Mountain Bty each 1 77H, 1 Limber, 1 Wagon, 1 CP, 1 OP, 2 Horse
15 K Bulgarian Cavalry Division Artillery Regiment

1 Field Battalion
3 Field Batteries each 1 77H, 1 Limber, 1 Wagon, 1 CP, 1 OP, 2 Horse
1 Horse Artillery Battalion
3 Horse Arty Bty each 1 75H, 1 Limber, 1 Wagon, 1 CP, 1 OP, 2 Horse
15 L Bulgarian Army Artillery Regiment

2 Heavy Battalions each
3 Heavy Bty each 1 105H, 1 Limber, 1 Wagon, 1 CP, 1 OP, 2 Horse
15 M Bulgarian Anti-Aircraft Battalion

3 Anti Aircraft Coy each 2 20AAG, 2 Limber
15 N Bulgarian Independent Anti-Aircraft Battalion

2 Heavy AA Batteries each 2 88AAG, 2 Limber
2 Light AA Batteries each 2 20AAG, 2 Limber
15 O Bulgarian Infantry Recce Battalion

2 Recce Companies each 3 Rifle, 3 Horse
15 P Bulgarian Engineer Battalion

- 80 –
2 Engineer Companies each 3 Combat Engr

1 Bridging Company 2 Const Engr, 1 Bridge, 2 Truck
Large Units:
Infantry Division – 3 Infantry Regiments, 1 Machinegun Battalion, 1 Anti-Aircraft Battalion, 1

Recce Battalion, 1 Engineer Battalion, 1 Artillery Regiment
Cavalry Division – 1 Motorized Infantry Regiment, 2 Cavalry Brigades (of 2 Cavalry Regiments
each), 1 Artillery Regiment, 1 Tank Battalion (attached only when division is on the offensive)
- 81 –
16 Rumanian Army
The Rumanian Army made a significant but under-recognized contribution to the Axis war
effort. They maintained 2 full armies in the field throughout the war, and maintained approximately
1.1 million combat troops at any one time. Whilst they are famous for being the weak link in the
chain at Stalingrad, the troops themselves were well motivated and well lead but did as well as they
could within the limitations of their equipment and logistic support. When they were provided with
modern arms by Germany, they fought very well indeed, and the mobile (cavalry and armoured)
formations and mountain units fought well consistently particularly during the counter attack to save
the Rumanian Army at Stalingrad. The Rumanian Infantry Divisions were handicapped in mobile
operations by their almost total dearth of motor transport, and in static operations by the light-
weight of their artillery (the heaviest guns being 100mm howitzers of WW1 vintage, and the bulk
were 75mm field guns) and they were quickly overrun by Soviet mobile units.
Of all the Axis Satellites in the East, Rumania was on the Allied side in the First World
War. This former relationship made the reason for joining the Axis side more of an imperative than
for most Axis partners. Knowing that Germany and the USSR would sooner or later go at it,
Rumania had to pick the winning side to survive. Unfortunately for Rumania she picked wrong.
16 A Rumanian Infantry Regimental Headquarters (Commands 3 battalions)

Engineer Company 3 Combat Engr, 1 FT
Anti Tank Company 3 47ATG, 3 Limber
Cavalry Squadron 3 Rifle, 3 Horse
16 B Rumanian Infantry Battalion

Headquarters 1 CP
3 Rifle Companies each 1 60M, 3 Rifle
16 C Rumanian Motorized Infantry Regimental Headquarters (Commands 2 battalions)

Support Company 1 120M, 1 47ATG, 2 Truck
Machinegun Company 3 MG, 3 Truck
16 D Rumanian Motorized Infantry Battalion

3 Rifle Companies each 3 Rifle, 3 Truck
16 E Rumanian Motorized Cavalry Regimental Headquarters (Commands 1 Motorized Cavalry

Battalion and 1 Support Battalion)
16 F Rumanian Motorized Cavalry Battalion

2 Rifle Squadrons each 3 Rifle, 3 Truck
16 G Rumanian Support Battalion

- 82 –

Rifle Squadron 3 Rifle, 3 Truck
Cannon Squadron 1 47ATG, 2 MG, 3 Truck
16 H Rumanian Mountain Infantry Regimental Headquarters (Commands 3 Battalions)

Mortar Company 2 120M, 4 Wagon, 1 CP, 1 OP, 2 Horses
16 I Rumanian Mountain Infantry Battalion

3 Rifle Companies each 1 60M, 3 Rifle
1 Cannon Platoon 1 47IG
Note Rumanian Mountain Infantry are very good and should be
considered elite troops.
16 J Rumanian Cavalry Regimental Headquarters (Commands 1 Cavalry Battalion and 1

Support Battalion)
16 K Rumanian Cavalry Battalion

2 Sabre Squadrons each 3 Rifle, 3 Horse
1 Heavy Squadron 1 81M, 1 MG, 1 47ATG, 2 Wagons, 1 Limber
16 L Rumanian Royal Tank Regimental Headquarters (Commands 2 Tank Battalions)

16 M Rumanian Royal Tank Battalion

Headquarters 1 Tank, 1 Truck
3 Tank Companies each 3 Tank
1 Heavy Company 3 PzJg1
Note Tanks are 1941 - R35, 1942 - Pz 35t, 1944 - Pz IVH. In
1944 the PzJg1 was replaced with StuG3
16 N Rumanian Infantry Division Light Recce Battalion

3 Light Companies each 1 60M, 3 Rifle
1 Cavalry Sabre Squadron 3 Rifle, 3 Horse
16 O Rumanian Armoured Division Recce Battalion

2 Infantry Companies each 1 60M, 3 Rifle, 4 Trucks
1 Mechanized Company 2 251HT
1 Armoured Company 3 222
16 P Rumanian Infantry Division Artillery Regiment

1 Light Battalion
- 83 –

2 Batteries each 1 100H, 1 Limber, 1 CP, 1 OP, 2 Horse, 1 Wagon
1 Anti Aircraft Troop 1 25AAG, 1 Limber
1 Field Battalion
2 Field Batteries each 1 75H, 1 Limber, 1 CP, 1 OP, 2 Horse, 1 Wagon
16 Q Rumanian Motorized Infantry Division Artillery Regiment

2 Howitzer Battalion
2 Field Batteries each 1 100H, 2 Truck, 1 CP, 1 OP, 2 Staff Car
1 Anti Aircraft Troop 1 25AAG, 1 Truck
1 Heavy Battalion
2 Heavy Batteries ea 1 105H, 2 Truck, 1 CP, 1 OP, 2 Staff Car
1 Anti Aircraft Troop 1 25AAG, 1 Truck
16 R Rumanian Cavalry Division Artillery Regiment

2 Field Battalions each
2 Field Batteries each 1 75H, 1 Limber, 1 CP, 1 OP, 2 Horse, 1 Wagon
16 S Rumanian Corps Artillery Regiment

2 Heavy Battalions each
2 Heavy Batteries ea 1 105H, 1 Limber, 1 CP, 1 OP, 2 Horse, 1 Wagon
16 T Rumanian Infantry Anti-Aircraft Company

2 25AAG, 2 Limber
16 U Rumanian Divisional Mortar Company

2 120M, 4 Wagon, 1 CP, 1 OP, 2 Horses
16 V Rumanian Motorized Anti-Tank Battalion

2 Light Companies each 2 47ATG, 2 Truck
1 Medium Company 2 50ATG, 2 Truck
Heavy Company 2 75ATG, 2 Truck
16 W Rumanian Infantry Light Anti-Tank Company

3 47ATG, 3 Limber
- 84 –
16 X Rumanian Infantry Heavy Anti-Tank Company

2 75ATG, 2 Limber
16 Y Rumanian Engineer Battalion

3 Engineer Companies each 3 Combat Engr
1 Engineer Support Company 2 Const Engr, 1 Bridge, 3 Truck
Note Motorized units have trucks and staff cars. Non-
motorized units do not have a support company.
Large Units:
Infantry Division – 3 Infantry Regiments, 2 Artillery Regiments, 1 Engineer Battalion, 1 Light

Recce Battalion, 1 Anti-Aircraft Company, 1 Anti-Tank Company, 1 Heavy Anti-Tank Company
Mountain Division – 3 Mountain Infantry Regiments, 1 Artillery Regiment, 1 Recce Company, 1

Anti-Tank Company, 1 Anti-Aircraft Company, 1 Engineer Battalion
Cavalry Division – 1 Cavalry Motor Regiment, 2 Horse Regiments, 1 Artillery Regiment, 1 Mortar
Company, 1 Anti-Aircraft Company, 1 Engineer Company
Motorized Cavalry Division – 3 Motorized Infantry Regiments, 2 Artillery Regiments, 1 Engineer

Battalion, 1 Light Recce Battalion, 1 Anti-Aircraft Company, 1 Anti-Tank Company, 1 Heavy Anti-
Tank Company
Cavalry Armoured Division – 1 Tank Regiment, 1 Reconnaissance Regiment (2 Battalions), 2

Motor Infantry Regiments, 1 Anti-Aircraft Company, 1 Artillery Regiment, 1 Motorized Anti-Tank
Battalion
Armoured Division – 1 Royal Tank Regiment, 1 Tank Regiment, 2 Motor Infantry Regiments, 1
Anti-Aircraft Company, 1 Recon Battalion, 1 Artillery Regiment, 1 Motorized Anti-Tank Battalion
- 85 –
17 Greek Army
This army had little chance to develop its own personality. A client state of the British
Empire much of the equipment was British but the organization had a French influence. This army
fought the Italians to a standstill then invaded Albania forcing Germany to conquer the Balkans to
save the Italians. This resulted in a delay in the invasion of the USSR that saved Moscow and
probably cost Germany the war, for that, we all owed a great debt to the Greek soldier. The Greek
army did as best as it could but had little professionalism so it had little chance against the
Germans. Equipment is a mixture of pre-war US, French and British.
17 A Greek Infantry Regimental Headquarters 1940 to 1941 (Commands 3 Infantry Battalions)

Weapons Company 1 81M, 1 65IG, 1 Limber
17 B Greek Motorized Infantry Regimental Headquarters 1940 to 1941 (Commands 1

Motorized Infantry Battalion and 1 Tank Battalion)
17 C Greek Cavalry Regimental Headquarters 1940 – 1941 (Commands 2 Cavalry Battalions)

Regimental MG Squadron 3 MG, 3 Wagon
Regimental Mortar Squadron 1 81M, 1 Wagon
17 D Greek Motorized Cavalry Regimental Headquarters 1940 to 1941 (Commands 2

Motorized Cavalry Battalions)
Regimental MG Squadron 3 MG, 3 Truck
Regimental Mortar Squadron 1 81M, 1 Truck
17 E Greek Infantry Battalion 1940 – 1941

17 F Greek Motorized Infantry Battalion 1940 to 1941

3 Infantry Companies each 3 Rifle, 3 Trucks
1 Machinegun Company 3 MG, 3 Trucks
17 G Greek Cavalry Battalion 1940 – 1941

2 Cavalry Squadrons each 4 Rifle, 4 Horse
17 H Greek Motorized Cavalry Battalion 1940 to 1941

2 Motorized Cavalry Sqn each 3 Rifle, 3 Truck
17 I Greek Tank Battalion 1940 – 1941

- 86 –
1 Motorcycle Company 2 Rifle, 2 M/C

1 Tank Company 2 L3
2 Carrier Companies each 2 Bren
17 J Greek Infantry Divisional Recce Group 1940 to 1941

Headquarters 1 CP, 1 MG, 1 Wagon, 1 Horse
2 Recce Companies each 4 Rifle, 4 Horse
17 K Greek Motorized Infantry Divisional Recce Group 1940 to 1941

1 Carrier Company 2 Bren
1 Rifle Company 3 Rifle, 3 Staff Cars
1 Machinegun Company 3 MG, 3 Trucks
17 L Greek Cavalry Divisional Recce Group 1940 to 1941

2 Recce Squadrons each 4 Rifle, 4 Horse
17 M Greek Corps Divisional Recce Group 1940 to 1941

2 Recce Squadrons each 4 Rifle, 4 Horse
1 Machinegun Squadron 3 MG, 3 Wagon
1 Mortar Troop 1 81M, 1 Wagon
17 N Greek Mounted Machinegun Group 1940 to 1941

3 Mounted MG Squadrons ea 3 MG, 3 Wagon
1 Cavalry Squadron 4 Rifle, 4 Horse
17 O Greek Motorized Anti Aircraft Group 1940 to1941

17 P Greek Motorized Artillery Group 1940 to 1941

2 75H, 1OP, 1 CP, 2 Staff Cars, 3 Trucks
17 Q Greek Motorized “English” Artillery Battery 1940 to 1941

2 Truck/75H
17 R Greek Artillery Regiment 1940 to 1941

2 Light Groups
2 Batteries each 1 75H, 1 Limber, 1 Wagon
1 Medium Group
2 Batteries each 1 105H, 1 Limber, 1 Wagon
- 87 –
17 S Greek Motorized Artillery Regiment 1940 to 1941

2 Light Groups each
Headquarters 1 CP, 1 OP, 2 Staff Cars
2 Batteries each 1 75H, 2 Truck
1 Medium Group
Headquarters 1 CP, 1 OP, 2 Staff Cars
2 Batteries each 1 105H, 2 Truck
17 T Greek Corps Artillery Battery 1940 to 1941

2 105H, 1OP, 1 CP, 2 Staff Cars, 2 Trucks
17 U Greek Frontier Sector 1940 to 1941

Headquarters 1 CP
3 Screening Companies each 3 Rifle
17 V Greek Anti Tank Company 1940 to 1941

2 47ATG, 2 Trucks
17 W Greek Anti Tank Rifle Company 1940 to 1941

1 20ATG, 1 Truck
17 X Greek Engineer Company 1940 to 1941

3 Combat Engr, 3 Trucks
Large Units:
Infantry Division – 3 Infantry Regiments, 1 Infantry Divisional Recce Group, 1 Artillery Regiment, 1
Engineer Company
Motorized Infantry Division – 3 Motorized Infantry Regiments, 1 Motorized Recce Group, 1

Motorized Anti-Aircraft Group, 2 Motorized Artillery Group, 1 English Battery, 1 Anti-Tank Company,
1 Anti-Tank Rifle Company, 1 Motorized Engineer Company
Cavalry Division – 1 Cavalry Regiment, 1 Motorized Cavalry Regiment, 2 Cavalry Divisional Recce
Groups, 1 Mounted Machinegun Group Note the Motorized Cavalry Regiment was transferred to the
Motorized Infantry Division and the Cavalry Brigade was transferred in to replace it in November
1940.
Cavalry Brigade – 1 Cavalry Regiment, 2 Corps Recce Groups, 1 Mounted Machinegun Group
- 88 –
18 Nationalist China 1937 to 1949
18 A Nationalist Chinese Division Headquarters

Headquarters 1 CP, 1 Sigs, 3 Truck
18 B Nationalist Chinese Regimental Headquarters (Commands 3 Infantry Battalions)

18 C Nationalist Chinese Infantry Battalion

Headquarters 1 CP, 1 Sigs, 1 Tank, 3 Truck
3 Inf Companies each 3 Rifle
Machinegun Company 3 MG, 1 81M
18 D Nationalist Chinese Tank Battalion

Headquarters 1 CP, 1 Sigs, 1 Tank, 2 Truck
Note Tank is M3A3
M4
T26
Type 97
18 E Nationalist Chinese Artillery Battalion

Headquarters 1 CP, 1 OP, 1 Sigs, 4 Truck
3 Batteries each 1 Tube, 1 CP, 3 Truck
Note Tube can be: 75H or 76H, 95H, or 105H
18 F Nationalist Chinese Anti Tank Battalion

4 ATG (37ATG or 45ATG), 4 Truck
18 G Nationalist Chinese Engineer Battalion

4 Pon Engr
Large Units:
Infantry Division – 3 Infantry Regiments, 1 Artillery Battalion, 1 Anti-Tank Battalion, 1 Engineer

Battalion
- 89 –
MODERN PERIOD
This next section covers organizations for the major armies, and major conflicts from 1958
to 1997, so some strange armies appear because they have been in action.
- 90 –
19 American Army
There are four sets of organization for the US army, Pentomic, ROAD, Division 86 and
Army XXI. ROAD, Division 86 and Army XXI units practiced cross attachment, so Tank and
Mechanized Companies may be fielded with companies from the opposite. Similarly the Brigades
are very flexible, and can command from 2 to 5 battalions in these units. Prior to 1958 all World
War Two organizations are in effect except that newer weapons are used.
19 A American Pentomic Battlegroup 1958

Headquarters Company 2 Jeep, 1 CP, 1 OP, 2 Truck, 1 Sigs, 1 ARV
Scout Platoon 1 Jeep/MG, 1 M41
Anti Aircraft Platoon 1 Truck, 1 12.7AAG
Anti Tank Platoon 2 Jeep/106
Engineer Platoon 1 Truck, 1 Combat Engr, 1 FT
5 Infantry Companies each 5 Truck, 4 Rifle, 1 81M, 1 Jeep/106
Tank Company 3 M48 (M47 in USA)
Artillery Battery 2 Jeep, 1 CP, 1 OP, 4 Truck, 2 105H
Note Note this concept was very short lived. A Cavalry Troop
from the Pentomic Armoured Cavalry Squadron could be
added. The whole idea on Pentomic ORBATs was for
small self-contained battlegroups running around the
nuclear cleared battlefield engaging in scattered
disorganized battles in a post nuclear war.
19 B American Pentomic Airborne Battlegroup 1958 (Note very short lived)

Headquarters Company 3 Jeep, 1 CP, 1 OP, 1 Sigs
Scout Platoon 1 Jeep/MG
Anti Aircraft Platoon 1 Jeep, 1 12.7AAG
Anti Tank Platoon 2 90RR
Engineer Platoon 1 Combat Engr, 1 FT
5 Infantry Companies each 4 Rifle, 1 60M, 1 90RR
Anti Tank Company 3 Jeep/106
Mortar Battery 6 Jeep, 1 CP, 1 OP, 2 107M
19 C American Pentomic Field Artillery Battalion 1958

Headquarters 2 Truck, 4 Jeep, 1 CP, 1 Sigs, 3 OP, 1 ARV
5 Batteries each 2 M52, 2 Truck, 1 Jeep, 1 CP
Or 4 Trucks, 2 105Ha, 1 CP, 1 Jeep
Note Self-Propelled battalions are for Armoured Divisions. They
can have M52 to 1964. Towed units must, and Self-
Propelled units may, use Jeep OP.
19 D American Pentomic Composite Artillery Battalion 1958

Headquarters 2 Truck, 4 Jeep, 1 CP, 1 Sigs, 3 OP, 1 ARV
2 Batteries each 2 M53, 2 Truck or 2 155Ha and 4 Trucks, 1 Jeep, 1 CP
1 Battery each 2 203H, 4 Truck, 1 Jeep, 1 CP
1 Battery each 2 Honest John, 2 Trucks, 1 Jeep, 1 CP
Note Self-Propelled battalions are for Armoured Divisions. They
can have M53 to 1964. Towed units must, and Self-
- 91 –
Propelled units may, use Jeep OP.
19 E American Pentomic Airborne Composite Artillery Battalion 1958

Headquarters 5 Jeep, 1 CP, 1 Sigs, 3 OP
5 Batteries each 2 105H, 5 Jeep, 1 CP
1 Battery each 2 Honest John, 2 Trucks, 1 Jeep, 1 CP
Note Honest John is air lifted not air dropped.
19 F American Pentomic Cavalry Squadron 1958

Headquarters 2 M59, 1 CP, 1 Sigs, 1 90RR, 2 Truck, 1 ARV, 1 M41
3 Cavalry Troops each 2 Jeep/MG, 1 Scout, 1 M59, 1 M41, 1 M59/107M
Note 3 Squadrons under another Headquarters makes a
Regiment.
19 G American Pentomic Tank Battalion 1958

Headquarters 1 M59, 1 CP, 1 Sigs, 1 M48, 2 Truck, 1 ARV
1 Scout Platoon 2 Jeep/MG
1 Mortar Battery 2 Jeep, 1 CP, 1 OP, 1 M84
4 Companies each 3 M48
Note All tanks must be of the same type; M48, M47 or M103
and no more than 1 Battalion of M103 may be used. M47
and M103 were not used in Europe. The Pentomic
Armoured Division is the same as the combat command
type armoured division from the Second World War.
19 H American Pentomic Mechanized Infantry Battalion 1958

Headquarters 1 M59, 1 CP, 1 Sigs, 1 Jeep, 1 OP, 2 M84, 2 Truck, 1
ARV
4 Infantry Companies each 5 M59, 4 Rifle, 1 Jeep/106, 1 81M
1 Scout Platoon 2 Jeep/MG
1 Mortar Battery 2 Jeep, 1 OP, 1 CP, 1 M84
19 I American Pentomic Engineer Battalion 1958

Headquarters 1 M59, 1 CP, 1 Sigs, 1 Jeep, 1 OP, 2 Truck, 1 ARV, 1
Jeep/MG
4 Engineer Companies each 4 M59, 3 Com Engr, 1 M47 Dozer
1 Bridge Company 2 Pon Engr, 2 Bridge, 2 M59, 2 Trucks
19 J American Pentomic Airborne Engineer Battalion 1958

Headquarters 1 CP, 1 Sigs, 3 Jeep, 1 OP, 1 Jeep/MG
4 Engineer Companies each 3 Com Engr
19 K American Pentomic Aviation Company 1958

Headquarters 1 CP, 1 Sigs, 2 Jeep, 1 OP, 2 Truck
1 General Support Flight 2 H13 Sioux Recon, 1 H19 Chicksaw, 1 L20
1 Direct Support Flight 1 L19 FAC, 3 H13 Sioux Recon
19 L American Pentomic Amoured Cavalry Regiment 1958 (Commands 3 Armoured Cavalry

Squadrons and 1 Aviation Company)
- 92 –
Headquarters 1 CP, 1 Sigs, 2 Jeep, 1 OP, 2 Truck, 1 M41

1 Armoured Engr Company 4 M59, 3 Com Engr, 1 M47 Dozer
19 M American Pentomic Divisional Anti Aircraft Battalion 1958

Headquarters 2 Truck, 1CP, 1 ARV
3 Auto Weapons Btys each 3 M42
19 N American ROAD Brigade Headquarters 1958 to 1982

Headquarters 1 M113, 1 M577, 1 CP, 1 Sigs, 1 Truck, 1 ARV
1 Engineer Company 2 M113, 1 Const Engr, 1 Com Engr, 1 AVLB, 1 CEV
Note M577 replaced soft transport in the mid - 1960’s. Lt
infantry brigades delete the AVLB and CEV, replacing
armoured vehicles with jeeps and trucks.
19 O American ROAD Mechanized Infantry Battalion 1958 to 1970

Headquarters 1 M113, 1 M577, 1 CP, 1 Sigs, 1 Jeep, 1 OP, 2
M113/106, 1 Truck, 1 ARV
3 Infantry Companies each 3 M113, 3 Rifle, 1 M113/106, 1 M125
1 Scout Platoon 3 M113 ACAV
19 P American ROAD Mechanized Infantry Battalion 1971 to 1984

Headquarters 1 M113, 1 M577, 1 CP, 1 Sigs, 3 Jeep, 1 OP, 2 M901, 1
GSR, 1 Redeye, 1 Truck, 1 ARV
3 Infantry Companies each 3 M113, 3 Rifle, 3 Dragon, 1 M901, 1 M125
1 Scout Platoon 3 M113 ACAV, 1 M901
1 Mortar Battery Jeep, 1 OP, 1 CP, 1 M106
Note M150 was first used in 1973, Dragon in 1975, and M901 in
1979. 90RR may not be mixed with Dragon, nor may
M113/106 with M150, there are no other restrictions.
19 Q American ROAD Tank Battalion 1958 to 1965

Headquarters 1 M113, 1 M577, 1 CP, 1 Sigs, 1 M48, 1 Truck, 1 ARV
1 Scout Platoon 2 Jeep/MG, 1 M41
1 Mortar Battery 2 Jeep, 1 CP, 1 OP, 1 M106
Note All tanks must be of the same type; M48, M47 or M103
and no more than 1 Battalion of M103 may be used. M48
was used in Vietnam
19 R American ROAD Tank Battalion 1966 to 1980

Headquarters 1 M113, 1 M577, 1 CP, 1 Sigs, 1 M60, 1 AVLB, 1 Truck,
1 ARV
Note Only one type of tank may be used, only 1 Battalion of
M60A2 may be used. Dates are as follows:
M48A3 to 1972, SE Asia.
- 93 –
M60A1 at any time

M60A2 from 1975
M48A5 from 1976
One Battalion can have M551 Sheridan.
19 S American ROAD Tank Battalion 1978 to 1985

Headquarters 1 M113, 1 M577, 1 CP, 1 Sigs, 1 M60, 1 Truck, 2 Jeep, 1
GSR, 1 Redeye, 1 AVLB, 1 ARV
1 Scout Platoon 2 M113 ACAV, 1 M901
Note Only one type of tank may be used. Dates are as follows:
M1 from 1983
M60A1 at any time
M60A3 from 1981
M48A5 from 1976
One battalion can have M551 Sheridan.
19 T American ROAD Field Artillery Battalion 1958 to 1985

Headquarters 4 M113, 1 M577, 1 CP, 1 Sigs, 3 OP, 1 Truck, 1 ARV
3 Batteries each 2 M52 or 2 M108 or 2 M109, 2 M548, 1 M113, 1 CP
Or 4 Trucks, 2 105Ha or 105Hb or 2 155Ha or 155Hb, 1 CP,
1 Jeep
Or 2 M53 or M110, 2 M548, 1 M113, 1 CP
Note Self-Propelled battalions are for Armoured/Mechanized
Divisions. They can have:
M52 to 1964,
M108 from 1962 to 1968.
M109 form 1964 onwards.
M548 is used with M108 and M109.
Towed battalions are for Light Infantry and Airborne
Divisions. Airborne units have 105mm, and Light units
have 3 105mm + 1 155mm until 1985. They can have:
105Ha to 1986
105Hb from 1983
155Ha to 1980
155Hb from 1976
M110 Battalions are Divisional heavy or Corps level, could
also have M107and use as General support units. From
1973 OP’s have GSR, add 1 GSR and vehicle to OP.
Towed units must and Self-Propelled units may use Jeep
OP.
19 U American ROAD Divisional Anti Aircraft Battalion 1958 to 1975

2 Auto Weapons Btys each 3 M163 or M42
2 Missile Batteries each 3 M48 Chaparral
Note To 1970 would have 3 Auto Weapons batteries with M42
- 94 –
19 V American ROAD Divisional Anti Aircraft Battalion 1975 to 1985

19 W American ROAD Cavalry Squadron 1958 to 1975

Headquarters 2 M113, 1 M577, 1 CP, 1 Sigs, 1 M113 ACAV, 1 90RR, 1
Truck, 1 ARV
3 Cavalry Troops each 1 M125, 1 M113, 1 90RR, 1 M551
3 Sections each 2 M113 ACAV, 2 Cav
1 Tank Troop 3 M551
1 Air Cavalry Flight 2 OH58, 2 AH1, 1 UH1, 1 Cav
1 Battery 2 M113, 1 CP, 1 OP, 2 M109, 2 M548
Note AH1 appeared in 1969/70, prior to that use UH1. If M551
are used this is the only tank that may be used otherwise
omit tank troop. M551 was first issued in 1969 prior to
that use M47 in USA, M48 in Germany and Vietnam, they
were withdrawn in 1976. M114 is used in place in M1113
ACAV prior to 1966.
19 X American ROAD Airborne Cavalry Squadron 1958 to 1985

Headquarters 4 Jeep 1 CP, 1 Sigs, 1 90RR
3 Cavalry Troops each 2 Jeep, 1 Jeep/106, 1 81M, 1 90RR
3 Sections each 2 Jeep, 2 Para
1 Tank Troop 3 Jeep/106
1 Battery 6 Jeep, 1 CP, 1 OP, 2 105Hb
Note AH1 appeared in 1969/70, prior to that use UH1
19 Y American ROAD Cavalry Squadron 1976 to 1985

Headquarters 1 M577, 2 M113, 1 AVLB, 1 CP, 1 Sigs, 1 M60, 1
Dragon, 1 Cav, 1 Truck, 1 ARV
3 Cavalry Troops each 1 M106, 1 M113, 1 Dragon, 1 M60
3 Sections each 1 M113 ACAV, 1 Cav, 1 M901
1 Tank Troop 3 M60
1 Battery 2 M113, 1 CP, 1 OP, 2 M109, 2 M548
Note Tank types may not be mixed, except that if Cavalry
Troops have M551, the Tank Troop must have M60.
19 Z American ROAD Armoured Cavalry Regiment 1958 to 1985 (commands 3 Armoured

Cavalry Squadrons)
Headquarters 1 M577, 2 M113, 1 AVLB, 1 CP, 1 Sigs, 1 M60, 1
Dragon, 1 Cav, 1 Truck, 1 ARV
Air Cav Troop 1 AH1, 2 UH1, 1 OH58, 2 Cav
19 AA American Division 86 Cavalry Squadron 1986 to 1997

Headquarters 1 M577, 2 M3, 1 AVLB, 1 CP, 1 Sigs, 1 M1, 1 Dragon, 1
Cav, 1 Truck, 1 ARV, 1 M113, 1 Com Engr
- 95 –
3 Cavalry Troops each 1 M106, 1 M1, 2 M3, 2 Cav, 1 Javelin

1 Tank Troop 3 M1
1 Air Cavalry Flight 1 OH58, 2 AH64, 1 UH1
1 Battery 2 M981, 1 CP, 1 OP, 2 M109A6, 2 M548
19 AB American ROAD/Division 86 Light Infantry Battalion 1965 to 1997

Headquarters 1 Jeep, 1 CP, 1 81M, 1 Sigs, 3 Truck, 1 ARV
3 Companies each 3 Dragon or 90RR, 3 Rifle
1 Platoon 2 Jeep/106 or 3 Jeep/Tow or HMMV/TOW (1988)
1 Battery 1 Jeep, 1 OP, 1 4.2M (120M in 1990), 1 Truck
Transport By either Helicopter or truck
Note 106 and 90RR can be used up to 1981, TOW & Dragon
form 1975, they may be mixed, but TOW cannot be used
with 106RR, and Dragon may not be used with 90RR.
Para units are light but continued to use the jeep/TOW
longer. In Vietnam, very often anti-tank equipment was
stored and a fourth rifle company was formed from the
surplus personnel.
19 AC American Armoured Division 86 Cavalry Regiment 1985 to 1997 (commands 3

Armoured Cavalry Squadrons)
Headquarters 1 M577, 2 M113, 1 AVLB, 1 CP, 1 Sigs, 1 M1, 1 Dragon,
1 Cav, 1 Truck, 1 ARV
Air Cav Troop 1 AH64, 2 UH60, 1 OH58, 2 Cav
19 AD American Division 86 Armoured Brigade Headquarters (May command 4 Battalions)

Headquarters 1 M577, 1 M113, 1 CP, 1 OP, 1 Sigs, 1 M981, 1 Truck
1 EW Company 3 HMMV, 1 Jammer, 1 Sigs, 1 DF, 1 ARV
1 Engineer Company 3 M113, 3 Combat Engr, 2 AVLB, 1 M728 CEV
1 Attack Helicopter Flight 1 OH58, 2 AH64
19 AE American Division 86 Armoured Battalion 1986 to 1997

Headquarters 1 M577, 1 M3, 1 CP, 1 OP, 1 Sigs, 1 M981, 1 M1, 2
HMMV, 1 Stinger, 1 GSR, 1 AVLB, 1 Truck, 1 ARV
Scout Platoon 2 M3, 2 Cav (or 2 HMMV/MG, 1 HMMV/GL)
Or 2 HMMV/MG, 1 Cav. 1 HMMV /TOW
Mortar Platoon 2 M125, 1 M577, 1CP
Note M60 and M48 units use M113. A HumVee Scout platoon
was used in the Gulf War.
19 AF American Division 86 Mechanised Battalion 1986 to 1997

Headquarters 1 M577, 1 M2, 1 CP, 1 OP, 1 Sigs, 1 M981, 2 HMMV, 1
Stinger, 1 GSR, 1 Truck, 1 ARV
Scout Platoon 2 M3, 2 Cav (or 1 HMMV/MG, 1 Cav, 1 HMMV /GL)
Mortar Platoon 2 M125, 1 M577, 1 CP
4 Infantry Companies each 3 M3, 3 Rifle, Dragon
1 Anti Tank Company 3 M901
Note Units have M2 /M3 or M113. The HumVee Scout platoon
- 96 –
was used in the Gulf War
19 AG American Division 86 Cavalry Squadron 1986 to 1997

HMMV, 1 Stinger, 1 GSR, 1 AVLB, 2 M106, 1 M113, 1
Combat Engr, 1 Truck, 1 ARV
3 Troops 2 M1, 2 M3, 2 Cav
1 Company 3 M1
1 Attack Flight 1 OH58, 2 AH64
1 Battery 2 M981, 2 M109A1, 2 M548, 1 CP
19 AH American Division 86 Field Artillery Battalion 1986 to 1997

Headquarters 1 M577, 1 M113, 1 CP, 1 OP, 1 Sigs, 1 M981, 1 Truck, 1
ARV
3 Batteries each 2 M981, 2 M109A1, 2 M548, 1 CP, 1 OP 1 M113/CB
19 AI American Division 86 Divisional Anti Aircraft Battalion 1986 to 1995

19 AJ American Division 86 Heavy Artillery Battalion 1986 to 1997

Headquarters 1 M577, 1 M2, 1 CP, 1 OP, 1 Sigs, 1 M981, 1 Truck, 1
ARV
2 Batteries each 2 M981, 2 M110, 2 M548, 1 CP, 1 OP 1 M113/CB
2 Batteries each 2 M981, 2 MRLS, 2 M548, 1 CP, 1 OP 1 M113/CB
19 AK American Division 86 Helicopter Battalion 1986 to 1997

Headquarters 1 UH60, 1 AH-64
3 Attack Companies each 2 AH-64
1 Scout Company 3 OH58
Note OH58s may be attached to AH companies. Individual
companies may be used.
19 AL American Division 86 Tow Light Anti Tank (TLAT) Battalion 1981 to 1993
3 Anti Tank Companies each 4 Jeep/TOW
Note: After 1988 HMMV/TOW replaces the jeeps. TLAT units
were formed in the 1981 to provide additional wartime anti
tank support to light divisions which lacked the anti-tank
punch of the heavy divisions. 4 units were stood up from
National Guard infantry battalions: 1/249 (Oregon ARNG),
2/180 (Oklahoma ARNG), 1/122 (Georgia ARNG) and
2/128 (Wisconsin). 10th (Mountain) Infantry Division, 7th
(Light) Infantry Division, 101st (Air Assault) Division and
82nd (Airborne) Division each were to receive one of these
battalions as round out units during war mobilization.
1/122 almost went to Desert Shield and Gulf War 1. In
fact 1/122 even trained with 82nd Airborne but stayed when
- 97 –
the division commander decided against them. All units

were disbanded or re-roled as infantry during the “Great
Scale Down” in 1993. An excellent tactical idea that
never got a chance to be implemented, I am a proponent
of large numbers of light self propelled ATGMs running
around the battlefield under a central control but this
concept has now been largely replaced by helicopters.
19 AM American HTTD Cavalry Squadron 1983 to 1986
19 AN American HTTD Fast Attack Battalion 1983 to 1986
19 AO American HTTD Motorized Infantry Battalion 1983 to 1986
19 AP American HTTD Combat Engineer Battalion 1983 to 1986
19 AQ American HTTD Anti Aircraft Battalion 1983 to 1986
19 AR American HTTD Artillery Battalion 1983 to 1986
19 AS American HTTD Composite Artillery Battalion 1983 to 1986
19 AT American HTTD Attack Helicopter Battalion 1983 to 1986
19 AU American HTTD Aviation Battalion 1983 to 1986
19 AV American HTTD Brigade Headquarters 1983 to 1986
19 AW American HTTD Cavalry Brigade Headquarters 1983 to 1986
19 AX American HTTD Divisional Headquarters 1983 to 1986

Headquarters 1 CP, 1 Sigs, 1 Jeep, 2 Truck, 1 MRT
Note The “High Technology Test Division” (HTTD) was a short-
lived division (9th Infantry Division) designed to test light
and medium mobility ideas. In essence the division was
motorized (on wheels) not mechanized (on tracks) like
other infantry divisions. The object was to create a rapidly
air-deployable force that had both defensive and offensive
capability across several areas of the world where there
was a limited or no US army presence. Had this
experiment continued this division would have been the
first to receive HMMV as it was designed for this division.
19 AY SBCT Brigade Headquarters 2003+ (Commands 3 Infantry Battalions, 1 Recon

Surveillance Squadron, 1 Artillery Battalion, 1 Armoured Battalion, 1 Aviation Battalion)
Headquarters 1 LAV/MG, 1 LAV/TOC, 1 LAV/ARV, 1 CP, 1 Sigs, 1
HETT
Anti Tank Company 3 LAV/AT
Engineer Company 3 Com Engr, 3 LAV/Eng
- 98 –
Note Formerly known as IBCT (Interim Brigade Combat Team)

they are now SBCT (Stryker Brigade Combat Team) after
the name of the LAV mounting a 105mm anti tank gun.
Once complete there will be 5 SBCTs designed to be
deployed anywhere in the world in 96 hours complete and
ready for war. It is fair to say that units will be the
medium weight punch of the US Army.
19 AZ SBCT Infantry Battalion 2003+

HETT
3 Companies 3 LAV/MG, 1 LAV/GL, 3 Rifle, 1 Javelin, 1 60M
Support Company 1 LAV/M, 1 CP, 1 OP, 1 LAV
19 BA SBCT Reconnaissance, Surveillance and Target Acquisition Squadron 2003+

HETT
3 Troops 1 LAV/AT, 1 LAV/105, 2 LAV/R, 2 Scout, 1 Javelin, 1
LAV/M
Support Troop 4 LAV/R, 4 GSR
19 BB SBCT Artillery Battalion 2003+

HETT
3 Batteries 2 155Hc, 4 Truck, 1 LAV/TOC, 1 LAV/OP, 1 CP, 1 OP
Note Final ORBAT will include the new lightweight 155mm
M777.
19 BC SBCT Armoured Battalion 2003+

HETT
4 Companies 3 LAV/105
Note Centaro was tested for test position as well.
19 BD SBCT Aviation Battalion 2003+

HETT
2 Attack Companies 2 RAH1
2 Utility Companies 2 UH60
19 BE American Army XXI Cavalry Squadron (Light) 2001+

Headquarters 1 HMMV/TOC, 1 HMMV/AD, 1 HMMV/TOW, 3 HMMV, 1
Com Engr, 1CP, 1 GSR, 1 ARV, 1 Truck
3 Troops each 2 HMMV/TOW, 1 HMMV/GL, 1 HMMV/MG, 1 HMMV, 1
120M
Air Troop 3 OH58D
Anti Tank Company 3 HMMV/TOW
Artillery Battery 2 HMMV, 2 155Hb, 4 Truck, 1 CP, 1 OP
- 99 –
Note This is a tentative ORBAT most of the equipment for this

type of unit is still being designed and tested. The
HumVees are standing in that equipment.
19 BF American Army XXI Air Cavalry Squadron 2001+

Headquarters 1 HMMV/TOC, 3 HMMV, 1 CP, 1 ARV, 1 Truck
4 Air Cavalry Troops each 2 OH58D
Air Transport Troop 3 UH60
Maintenance Troop 2 HMMV, 4 Truck
19 BF American Army XXI Cavalry Regiment (Light) 2001+ (Commands 1 Air Cavalry Squadron
and 3 Cavalry Squadron (Light))
Headquarters 1 HMMV/TOC, 1 HMMV, 1 CP, 1 Sigs, 1 MRT, 1 Truck
Chemical Company 1 HMMV, 2 M93 Fox
Intelligence Company 3 HMMV, 2 OP, 1 GSR
Air Defense Battery 3 HMMV/AD
Note This is a tentative ORBAT most of the equipment for this
type of unit is still being designed and tested. The
HumVees are standing in that equipment. 2nd Dragoons (2
ACR) of 18th Airborne Corps is the only light regiment. It is
currently held that 2nd Dragoons will become medium as
its final ORBAT and remain with 18th Airborne Corps.
19 BG American Army XXI Armoured Cavalry Squadron (Medium) 2001+

Headquarters 1 LAV/TOC, 1 LAV/AD, 1 LAV/TOW, 3 LAV/APC, 1 Com
Engr, 1 CP, 1 GSR, 1 LAV/ARV, 1 Truck
3 Troops 2 LAV/TOW, 1 LAV/GL, 1 LAV/MG, 2 LAV/120
Air Troop 3 OH58D
Anti Tank Company 3 LAV/TOW
Note This is a notional ORBAT most of the equipment for this
type of unit is still being designed and tested. The LAV
usage is suspected. US Army is not currently committed
to medium force structure only a light and Heavy force
structure, so this is provided as a summation of US Army
thought on this type of force. This is a good compromise
between the political consideration of light deployable
forces and army desire for a heavy punch in theatre. Note
the elimination of the 155mm artillery and the increase in
120mm mortars; this is the first time in US Army history
where so much combat power reliance has been placed
on a mortar.
19 BH American Army XXI Armoured Cavalry Regiment (Medium) 2001+ (Commands 1 Air
Cavalry Squadron and 3 Armoured Cavalry Squadron (Medium))
Headquarters 1 LAV/TOC, 1 LAV/APC, 1 CP, 1 ARV, 1 Truck
Chemical Company 1 LAV/APC, 2 M93 Fox
Intelligence Company 3 LAV/APC, 2 OP, 1 GSR
Air Defense Battery 3 LAV/AD
Note This is a notional ORBAT most of the equipment for this
- 100 –
type of unit is still being designed and tested. The LAV

usage is suspected. US Army is not currently committed
to medium force structure only a light and Heavy force
structure, so this is provided as a summation of US Army
thought on this type of force. This is a good compromise
between the political consideration of light deployable
forces and army desire for a heavy punch in theatre.
19 BI American Army XXI Armoured Cavalry (Heavy) Squadron 2001+

HMMV, 1 Stinger, 1 GSR, 1 AVLB, 1 M113, 1 Combat
Engr, 1 Truck, 1 ARV
3 Troops 2 M1, 2 M3, 2 Cav, 1 M106
Tank Company 3 M1A2
Air Troop 3 OH58D
Artillery Battery 2 M981, 2 M109A6, 2 Truck, 1 CP, 1 OP
19 BJ American Army XXI Armoured Cavalry Regiment (Heavy) 2001+ (Commands 1 Air
Cavalry Squadron and 3 Armoured Cavalry Squadron (Heavy))
Headquarters 1 M577, 1 M3, 1 CP, 1 Sigs, 1 ARV, 1 Truck
Chemical Company 1 M3, 2 M93 Fox
Intelligence Company 3 HMMV, 2 OP, 1 GSR
Air Defense Battery 3 HMMV/AD
19 BK American Army XXI Heavy Division Armoured Cavalry Squadron 2001+

HMMV, 1 Stinger, 1 GSR, 1 AVLB, 1 M113, 1 Combat
Engr, 1 Truck, 1 ARV
3 Troops 2 M1, 2 M3, 2 Cav, 1 M106
Air Troop 3 OH58D
19 BL American Army XXI Brigade Reconnaissance Troop (Heavy) 2001+

Headquarters 1 M3, 1 CP, 1 M577, 1 Sigs, 1 M113, 1 ARV, 1 HETT
3 Platoons 1 M1, 1 M3, 1 Scout
Note Troops from the 1st, 4th, 9th, and 10th cavalry regiments fulfill
this role thus these regiments continue exist in the
ORBAT in a reduced US Army.
19 BM American Army XXI Brigade Reconnaissance Troop (Light) 2001+

Headquarters 1 CP, 1 OP, 1 HMMV/TOC, 1 Sigs, 3 HMMV, 1 MRT, 1
HETT, 1 HMMV/120
3 Platoons 1 HMMV/TOW, 1 HMMV/GL, 1 HMMV/MG, 1 Scout
19 BN American Army XXI Heavy Division Tank Battalion 2001+

Headquarters 1 M1A2, 1 CP, 1 M577, 1 Sigs, 1 M113, 1 ARV, 1 HETT
Headquarters Company 1 M981, 1 OP, 1 M106/120, 1 Scout, 1 M3, 1 Stinger, 1
HMMV
4 Companies each 3 M1A2
Note Scouts may deploy in HMMV/GL as an alternate.
- 101 –
19 BO American Army XXI Heavy Division Mechanized Infantry Battalion 2001+

Headquarters 1 M2, 1 CP, 1 M577, 1 Sigs, 1 M113, 1 ARV, 1 HETT
Headquarters Company 1 M981, 1 OP, 1 M106/120, 1 Scout, 1 M3, 1 Stinger, 1
HMMV
4 Companies each 3 Rifle, 1 Javelin, 3 M2
Anti Tank Company 4 M901
Note Scouts may deploy in HMMV/GL as an alternate.
19 BP American Army XXI Light Division Light Infantry Battalion 2001+

Headquarters 1 CP, 1 HMMV/TOC, 1 Sigs, 1 HMMV, 1 MRT, 1 HETT
Headquarters Company 1 OP, 1 HMMV/MG, 1 81M, 1 Scout, 1 HMMV/GL, 1
Stinger, 2 HMMV, 2 HMMV/TOW
3 Companies each 3 Rifle, 1 Javelin, 1 60M
19 BQ American Army XXI Light Division Air Assault Infantry Battalion 2001+
Stinger, 2 HMMV
3 Companies each 3 Rifle, 1 Javelin, 1 60M, 1 MG
Note Standard transport is Medium Logistics Vehicle from
brigade and division. In air assault mode this unit will
have little or no HMMVs, thus TOW will be dismounted
(Javelin may be used as substitute).
19 BR American Army XXI Light Division Airborne Infantry Battalion 2001+

Stinger, 2 HMMV, 2 HMMV/TOW
3 Companies each 3 Rifle, 1 Javelin, 1 60M
Note Standard transport is Medium Logistics Vehicle from
brigade and division. In airborne mode this unit will have
no HMMV, thus TOW will be dismounted (Javelin may be
used as substitute).
19 BS American Army XXI Heavy Division Combat Engineer Battalion 2001+

Headquarters 1 CP, 1 M577, 1 Sigs, 1 M113, 1 ARV, 1 HETT
3 Companies each 3 Com Engr, 3 M113
AO Platoon 1 AVLB, 1 Bridge, 1 Dozer, 1 MLG
19 BT American Army XXI Light Division Combat Engineer Battalion 2001+

3 Companies each 3 Com Engr, 3 HMMV
AO Platoon 1 Truck, 1 Bridge, 1 Dozer, 1 MLG
19 BU American Army XXI Light Division Air Defense Artillery Battalion 2001+
- 102 –
4 Batteries each 3 HMMV/AD
19 BV American Army XXI Heavy Division Air Defense Artillery Battalion 2001+
4 Batteries each 2 M3/AD, 1 HMMV/AD
19 BW American Army XXI Corps Air Defense Artillery Battalion 2001+

3 Batteries each 1 Patriot, 2 Truck, 1 AD Rad
19 BX American Army XXI Light Division Artillery Battalion 2001+

3 Batteries each 2 155Hc, 1 CP, 2 OP, 4 Truck, 3 HMMV
Note A new light 155mm howitzer is about to be fielded; it is air
mobile unlike the current weapon represented here.
19 BY American Army XXI Heavy Division Artillery Battalion 2001+

3 Batteries each 2 M109A6, 1 CP, 2 OP, 2 M992, 3 M981
19 BZ American Army XXI Heavy Division MRLS Artillery Battalion 2001+

3 Batteries each 2 MRLS, 1 CP, 2 OP, 2 M992, 3 M981
Note There are number of towed 155mm battalions available to
a Corps as well.
19 CA American Army XXI Support Aviation Battalion 2001+

Headquarters 1 UH60, 1 CP
3 Lift Companies each 3 UH60 or CH47
19 CB American Army XXI Attack Helicopter Battalion 2001+

Headquarters 1 UH60, 1 CP, 1 AH-64
3 Attack Companies each 2 AH-64
19 CC American Army XXI Attack Helicopter Regiment (Light) 2001+ (Commands 2 attack
helicopter battalions)
19 CD American Army XXI Attack Helicopter Regiment (Heavy) 2001+ (Commands 3 attack
helicopter battalions)
19 CE American Army XXI Heavy Division Aviation Brigade 2001+ (Commands 2 Attack
Helicopter battalions, 1 Armoured Cavalry Squadron, 1 Support Aviation Battalion)
Note Heavy division aviation brigades command 2 attack
helicopter battalions, 1 support aviation battalion and 1
armoured cavalry squadron.
- 103 –
19 CF American Army XXI Air Assault Division Air Assault Aviation Brigade 2001+
(Commands 4 Support Aviation Battalions; 3 UH60 and 1 CH47)
19 CG American Army XXI Light/Air Assault Division Aviation Brigade 2001+ (Commands 3
Attack Helicopter battalions, 1 Cavalry Squadron (Light), 1 Support Aviation Battalion)
Note Light division aviation brigades command 3 attack
helicopter battalions, 1 support aviation battalion and 1
armoured cavalry squadron.
19 CH American Army XXI Light Division Artillery Brigade Headquarters 2001+ (Commands 3
towed 155mm artillery battalions)
19 CI American Army XXI Heavy Division Artillery Brigade Headquarters 2001+ (Commands
3 M109A6artillery battalions and 1 MRLS battalion)
Headquarters 1 CP, 1 M577, 1 Sigs, 1 M981, 1 MRT, 1 HETT
19 CJ American Army XXI Brigade Headquarters (Light) 2001+

19 CK American Army XXI Brigade Headquarters (Heavy) 2001+

Note Armoured brigades command 1 brigade reconnaissance
troop, 2 tank, 1 mechanized infantry and 1 combat
engineer battalions. Mechanized brigades command 1
brigade reconnaissance troop, 1 tank, 2 mechanized
infantry, and 1 combat engineer battalions. Artillery
brigades commands 3 field artillery battalions and 1 target
acquisition battalion. All brigades have a forward support
battalion (FSB) not represented in game terms. FSB
provide dedicated medical, logistics and maintenance
support to the brigade they are part of.
19 CL American Army XXI Divisional Headquarters (Light) 2001+

19 CM American Army XXI Divisional Headquarters (Heavy)

19 CN American Marine Infantry Battalion 1986 to 1997

Headquarters 3 HMMV, 1 CP, 1 81M, 1 Sigs, 1 ARV, 1 Truck
3 Companies each 3 Rifle, 1 60M
Weapons Company 1 81M, 1 GL, 6 Dragon
Transport By either Helicopter or AAV7 or LAV
19 CO American Marine Combined Arms Regiment Headquarters 1986 to 1997 (commands 3

- 104 –
infantry battalions and 1 tank battalion)

Headquarters 2 HMMV, 1 CP, 1 Sigs, 1 ARV, 1 Truck
Recce Company 3 LAV-R, 1 LAV-AT
Anti Tank Platoon 6 HMMV/TOW
19 CP American Marine Regiment Headquarters 1986 to 1997 (commands 3 USMC infantry

battalions)
Recce Company 3 LAV-R, 1 LAV-AT
Anti Tank Platoon 6 HMMV/TOW
19 CQ American Marine Infantry Battalion 1997 to 2001

Headquarters 3 HMMV, 1 CP, 1 81M, 1 Sigs, 1 ARV, 1 HMMV/GL, 1
Truck
3 Companies each 3 Rifle, 1 60M
Weapons Company 2 81M, 1 GL, 6 Dragon
Transport By either Helicopter or AAV7 or LAV
19 CR American Marine Artillery Battalion 1986 to 2001

3 Batteries each 2 155Ha, 4 Truck, 1 CP, 1 OP, 2 HMMV
19 CS American Marine Recon Battalion 1986 to 2001

3 Companies each 3 Scout, 1 60M, 4 HMMV
19 CT American Marine Tank Battalion 1986 to 1997

Headquarters 3 HMMV, 1 CP, 1 Sigs, 1 ARV, 1 M60, 1 Truck
19 CU American Marine Tank Battalion 1998 to 2001

4 Tank Companies each 3 M1
19 CV American Marine Armoured Assault Battalion 1986 to 2001

4 Companies each 10 AAV7
19 CW American Marine Artillery Battalion 1986 to 2001

3 Batteries each 2 155Ha, 4 Truck, 1 CP, 1 OP, 2 HMMV
19 CX American Marine Recon Battalion 1986 to 2001

3 Companies each 3 Scout, 1 60M, 4 HMMV
19 CY American Marine Tank Battalion 1986 to 2001

- 105 –

19 CZ American Marine Light Armoured Vehicle Battalion 1986 to 2001

Headquarters 3 HMMV, 1 CP, 1 Sigs, 1 ARV, 4 LAV/TOW, 1 Truck
4 Companies each 3 LAV/25
19 DA American Marine Combat Engineer Battalion 1986 to 2001

3 Companies each 3 Com Engr, 3 FT, 4 HMMV
Support Company 1 HMMV, 2 Dump Truck, 2 Bulldozer, 3 Bridge, 3 Truck
19 DB American Marine Anti Aircraft Regiment 1970 to 1986

Headquarters 3 Jeep, 1 CP, 1 Sigs, 1 ARV, 1 Truck
1 Company 5 Redeye, 5 Jeep
1 Company 2 Hawk, 2 Truck
19 DC American Marine Anti Aircraft Battalion 1986 to 2001

3 Companies each 1 LAV/25, 2LAV/AD
19 DD American Marine Regiment Headquarters 1998 to 2001 (commands 3 USMC infantry

battalions)
Headquarters 2 HMMV, 1 CP, 1 Sigs, 1 ARV
19 DE Special Forces Group

Headquarters 1 CP, 1 Sigs
Mortar Platoon 1 81M, 1 CP, 1 OP
4 Companies each 8 SF Dets
19 DI American Ranger Regiment Headquarters

Headquarters 1 CP, 1 Sigs, 1 Stinger, 1 Scout, 1 M/C, 3 HMMV, 1
Truck
Recon Company 3 Scout, 2 HMMV/MG, 1 HMMV/TOW, 1 HMMV/GL
19 DJ American Ranger Battalion

Headquarters 1 CP, 1 Sigs, 1 Stinger, 1 Scout, 1 M/C, 3 HMMV, 1
Truck
3 Companies each 3 Rgr, 1 Javelin or 90RR, 1 60M, 5 HMMV
Engineer Company (OpCon) 3 Com Engr, 3 HMMV
Note Engineers are operationally controlled by the ranger unit
but not part of the unit. In Vietnam Ranger units operated
as long range dismounted reconnaissance delete all
support weapons and do not use in greater than company
strength.
- 106 –
Large Units:
Pentomic Infantry Division – 5 Pentomic Infantry Battlegroups, 1 Pentomic Artillery Brigade (3

Field Artillery Battalions, 1 Composite Artillery Battalion), 1 Pentomic Anti-Aircraft Battalion
(attached), 1 Pentomic Engineer Battalion, 1 Pentomic Armoured Cavalry Squadron, 1 Pentomic
Aviation Company
Pentomic Armoured Division – 3 Combat Command Headquarters, 4 Pentomic Armoured

Battalions, 4 Pentomic Mechanized Infantry Battalions, 1 Pentomic Mechanized Artillery Brigade (3
Field Artillery Battalions, 1 Composite Artillery Battalion), 1 Pentomic Anti-Aircraft Battalion
(attached), 1 Pentomic Engineer Battalion, 1 Pentomic Armoured Cavalry Squadron, 1 Pentomic
Aviation Company
Pentomic Airborne Division – 5 Pentomic Airborne Infantry Battlegroups, 1 Pentomic Airborne

Composite Artillery Battalion, 1 Pentomic Anti-Aircraft Battalion (attached only in ground role), 1
Pentomic Engineer Battalion, 1 Pentomic Armoured Cavalry Squadron (only in ground role)
ROAD/Division 86 Armoured Division – 3 Brigade Headquarters, 6 Armoured Battalions, 5

Mechanized Infantry Battalions, 1 Artillery Brigade, 1 Anti-Aircraft Battalion, 1 Engineer Battalion, 1
Cavalry Squadron, 1 Helicopter Battalion, 1 Attack Helicopter Battalion
ROAD/Division 86 Mechanized Infantry Division – 3 Brigade Headquarters, 5 Armoured

Battalions, 6 Mechanized Infantry Battalions, 1 Artillery Brigade, 1 Anti-Aircraft Battalion, 1
Engineer Battalion, 1 Cavalry Squadron, 1 Helicopter Battalion, 1 Attack Helicopter Battalion
ROAD/Division 86 Light Infantry Division – 3 Brigade Headquarters, 2 Armoured Battalions, 9

Infantry Battalions, 1 Artillery Brigade, 1 Anti-Aircraft Battalion, 1 Engineer Battalion, 1 Cavalry
Squadron, 1 Helicopter Battalion, 1 Attack Helicopter Battalion
ROAD/Division 86 Airborne Division – 3 Brigade Headquarters, 1 Armoured Battalion, 9 Infantry

Battalions, 1 Artillery Brigade, 1 Anti-Aircraft Battalion, 1 Engineer Battalion, 1 Cavalry Squadron, 1
Helicopter Battalion, 1 Attack Helicopter Battalion
ROAD/Division 86 Air Mobile Division – 3 Brigade Headquarters, 9 Infantry Battalions, 1 Artillery

Brigade, 1 Anti-Aircraft Battalion, 1 Engineer Battalion, 1 Cavalry Squadron, 1 Helicopter Battalion,
1 Attack Helicopter Battalion
ROAD/Division 86 Mountain Division – 3 Brigade Headquarters, 2 Armoured Battalions, 9 Infantry

Battalions, 1 Artillery Brigade, 1 Anti-Aircraft Battalion, 1 Engineer Battalion, 1 Cavalry Squadron, 1
Helicopter Battalion, 1 Attack Helicopter Battalion
Marine Division – 3 Marine Regiments, 1 Armoured Battalion, 1 Light Armoured Vehicle Battalion,
1 Amphibious Assault Vehicle Battalion, 1 Artillery Regiment, 1 Anti-Aircraft Battalion, 1 Engineer
Battalion, 1 Cavalry Squadron, 1 Helicopter Battalion, 1 Attack Helicopter Battalion
Airborne Division XXI – 3 Airborne Brigades, 1 Artillery Brigade, 1 Anti-Aircraft Battalion, 1

Engineer Battalion, 1 Cavalry Squadron, 1 Aviation Brigade
- 107 –
Air Assault Division XXI – 3 Air Assault Brigades, 1 Artillery Brigade, 1 Anti-Aircraft Battalion, 1
Engineer Battalion, 1 Cavalry Squadron, 1 Air Assault Aviation Brigade (3 UH60 Battalions, 1 CH47
Battalion), 1 Aviation Brigade (3 AH64 Battalions, 1 UH60 Battalion)
Armoured Division XXI – 3 Armoured Brigades, 1 Artillery Brigade, 1 Anti-Aircraft Battalion, 1

Aviation Brigade
Mechanized Division XXI – 3 Mechanized Infantry Brigades, 1 Artillery Brigade, 1 Anti-Aircraft

Battalion, 1 Engineer Battalion, 1 Armoured Cavalry Squadron, 1 Aviation Brigade
Light Division XXI – 3 Light Infantry Brigades, 1 Artillery Brigade, 1 Anti-Aircraft Battalion, 1
Engineer Battalion, 1 Armoured Cavalry Squadron, 1 Aviation Brigade
- 108 –
20 Argentine Forces for the Falklands War 1982
These have been included to give a basis for the recreation of the Falklands Conflict. The
Argentines deployed only light armour to the Islands, but included are some of the armoured units,
which could have been used.
20 A Argentine Brigade Headquarters (Commands 5 Battalions)

Headquarters 6 Truck, 1 CP, 1 OP, 1 Jeep/MG, 1 Combat Engr, 1
35AAG, 1 Sigs
Engineer Company 3 Engr, 3 Truck
Note This unit may be on foot, or mounted in 1 M113 or AMX-
VCI for the CP, and one APC for the OP. In this case
delete trucks for OP and CP.
20 B Argentine Infantry Regiment

Headquarters 1 Jeep, 1 CP, 2 MG, 1 81M, 5 Truck, 1 Sigs, 2 Jeep/106
3 Companies each 1 90RR, 3 Rifle
1 Battery 2 Jeep, 1 CP, 1 OP, 2 Truck, 2 120M
Note This unit may be mounted in M113 or AMX-VCI and one
vehicle replaces the Jeeps at Headquarters. The Jeep/106
could be 1 Jeep/SS11.
20 C Argentine Marine Regiment

Headquarters 1 Jeep, 1 CP, 2 MG, 1 81M, 6 Truck, 1 20AAG, 1 Sigs, 2
Jeep/106
3 Marine Companies each 1 90RR, 3 Rifle
1 Anti Tank Company 3 Jeep/Bantam
1 Mortar Battery 2 Jeep, 1 CP, 1 OP, 2 Truck, 2 120M
Note This unit may be mounted in LVTP7.
20 D Argentine Jungle Infantry Regiment

Headquarters
20 E Argentine Mountain Infantry Regiment

Headquarters
20 F Argentine Commando/Raider Infantry Regiment

Headquarters
20 G Argentine Airborne Infantry Regiment

Headquarters
20 H Argentine Tank Regiment (None deployed in Falklands theatre)

Headquarters 1 Sherman Firefly or TAM or AMX-13/75, 2 Truck, 1 Sigs,
1 ARV
3 Tank Squadrons each 3 Sherman Firefly or TAM or AMX-13/75
20 I Argentine Mechanized Cavalry Regiment

Headquarters
- 109 –
3 Squadrons each
20 J Argentine Cavalry Recce Squadron

Headquarters 1 AMX-VCI, 1 CP, 2 Truck, 1 Sigs
3 Groups each 1 AMX-13/75, 1 Jeep/MG, 1 Jeep/106, 2 AMX-VCI, 1
90RR, 1 Rifle
20 K Argentine Divisional Anti Tank Company (None deployed in theatre)

3 Kurrassier, 1 Truck
20 L Argentine Amphibious Marine Recce Squadron

Headquarters 3 Roland APC, 1 CP, 1 MG, 1 Truck, 1 Sigs
Armoured Car Coy 3 AML-90 or ERC-90
Infantry Section 1 Roland APC, 1 Rifle
20 M Argentine Artillery Regiment

Headquarters 1 Jeep, 1CP, 1 Sigs, 2 Truck
3 Batteries 2 Jeep, 1 CP, 1 OP, 2 105Ha, 155Ha, 4 Trucks or 2
AMXF3 and 2 Trucks. Argentina has only one self-
propelled artillery battalion. There is also one airborne
artillery battalion using 105Ha and Jeeps instead of
trucks.
20 N Argentine Medium Anti-Aircraft Group

Headquarters
20 O Argentine Heavy Anti-Aircraft Group

Headquarters
Large Units:
Infantry Brigade – 1 Brigade Headquarters, 3 Infantry Regiments, 1 Cavalry Recce Squadron, 1

Artillery Regiment.
Airborne Brigade – 1 Brigade Headquarters, 3 Airborne Regiments, 1 Airborne Recce Squadron, 1

Airborne Artillery Regiment.
Armoured Brigade – 1 Brigade Headquarters, 4 Tank Regiments, 1 Mechanized Infantry

Regiment, 1 Mechanized Artillery Regiment.
Mechanized Brigade – 1 Brigade Headquarters, 4 Mechanized Infantry Regiments, 1 Mechanized

Cavalry Regiment, 1 Artillery Regiment, 1 Cavalry Recce Squadron.
- 110 –
21 British Army
A shrinking force, still primarily an infantry force, and the European army with the most
experience in worldwide deployment. The basic structures have changed little, and the introduction
of new equipment has always been slow, due to lack of funds. Cross attachment is practiced, but
brigade structures are rigid unlike those of the American army.
21 A British Brigade Headquarters 1958 to 1968 (May command 3 battalions)

Headquarters 1 Saracen, 1 CP, 2 Truck, 1 Sigs, 1 ARV
1 Engineer Squadron 3 Truck, 3 Combat Engr
1 Helicopter Flight 2 Sioux, 2 Scout
Note Armoured brigades use the Saracen, others use trucks.
An Armoured Brigade adds 1 Centurion 5 or 8.
Mechanized Brigades command one armoured regiment,
one armoured infantry battalion and two mechanized
infantry battalions.
21 B British Infantry Brigade Headquarters 1969 to 1997 (May command 5 Battalions)

Headquarters 1 LR, 1 CP, 2 Truck, 1 Sigs, 1 ARV
1 Engineer Squadron 3 Truck, 3 Combat Engr
1 Helicopter Flight 2 Gazelle, 3 Lynx/TOW
1 Anti Tank Battery 4 FV438 or Striker
1 Air Defense Battery 3 Truck, 3 Blowpipe/Javelin [Javelin 1984]
Note Sioux remained in service until 1978, and Scout until
1985. If the Lynx is unarmed they can lift one infantry
company. Mechanized Brigades command one armoured
regiment, one armoured infantry battalion and two
mechanized infantry battalions.
21 C British Armoured Brigade Headquarters 1969 to 1997 (Commands 3 or 4

Battalion/Regiment)
Headquarters 1 FV436, 1CP, 1 MBT, 1 Sultan, 1 Sigs, 1 Truck, 1 ARV
1 Engineer Squadron 3 FV432, 3 Combat Engr, 1 CEV, 1 AVRE
Air Defense Battery 3 Spartan, 3 Blowpipe/Javelin [Javelin 1984]
1 Helicopter Flight 2 Gazelle, Lynx/TOW
Note Sioux remained in service until 1978, and Scout until
1985. If the Lynx is unarmed they can lift one infantry
company. The MBT can carry CO and may be:
Centurion 13 to 1975
Chieftain to 1995
Challenger I from 1986
Challenger II from 1996
Sultans entered in service in 1974 prior to then use FV
432, this may be used anyway.
21 D British Tank Regiment 1958 to 1968

Headquarters 1 Comet or Centurion 5 or Centurion 8 or Centurion 13, 2
Truck, 1 Sigs, 1 ARV
2 Conqueror, 2 Sioux, 1 Ferret 1, 1 CP
- 111 –
Recce Section 2 Ferret 2

3 Squadrons 5 Comet or Centurion 5, or Centurion 8 or Centurion 13
Note Comets represent reserve regiments; they were probably
replaced by 1965. The Conqueror Troops were removed by
1967; they were not issued to regiments with Centurion
13.
21 E British Tank Regiment 1969 to 1997

Headquarters 1 Centurion 13 or Chieftain or Challenger I or II, 2 Sultan, 1
CP, 1 Sigs, 1 AVLB, 1 Truck, 1 ARV
Recce Section 2 Ferret 4 or 2 Scimitar
1 Anti Tank Troop 2 FV438
3 or 4 Squadrons each 4 or 5 Centurion or Chieftain or Challenger I or II
Note The AVLB is Centurion to 1979, or Chieftain from 1975.
The tanks must match brigade headquarters; see 21 D for
dates in service. Chieftain regiments may have had 4
Tank troops from 1983 to 1987. The regiment may add
one infantry company, or exchange one
company/squadron with a mechanized battalion.
21 F British Infantry Battalion 1958 to 1967

Headquarters 2 LR, 3 Truck, 1 CP, 1 OP, 1 MG, 1 Sigs
1 Anti Tank Platoon 2 LR/120
1 Mortar Battery 2 Truck, 2 76M
Note This unit may be on foot, as above, Motorized or
Armoured with Saracen or Humber Pig.
21 G British Mechanized Battalion 1968 to 1978

Headquarters 1 FV436, 1 CP, 1 OP, 1 Sigs, 2 Ferret 1, 1 FV434, 1
Truck
Recce Section 2 Ferret 4
3 Rifle Companies each 3 FV432, 3 Rifle
1 Anti Tank Platoon 2 FV432/Wombat
1 Mortar Platoon 2 FV432M
Note Saracen could be substituted up to 1970.
21 H British Mechanized Battalion 1976 to 1990

Headquarters 2 FV436, 1 CP, 1 OP, 1 Sigs, 2 Ferret 1, 1 FV434, 1
Truck, 1 ARV
Recce Section 2 Scimitar
3 Rifle Companies each 3 FV432, 3 Rifle
1 Anti Tank Platoon 2 FV432, 2 Milan
1 GW Platoon 1 FV438
Note Wombat could replace the Milan up to 1978. Spartan
could replace OP Ferrets.
- 112 –
21 I British Royal Marine Battalion 1976 to 1997

Headquarters 4 BV206, 1 CP, 1 OP, 1 Sigs
Recce Section 2 LR/MG, 1 LR, 1GSR
3 Rifle Companies each 3 BV206, 3 Rifle
1 Anti Tank Platoon 2 BV206, 2 Milan
1 Pioneer Platoon 1 BV206, 1 Com Engr
1 Mortar Platoon 1 BV206, 1 81M
Note Wombat could replace the Milan up to 1978. Spartan
could replace OP Ferrets.
21 J British Armoured Infantry Battalion 1987 to 1997

Headquarters 1 Warrior, 1 CP, 1 Spartan, 1 OP, 2 Truck, 1 Sigs, 1 ARV
Recce Section 2 Scimitar
3 Rifle Companies each 3 Warrior, 3 Rifle, 3 Milan
1 Anti Tank Platoon 2 Spartan MCT
Note Up armoured Warriors (Warrior UG) may be used in an
“Action” situation, such as the Gulf or Bosnia. In a
defensive role the Warriors form a separate company
operating in a fire support role. There are very few
battalions equipped with warrior and all are deployed
within the armoured divisions in continental Europe.
21 K British Airmobile Infantry Battalion 1967 to 1997

Headquarters 5 LR, 1 CP, 1 OP, 1 Sigs, 1 MG, 1 Combat Engr, 1 Truck
Recce Platoon 2 LR, 2 Scout
1 Mortar Battery 2 LR, 2 Trucks, 2 81M, 1 OP, 1 CP
1 Anti Tank Platoon 2 LR, 2 120RR
Or 2 LR, 2 Milan (From 1978)
Note This organization is used by most British Infantry units,
including Marines, Paras, and Gurkhas. The unit maybe
motorized with trucks or Saxon. The unit may be lifted in
Puma, or Wessex, and Lynx helicopters. This
organization, with Milan is correct for the Falklands in
theory, but many units reorganized themselves for the
task. In 2000 double the size of the anti tank platoon.
21 L British Artillery Regiment 1956 to 1965

Headquarters 1 Saracen, 1 CP, 1 Ferret 1, 1 OP, 2 Truck, 1 Sigs, 1
ARV
3 Batteries each 2 Trucks and 2 25H or 2 105Ha or 2 5.5H or 2 203H, or 2
M44, 2 Trucks, 1 CP, 1 OP, 2 LR
Note M44 are for an armoured brigade, 25H for an Infantry
brigade. 5.5” guns are divisional level weapons, and M115
corps level. 105Ha started to replace 25H from 1960.
21 M British Armoured Division Artillery Brigade 1964 to 1984

Headquarters 2 FV 436, 1 CP, 1 Sigs, 1 Truck
- 113 –
2 Light Regiment HQ each 1 FV 436, 1 CP, 1 FV432/CB, 1 Sigs, 1 Truck, 1 ARV

3 Batteries each 2 FV432, 1CP, 1 OP, 2 Abbot, 1 Stalwart
1 Heavy Regiment HQ 1 FV 436, 1 CP, 1 FV432/CB, 1 Sigs, 1 Truck, 1 ARV
2 Batteries each 2 FV432, 1CP, 1 OP, 2 M109, 1 Stalwart
1 Battery 2 FV432, 1CP, 1 OP, 2 Abbot, 1 Stalwart
Note Individual batteries may be attached to Armoured
Regiments or Mechanized battalions. M110 battery is
intended to fire counter battery fire Corps level artillery had
M110 and M107 in Regiments of 3 batteries.
21 N British Armoured Division Artillery Brigade 1983 to 1997

Headquarters 2 FV 436, 1 CP, 1 Sigs, 1 Truck
3 Light Regiment HQ each 1 FV 436, 1 CP, 1 FV432/CB, 1 Sigs, 1 Truck, 1 ARV
3 Batteries each 2 FV432, 1CP, 1 OP, 2 Abbot, 1 Stalwart
Or 2 FV432, 1CP, 1 OP, 2 M109, 1 Stalwart
Or 2 FV432, 1CP, 1 OP, 2 AS90, 1 Stalwart
1 Heavy Regiment HQ 1 FV 436, 1 CP, 1 FV432/CB, 1 Sigs, 1 Truck, 1 ARV
Or 2 FV432, 1CP, 1 OP, 2 MRLS, 1 Stalwart
Note Abbots appear to have been out of service by 1990/1, only
M109 were taken to the Gulf. AS90 started entering
service in 1991, post Desert Sabre, and may have fully
replaced M109. MRLS is post Gulf as well.
21 O British Artillery Division Artillery Regiment 1984 to 1997

Headquarters 2 FV 436, 1 CP, 1 FV432/CB, 1 Sigs, 1 Truck, 1 ARV
Or 2 FV432, 1CP, 1 OP, 2 M110, 1 Stalwart
Or 2 FV432, 1CP, 1 OP, 2 MRLS, 1 Stalwart
Note M107 and M110 are to be replaced by MLRS. M107 went
first by 1990, but M110 were still in service in 1991, and
remained until 1993.
21 P British Medium Air Defense Regiment 1985 to 1997

Headquarters 2 Sultan, 1 CP, 1 Sigs, 1 Truck, 1 ARV
2 Towed Batteries each 4 Truck, 2 Rapier
2 Self-Propelled Batteries ea 2 TR1, 2 M548
Note These units may be attached out as individual troops.
21 Q British Light Air Defense Regiment 1997 to 2003

Headquarters 2 Sultan, 1 CP, 1 Sigs, 1 Truck, 1 ARV
3 Self-Propelled Batteries ea 4 Starstreak
Note These units may be attached out as individual troops.
21 R British Towed Artillery Regiment 1966 to 1997

Headquarters 3 LR, 1 Ferret 1, 1 Loc, 1OP, 1 CP, 1 Sigs, 1 Truck, 1
ARV
3 Batteries each 4 Trucks, 2 105Ha or 105Hb or 5.5H or 155Hb, 1 CP, 1
OP, 2 LR
- 114 –
Note 105Ha were replaced in front line units by 1983. 5.5” guns
remained until 1980, but 155Hb entered service in 1978.
Airmobile units used the 105Hb and NATO brigades used
the 155Hb.
.
21 S British Medium Recce Regiment 1958 to 1976
Headquarters 2 Saracen, 1 CP, 1 Sigs, 1 Truck, 1 ARV
1 Flight 2 Sioux
1 Assault Squadron 3 Saracen, 3 Rifle
3 Recce Squadrons each 2 Saladin, 2 Ferret 2 or 1 Ferret 2 and 1 Ferret 6
21 T British Light Recce Regiment 1970 to 1986 (Territorial Army)

Headquarters 2 Saracen, 1 CP, 1 Sigs, 1 Truck, 1 ARV
4 Recce Squadrons each 4 Fox, 1 Saracen 1 Rifle and 1 Ferret 6
21 U British Medium Recce Regiment Germany 1972 to 1997

Headquarters 3 Sultan, 1 CP, 1 OP, 2 Ferret 1, 1 Samson, 1 Spartan, 1
Sigs, 1 Truck, 1 ARV
3 Squadrons each 1 Spartan, 1 GSR, 1 Striker, 4 Scorpion or 2 Scorpion, 2
Scimitar
Note Units in NATO have all Scorpion Squadrons; other units
have Mixed Scorpion/Scimitar Squadrons. Scorpion
replaced by Scimitar in 1999. Scimitar is replaced by
Sabre in 2003.
21 V British Engineer Regiment 1976 to 2003

Headquarters 1 CP, 1 OP, 1 Sigs, 1 Truck, 1 ARV
1 Field Squadron 3 Com Engr, 3 FV432
1 Armoured Squadron 1 AVLB, 1 AVRE, 1 Pon Engr, 1 FV432, 1 Bridge
1 Support Squadron 1 FV180, 1 Bridge, 1 Truck
21 W Helicopter Regiment 1996 to 2003

2 Transport Squadrons each 3 Lynx (Commando Regiment has Sea King)
2 Attack Helicopter Sqns ea 5 AH64 (Commando Regiment has 2 Lynx and 3 Gazelle)
Large Units:
Armoured Division – 3 Armoured Brigades, 4 Engineer Regiment, 1 Air Defense Regiment, 1

Helicopter Regiment, 1 Recce Regiment, 1 Artillery Brigade (3 Field Regiments, 1 Heavy Regiment)
Infantry Division – 2 Mechanized Brigades, 2 Engineer Regiment, 1 Air Defense Regiment, 1

Mechanized Division – 3 Mechanized Brigades, 4 Engineer Regiment, 1 Air Defense Regiment, 1

Field Force – 2 Infantry Brigades, 1 Armoured Brigade, 1 Engineer Regiment, 1 Light Air Defense
- 115 –
Regiment (Javelin), 1 Helicopter Battalion, 1 Medium Recce Regiment, 1 Artillery Brigade (Towed),
1 Helicopter Regiment
3rd Commando Brigade – 3 Commando Battalions, 1 Engineer Squadron, 1 Field Artillery

Regiment (towed 105mm), 1 Air Defence Troop, 1 Helicopter Regiment
16th Air Assault Brigade - 5 Airmobile Battalions, 1 Engineer Regiment, 1 Field Artillery Regiment
(towed 105mm), 1 Air Defence Troop, 3 Helicopter Regiments, RAF Support Unit (6 CH47 and 6
Puma)
Territorial Army Brigade – 1 Light Recce Regiment, 5 Lorried Infantry Battalions, 1 Towed
105mm Artillery Battalion, 1 AA Detachment (Javelin), 1 Engineer Squadron
- 116 –
22 The Chinese People’s Liberation Army
The World’s largest army, which may now be conscript, although it was until the 1980’s an
all-volunteer force. This army makes an interesting opponent for both Russians and Vietnamese.
Post 1990 the Chinese had a look at the American method of warfare as part of their modernization
they decided that they could not have enough anti-aircraft. Divisions now have an amazing 7 anti-
aircraft battalions!
22 A Chinese Infantry Regiment Headquarters 1960 to 1997 (Commands 3 battalions)

Headquarters 3 Truck, 1 CP, 1 Sigs, 1 ARV
Engineer Company 2 Combat Engr
Anti Tank Company 3 82RR or 3 Sagger (From 1975) or 3 Milan (From 1985)
Anti Aircraft MG Company 2 MG
Mortar Company 1 OP, 1 CP, 3 82M
Note This unit may be motorized with trucks and jeeps. For
Mechanized units replace soft transport with APCs, types
are covered in 22 C use 22 B after 1990 for mechanized
units. Upgrade anti-aircraft company to Regimental Anti-
aircraft battalion after 1990.
22 B Chinese Tank or Mechanized Infantry (Post 1990) Regiment Headquarters 1960 to 1997
(Commands 3 battalions)
Headquarters 1 Tank, 1 APC, 1 AVLB, 1 Sigs, 1 CP, 1 Gaz, 1 ARV
Engineer Company 2 Combat Engr, 1 Pon Engr, 1 Bridge, 1 AVLB, 1 MLG
Reconnaissance Company 2 APC, 2 Scout
Note Tanks can be: T34 to 1970
Type 59 from 1958
Type 69 from 1975
Type 59/79 from 1979
Type 80 from 1985
Add an air defense battalion, 1 mechanized infantry
battalion (IFV) and an artillery battalion (122mm SP) after
1990
22 C Chinese Infantry Battalion 1960 to 1997

Headquarters 1 CP, 1 Sigs, 1 60M, 1 57RR, 1 Truck
Machinegun Company 3 MG
Mortar Company 1 OP, 1 CP, 2 82M, 1 75RR
Note Motorized units are mounted in Field Cars for the
CP/OPs, and trucks for the companies. Mechanized units
use APCs and do not have the Machinegun Company.
APCs can be: Type 56 from 1954 (BTR-152)
YW 531 from 1967
Type 85 after 1985
Type 86 from 1986 (BMP1)
Other types also exist.
22 D Chinese Infantry Division Tank Assault Gun Regiment 1960 to 1990

- 117 –
Headquarters 1 Type 59 or Type 62 or T34/85, 2 APC, 1 CP, 1 Sigs, 1

Truck, 1 ARV
Tank Battalion
Headquarters 1 Type 59 or Type 62 or T34/85
3 Companies each 3 Type 59 or Type 62 or T34/85
Assault Gun Battalion 3 SU 100
Note This unit was re-activated as a tank battalion in the 1990s.
22 E Chinese Tank Battalion 1970 to 1997

Headquarters 1 Type 59 or Type 69 or Type 59/79 or Type 80, 2 Truck, 1
Sigs, 1 ARV
3 Tank Companies each 4 Type 59 or Type 69 or Type 59/79 or Type 80
Note Only one tank type can be used. These formations were
not organized until the T34 had been taken out of service,
but could have existed as independent battalions prior to
this. In this case the T34 can be used. Dates for vehicles
are shown under the Tank Regiment Headquarters, 22 B
22 F Chinese Army Recce Battalion 1960 to 1997

1 Light Tank Company 3 Type 63 or PT76
3 Motorcycle Companies each 3 M/C, 3 Scout
Note Use 22 G after 1990 for Tank or Mechanized Divisions.
22 G Chinese Army Recce Battalion 1990 to 1997

2 Light Tank Company each 3 Type 63 or PT76
1 Infantry Company 3 IFV, 3 Scout
22 H Chinese Artillery Battalion 1960 to 1997

Headquarters 2 Gaz, 2 Truck, 1 CP, 1 OP, 1 Sigs, 1 ARV
3 Batteries each 2 Truck, 2 76H or 85H or 100H or 120M or 160M or
107mm MLRS (May be Self-Propelled or towed), 2 Truck,
1 CP, 1 Gaz
Note Tank Divisions have Self-Propelled weapons, Infantry
Divisions towed ones.
22 I Chinese Anti-Aircraft Battalion 1960 to 1997

Headquarters 2 Truck, 1 CP, 1 ARV
Anti Aircraft Light Battery 3 Truck, 3 14.5AAG
Anti Aircraft Heavy Battery 4 Truck, 4 37 or 57AAG or 4 T34/37AA
Note Tank divisions have the Self-Propelled 37mm. Use 22 J
for tank or mechanized units after 1990.
22 J Chinese Tank or Mechanized Divisional Anti-Aircraft Battalion 1990 to 1997

2 Anti Aircraft Batteries each 4 Truck, 4 37 or 57AAG
Note A division has one battalion of each 37 and 57mm AAG
and one battalion of SAM organized into a regiment.
- 118 –
22 K Chinese Mechanized Regimental Anti-Aircraft Battalion 1990 to 1997

Anti Aircraft Gun Battery 3 SPAAG
Anti Aircraft Missile Battery 4 Truck, 4 SA7
Note SPAAG can be T34/37 or Type 95
22 L Chinese Infantry Regimental Anti-Aircraft Battalion 1990 to 1997

Anti Aircraft Gun Battery 3 37AA, 3 Truck
Anti Aircraft Missile Battery 4 Truck, 4 SA7
22 M Chinese Engineer Battalion 1960 to 1997

Headquarters 3 Truck, 1 CP, 1 Sigs
1 Combat Engineer Company 3 Com Engr, 3 Truck
1 Assault Engineer Company 1 Gaz/MG, 2 GSP, 2 PT54, 2 Truck with 10 Rafts
1 Bridging Company 1 Truck with 5 Rafts, 1 Const Engr, 6 Truck, 5 Bridge
1 Construction Company 4 Dump Truck, 2 BAT-M, 2 Bulldozer
22 N Chinese Divisional Anti-Tank Battalion 1960 to 1997

2 Anti-Tank Batteries each 4 Truck, 4 ATG
Note ATG can be 57mm, 85mm, 100mm ATG and can be self
propelled or towed.
Large Units:
Tank Division – 2 Tank Regiments, 1 Mechanized Infantry Regiment, 1 Artillery Regiment (2

152mm Battalions and 1 MRL Battalion), 1 Anti-Aircraft Battalion, 1 Anti-Tank Battalion, 1 Engineer
Battalion, 1 Recon Battalion
Tank Division Post 1990 – 2 Tank Regiments, 1 Mechanized Infantry Regiment, 1 Artillery
Regiment (2 152mm Battalions and 1 MRL Battalion), 1 Anti-Aircraft Regiment (2 Gun Battalions
(37mm and 57mm), 1 SAM Battalion), 1 Engineer Battalion, 1 Recon Battalion
Motor Rifle Division – 1 Tank Regiment, 2 Mechanized Infantry Regiments, 1 Artillery Regiment
(2 152mm Battalions and 1 MRL Battalion), 1 Anti-Aircraft Battalion, 1 Engineer Battalion, 1 Recon
Battalion, 1 Anti-Tank Battalion (Self Propelled)
Motor Rifle Division Post 1990 – 1 Tank Regiment, 2 Mechanized Infantry Regiments, 1 Artillery
Regiment (2 152mm Battalions and 1 MRL Battalion), 1 Anti-Aircraft Regiment (2 Gun Battalions
(37mm and 57mm), 1 SAM Battalion), 1 Engineer Battalion, 1 Recon Battalion, 1 Anti-Tank
Battalion (Self Propelled)
Infantry Division – 3 Infantry Regiments, 1 Artillery Regiment (2 152mm Battalions and 1 MRL
Battalion), 1 Tank Assault Gun Regiment, 1 Anti-Aircraft Battalion, 1 Anti-Tank Battalion, 1
Engineer Battalion
- 119 –
Infantry Division Post 1990 – 3 Infantry Regiments, 1 Artillery Regiment (2 152mm Battalions, 1
Mortar Battalion (120mm) and 1 MRL Battalion), 1 Tank Battalion, 1 Anti-Aircraft Regiment (2 Gun
Battalions (37mm and 57mm), 1 SAM Battalion), 1 Anti-Tank Battalion, 1 Engineer Battalion
Airborne Division – 3 Infantry Regiments, 1 Artillery Regiment (2 152mm Battalions and 1 MRL
Battalion), 1 Assault Gun Battalion, 1 Anti-Aircraft Battalion, 1 Anti-Tank Battalion, 1 Engineer
Battalion
Independent Armour Brigade – 4 Tank Battalions, 1 Artillery Battalion (Self Propelled), 1

Mechanized Infantry Battalion, 1 Anti-Aircraft Battalion (Self Propelled), 1 Engineer Company, 1
Recce Company (This is an army level controlled breakthrough and exploitation unit usually one per
Army HQ)
Army Artillery Brigade – 2 Anti-Tank Battalions (Self Propelled), 2 MRL Battalions, 4 Artillery
Battalions (one per Army HQ)
- 120 –
23 The Egyptian Army 1956 to 1997
The major Arab army fighting Israel, and despite the results obtained one of the more
effective. Initially it had British equipment, but by 1956 it had received much Russian equipment,
whilst in the late 1970’s it moved on to American vehicles, with a Soviet basic organization.
23 A Egyptian Brigade Headquarters 1956 to 1960

Headquarters 4 Trucks, 1 CP, 1 Sigs, 1 Engr, 1 T34/85 or Sherman
(Tank Regiment only), 1 ARV
23 B Egyptian Armoured Regiment 1956 to 1960

Headquarters 1 Sherman, or T34/85, 1 Truck, 1 ARV
3 Companies each 3 Sherman or 3 T34/85, or Sherman HV
Note Only 1 Company may have Sherman HV. This may be
used in a Sherman regiment, other than this the tanks
may not be mixed. Shermans go with infantry and T34
with tank units.
23 C Egyptian Infantry Battalion 1956 to 1960

Headquarters 4 Trucks or BTR152, 1 CP, 1 OP, 1 Sigs
3 Infantry Companies each 3 Truck or BTR152, 3 Rifle
1 Machinegun Company 2 Bren, 2 MG
1 Anti Tank Company 2 Bren, 2 57ATG
1 Mortar Battery 1 Truck, 107M
Note Companies may also be in Universal Carriers. Units in
BTR152 form part of armoured brigades, those in trucks
form part of infantry brigades.
23 D Egyptian Anti-Tank or Heavy Tank Battalion 1956 to 1960

Headquarters 1 BTR152, 1 CP, 2 Truck, Sigs
3 Batteries each 2 SU100 or JS3
Or 3 Archer
Note Archers are used with infantry units, SU100 with Tank
units, and JS3 are independent. SU100 units may be
used until 1967, the JS3 are covered below.
23 E Egyptian Divisional Recce Battalion 1956 to 1960

Headquarters 1 Bren, 1 CP, 2 Truck, 1 Sigs
3 Companies each 2 Sherman, 1 Bren
23 F Egyptian Artillery Battalion 1956 to 1970

Headquarters 2 Trucks, 1 CP, 1 OP, 2 Truck, 1 Sigs
3 Batteries each 4 Trucks, 2 25H or 122Ha or 2 5.5H or 152Ha or 2 BM 24,
2 Trucks, 1 CP, 1 Gaz
Note 25H and 5.5H may only be used with Infantry, and were
out of service by 1965, although the Palestinian Division
had 25H in 1967. BM24 did not come into service until
1965.
- 121 –
23 G Egyptian Regimental Headquarters 1961 to 1970 (May command 3 infantry battalions plus
attachments)
Headquarters 1 BTR50 or BTR60 or Walid or Truck, 1 CP, 1 Recon, 1
BTR40, 1 T34/85 or T54/T55 (In tank units only), 2 Truck,
1 Sigs, 1 ARV
Regimental AA Company 2 ZSU57
Regimental Recce Company 2 BTR40, 2 Recon, 2 PT76
Regimental AT Company 2 Trucks, 2 85ATG or 100ATG
Regimental Mortar Company 2 Jeep, 1 OP, 1 CP, 2 Trucks, 2 120M
Regimental Engineer Coy 3 BTR50, 3 Combat Engr
Note The unit above is a composite. Tank Units do not have
anti-tank company, and may lack the Mortar Company.
They command no infantry. Similarly Mechanized and
Infantry units have no armour. Tank units use BTR-50,
others use any other APC. Any type may use T34’s, and
1 Company of JS3, Tank Regiments should have either
T54/55, or 2 T34/85 and 1 JS3 battalion.
23 H Egyptian Tank Battalion 1961 to 1982

Headquarters 1 BTR50, 1 BRDM1, 1 CP, 1 Sigs, 1 T34/85 or JS3 or
T54/55 or T62, 2 Truck, 1 Sigs
3 Companies each 3 T34/85 or JS3 or T54 or T55 or T62
Note T34 and JS3 were out of service (destroyed) after the 1967
war, T62’s started to appear in small numbers from 1970.
23 I Egyptian Mechanized Infantry Battalion 1961 to 1982

Headquarters 1 BTR50 or BTR60 or OT62 or BMP-Comd, 1 CP, 2
BRDM1, 1 Sigs, 1 OP, 4 Trucks, 1 SA7
3 Infantry Companies each 3 BMP or BTR50 or BTR60 or OT62, 3 Rifle
1 Mortar Platoon 3 BTR50 or OT62 or BTR60, 2 82M, 1 CP
1 Anti-Tank Platoon 2 BTR50 or BTR152, 2 82RR or 2 Gaz, 2 82RR or 2 Gaz,
2 Sagger
Note BTR50, OT62, and BMP1 are only used in Tank
regiments, BTR60 in Mechanized Regiments, Trucks,
BTR152 and Walid can be substituted for BTR60. BMP
and OT62 entered service in 1972.
23 J Egyptian Artillery Battalion 1970 to 1997

Headquarters 2 Gaz, 1 CP, 1 OP, 1 Sigs, 2 Truck
2 Batteries each 4 Truck, 1 Gaz, 2 122Ha or Hb or 160M or 130H or 180H,
1 CP, 1 Gaz
Or 2 BM 24, 2 Trucks, 1 Gaz, 1 CP
Note 180mm only lasted for the 1973 war, first used in 1968.
23 K Egyptian Regimental Headquarters 1971 to 1997 (May command 3 infantry battalions, 1

tank battalion plus attachments)
Headquarters 1 BTR50 or BTR60 or M577 or BMP-Comd, 1 CP, 2
BRDM1, 1 Sigs, 1 OP, 1 T54/T55 or T62 or M60 or M1, 1
- 122 –
Truck, 1 ARV
Regimental AA Company 2 ZSU23, 1 SA9
Regimental Recce Company 3 BRDM 2
Regimental AT Company 2 BRDM/AT, or M901
Regimental Mortar Company 2 BRDM2, 1 CP, 1 OP, 4 Truck, 2 120M
Regimental Engr Company 3 BTR50, 2 Combat Engr, 1 Const Engr, 1 AVLB
Note The unit above is a composite. Tank units do not have
Anti-Tank Company, and may lack the Mortar Company.
Tank units use BTR50 or M577, Mechanized use M577 or
BTR60. Tank Regiments may have any type of tank.
Infantry Regiments have either M60 or T55. American
equipment started to appear in 1982, the M1 in 1994. The
M1 may not be used with Russian equipment if an
alternative is offered.
23 L Egyptian Tank Battalion 1982 to 1997

Headquarters 2 BTR50 or OT62 or M113, 1 CP, 1 Sigs, 1 T54/5 or 1 T62
or 1 M60 or M1, 1 Truck
3 Companies each 3 T54/5 or T62 or M60 or M1
Note T54/5 and T62 have been gradually upgraded with new
night fighting kit and improved fire controls. The M1 was
first used in 1994. M60 and M1 units use M577
command, the OT62 appears to have been taken out of
service some time during the late 1980’s, but are probably
still in reserve.
23 M Egyptian Mechanized Infantry Battalion (BTR or M113) 1982 to 1997

Headquarters 1 BTR50 or BTR60 or M113, 1 CP, 1 BRDM2, 1 BRDM2
or M113, 1 OP, 4 Truck, 1 Sigs, 1 SA7
3 Infantry Companies each 3 BTR50 or BTR60 or M113, 3 Rifle, 1 Sagger or Milan
(M113 units)
1 Mortar Platoon 3 BTR50 or BTR60, 1 CP, 2 82M or 1 M125 for M113
units.
1 Anti-Tank Platoon 2 Gaz, 2 Sagger or Milan (M113 units only)
Note BTR50, are only in Tank regiments, BTR60 in Mechanized
Regiments, M113 in either. A new series of vehicles
known as Fahd is entering service to replace the Walid in
reserve units. It is also rumoured that the YPR-765 may
be introduced to replace the BTRs, and also BMPs, the
battalion structure is then as below.
23 N Egyptian Mechanized Infantry Battalion (BMP) 1982 to 1997

Headquarters 1 BMP-Comd, 1 CP, 2 BRDM 2, 1 OP, 1 Sigs, 3 Truck, 1
SA7
3 Infantry Companies each 3 BMP, Rifle
1 Mortar Platoon 3 BTR50, 2 82M, 1 CP
Note These units are only in Tank regiments. The notes under
23 M about YPR-765 apply. The Egyptian army will look
very western by 2005.
- 123 –
23 O Egyptian Engineer Battalion 1960 to 1997

Headquarters 2 Truck or ARCV, 1 CP, 1 Sigs, 1 Truck
1 Combat Engr Company 3 Com Engr, 1 GMZ, 3 APC, 1 IMR
1 Assault Engr Company 1 BRDM1 or 2, 2 GSP, 2 PT54, 2 Truck with 10 Rafts
1 Bridging Company 1 Truck with 5 Rafts, 1 Const Engr, 1 BTR152, 4 PMP
1 Tech Engr Company 2 Bulldozer, 1 BAT-M
23 P Egyptian Anti Aircraft Battalion
23 Q Egyptian Helicopter Regiment
Large Units:
Armoured Division – 2 Tank Regiments, 1 Mechanized Infantry Regiment, 1 Artillery Regiment, 1

Anti-Aircraft Battalion, 1 Anti-Tank Battalion, 1 Engineer Battalion
Mechanized Infantry Division – 1 Tank Regiment, 2 Mechanized Infantry Regiments, 1 Artillery

Regiment, 1 Anti-Aircraft Battalion, 1 Anti-Tank Battalion, 1 Engineer Battalion
Infantry Division – 3 Infantry Regiments, 1 Artillery Regiment, 1 Assault Gun or Tank Battalion, 1
Air Mobile Brigade – 3 Commando Battalions, 1 Helicopter Regiment

- 124 –
24 The French Army
Able, despite the almost complete destruction of France in 1940, to be the only fully
independent army in Western Europe, and only with loose ties to NATO. The French have a
considerable worldwide capability and maintain large and varied light forces to allow this. From
1978 French divisions have really been large brigades, so from that date on the Brigade level
Headquarters is called Divisional. Prior to 1956 use US Army World War 2 organization, in 1974
the French army turned their divisions in really large brigades and added mixed company to each
battalion sized unit. In 1999 the French Army again re-organized again this time discarding the
concept of divi sions and resting its ORBAT on big self contained brigades of un-mixed battalion
sized units. By 2001 the French army consisted of 51 regular army Regiments (big battalions)
units and 30 reserve army units; there is an unknown number of mobilization units for which older
equipment is held in store.
24 A French Armoured Brigade Headquarters 1956 to 1966 (Commands 3 Tank Regiment, 1

Infantry Regiment)
Headquarters 1 M47, 2 AMX-VCI, 1 CP, 1 Sigs, 1 Truck, 1 ARV
Brigade Engineer Company 3 AMX-VCI, 2 Combat Engr, 1 Const Engr, 1 AVLB
Recce Groupe Headquarters 3 Jeep/MG
2 Sections each 2 EBR90
Note The M47 can be replaced with M4/76 and the AMX-VCI
with M3 HT in reserve units
24 B French Mechanized Regiment 1956 to 1966

Headquarters 2 AMX-VCI, 1 CP, 1 AMX13/75, 1 Jeep, 1 OP, 1 Sigs, 1
Truck, 1 ARV
Anti-Tank Section 2 Jeep/106
2 Infantry Companies 3 AMX-VCI, 3 Rifle
2 Tank Companies 4 AMX13/75 or AMX13/90
1 Regimental Mortar Battery 2 Trucks, 2 120M, 1 Jeep, 1 CP
24 C French Armoured Regiment 1956 to 1966

Headquarters 1 M47, 1 Sigs, 2 Truck, 1 ARV
Regimental AT Company 3 AMX13/75 SS
2 Tank Battalions HQ 1 M47
Note 1 Battalion may be fielded individually, in which case an
infantry company may be added.
24 D French Brigade Artillery Regiment 1956 to 1966

Headquarters 3 Truck or AMX-VCI, 1 CP, 1 Sigs, 1 ARV
2 Battalions each
Headquarters 1 Jeep, 1 CP, 1 Truck
2 Batteries each 2 Jeep, 1 OP, 1 CP, 2 M7 Priest or AMX105
Or 2 Jeep, 1 OP, 1 CP, 2 105Ha, 4 Truck
Note The Self-Propelled units are part of an armoured unit,
towed part of an infantry brigade. Towed 105mm may be
upgraded to 155mm; individual Battalions may be
attached to Regiments, and batteries to battalions.
- 125 –
24 E French NATO Infantry Brigade 1956 to 1974 (May command 3 Infantry & 1 Light Tank
Regiment)
Headquarters 1 Jeep, 2 Truck, 1 CP, 1 Sigs, 1 ARV
1 Recce Company 2 Jeep/MG, 2 AML90, 2 AML60, 1 Jeep/106
1 Engineer Company 3 Truck, 3 Combat Engr
Note This type of formation could also be used on colonial
operations.
24 F French NATO Motorized Infantry Battalion 1956 to 1974

Headquarters 1 Jeep, 4 Truck, 1 Jeep/MG, 2 Jeep/106, 1 CP, 1 Sigs, 2
81M
4 Companies each 3 Trucks, 3 Rifle
1 Mortar Battery 2 Jeep, 1 OP, 1 CP, 2 120M, 4 Truck
Note Out of Europe (FAR) units, such as the Foreign Legion, or
Paras use this basic organization with 4 120mm Mortars
and 8 Trucks.
24 G French Light Armoured Regiment 1956 to 1974

Headquarters 1 AMX13/75 or 1 AMX13/90, 1 CP, 1 Sigs, 3 Truck, 1
ARV
3 Companies each 3 AMX13/75 or AMX13/90, 2 Jeep/MG
1 Company 3 AMX13/75 SS11 or 3 AMX13/90 ENTAC
Note The AMX13/90 appeared in 1963, the types may not be
mixed. In Out of Area units this regiment may be replaced
by an Armoured Car regiment, of 3 Companies organized
as the Brigade Recce Company, with a headquarters of 1
Jeep, 1 CP and 1 Jeep/MG.
24 H French Armoured Division Headquarters 1966 to 2000

Headquarters 2 AMXVCI or AMX10P, 1 CP, 1 Sigs, 1 AMX-DCA, 1
Truck, 1 ARV
1 Anti Tank Company 3 VAB/HOT
Helicopter Flight 2 Allouettte III/SS, 1 Allouette III/20
Recce Company 6 EBR90, 4 Jeep/MG
Or 2 Jeep or VBL/Milan, 1 Jeep or VBL, 1 GSR, 3 Jeep or
VBL/MG
Note Equipment can be used from the following dates:
AMX10P from 1975
AMX-VCI to 1995
VAB/Genie from 1980
VBL from 1986
24 I French Armoured Regiment 1966 to 2000

Headquarters 1 M47 or AMX30 or Leclec, 1 Jeep/MG, 1 Sigs, 1 CP, 2
AMX-VCI, 1 Truck, 1 ARV
4 Companies each 4 M47 or AMX30 or LeClerc
1 Company 3 AMX-VCI, 3 Rifle
Or 3 AMX10P, 3 Rifle
- 126 –
Note AMX-VCI can be substituted for AMX10P until 1994, but

not with LeClerc. M47 can be used until 1970, AMX30
from 1970, and LeClerc from 1995. VBL may be used from
1987.
24 J French Mechanized Infantry Regiment 1966 to 1974

Headquarters 2 AMX-VCI, 1 CP, 1 Jeep/MG, 1 MG, 1 AMX13/75 or
AMX13/90, 1 Sigs, 2 Truck, 1 ARV
2 Companies each 3 AMX-VCI, 3 Rifle
2 Companies each 4 AMX13/75 or AMX13/90, 1 AMX13/75SS or 1
AMX13/90ENTAC
Note AMX13 may not be used after 1970.
24 K French Mechanized Infantry Regiment 1975 to 2000

Headquarters 3 AMX10P, 1 CP, 1 MG, 2 Milan, 1 VBL, 1 OP, 1 Sigs, 2
Truck, 1 ARV
2 Companies each 3 AMX10P, 3 Rifle, 3 Eryx
1 Company 3 AMX30 or LeClerc
1 Mortar Battery 3 AMX10P, 1 CP, 2 120M
Note AMX -VCI can be used until 1994, LeClerc from 1995.
Eryx ATGW may also be used, from 1995.
24 L French Engineer Regiment 1975 to 2000 (Whether marine, mechanized, motorized or

mountain, see below for parachute)
Headquarters 1 CP, 2 VAB, 1 VAB TOC, 1 Sigs, 1 Truck, 1 ARV
2 Combat Companies each 3 Com Engr, 3 VAB, 1 MPG
1 Support Company 2 Bulldozer, 2 Pon Engr, 3Truck, 1 Bridge
24 M French NATO Artillery Regiment 1966 to 1984

Headquarters 1 AMX-VCI, 1 CP, 1 Sigs, 2 Truck, 1 ARV
3 Batteries each 2 AMX-VCI, 1 CP, 1 OP, 2 AMXF3, 2 Trucks
Or 2 Jeep, 1CP, 1 OP, 2 Trucks, 2 155Ha
Note Light units for airmobile divisions have 105mm towed by
trucks. AMXF3 are used with armoured divisions, towed
155mm with motorized ones. Individual batteries may be
attached to Battalions.
24 N French NATO Motorized Infantry Division Headquarters 1974 to 2000

Headquarters 2 VAB, 1 CP, 1 Sigs, 2 Truck, 1 ARV
1 Anti Tank Company 3 VAB HOT
Recce Company 2 Jeep/106 or VBL/Milan, 1 Jeep or VBL, 1 GSR, 3
Jeep/MG or VBL/MG
Helicopter Flight 2 Gazelle/HOT, 1 Gazelle/20
Note This unit forms part of the NATO force, for out of Europe
forces replace the VAB with Trucks, and VAB/HOT with
Jeep or VBL /MILAN.
24 O French NATO Motorized Infantry Regiment 1974 to 2000

Headquarters 6 VAB, 1 CP, 1 OP, 1 MG, 4 Milan, 1 Sigs, 1 Truck, 1
- 127 –
ARV
4 Infantry Companies each 3 VAB, 3 Rifle, 3 Eryx
1 Anti Aircraft Company 3 VAB, 3 20AAG
1 Mortar Battery 1 VBL, 1 OP, 3 VAB, 2 120M, CP
Note This unit is NATO committed, but is similar to the FAR
units. It may replace its VAB with Pumas, and
headquarters VABs with Lynx, OP’s have Gazelle. FAR
units replace their troop carrying and towing VABs with
trucks. The anti aircraft company has only one weapon,
add it to Headquarters, and change the mortar battery to 1
81mm, and 1 120mm, each with a truck.
24 P French Light Armoured Regiment 1984 to 2000

Headquarters 2 VAB, 1 CP, 1 Sigs, 1 Truck, 1 ARV
3 Companies each 4 AMX10RC, or ERC90
Note AMX10RC are used in NATO units, and were taken to the
Gulf. ERC90 in theory are with FAR units, but may also
appear in NATO. Found in divisions and one per Corps.
24 Q French NATO Artillery Regiment 1984 to 2000

Headquarters 3 AMX10P or AMX-VCI or Truck, 1 CP, 1 Loc Arty, 1
Sigs, 1 Truck, 1 ARV
4 Batteries each 2 AMXF3 or GCT or 2 Trucks and 2 155Ha, 1 CP, 1 OP, 2
Jeep or AMX10P or VAB or VBL, 2 Trucks
1 Anti Aircraft Battery 2 Trucks, 2 40AA
Note The F3 is probably out of service. Towed guns are
restricted to Motorized units, the weapons may have been
updated. FAR units may have towed 155mm, or replace
these with 105mm or 2 batteries of 105mm and 2
batteries of 120mm mortars. Some FAR units replace the
40AAG with 20AAG. Individual batteries may be attached
to regiments. At least two regiments of 155mm caliber
are found in a Corps. Missile regiments have only three
batteries and are armed with either Pluton (Nuclear
capable) or MRLS (Varying depending on date). Pluton
armed units are an army asset, others are a Corps asset.
24 R French Parachute Light Armoured Regiment 1980 to 2000

Headquarters 1 ERC, 2 VAB, 1 CP, 1 Sigs, 1 20AAG, 2 Truck, 1 ARV
3 Companies each 3 ERC Recon, 1 VBL/Milan
24 S French Parachute Infantry Regiment 1980 to 2000

Headquarters 1 CP, 2 VBL, 1 VBL TOC, 1 Sigs, 1 20AAG, 2 Truck, 1
ARV
4 Airborne Companies 3 Inf, 1 Milan, 1 81M, 5 VLB
Weapons Company 3 VBL Recon, 1 120M, 1 OP, 2 Milan, 1 20AAG, 5 VLB
24 T French Parachute Artillery Regiment 1980 to 2000

Headquarters 1 CP, 3 OP, 5 VBL, 1 VAB TOC, 1 Truck, 1 Sigs
- 128 –
3 Composite Batteries 1 105H, 1 120M, 1 20AAG, 4 VLB, 1 CP, 2 Truck
24 U French Parachute Engineer Regiment 1980 to 2000

Headquarters 1 CP, 2 VBL, 1 VBL TOC, 1 VBL Recon, 1 Truck, 1 Sigs
3 Engineer Companies 3 Com Engr, 3 VBL, 1 VBL Minelayer,
24 V French Marine Parachute Regiment 1980 to 2000

Headquarters 1 CP, 2 VBL, 1 VBL TOC, 1 Truck, 1 Sigs
3 Marine AB Companies each 3 Inf, 1 Milan, 1 81M, 5 VBL
1 Weapons Company 3 VBL Recon, 1 120M, 1 OP, 2 Milan, 1 20AAG, 5 VLB
24 W French Combat Helicopter Regiment 1980 to 2000

Headquarters 1 Puma
Observation Squadron 2 Gazelle
Gunship Squadron 2 Gazelle AH
Anti Tank Squadron 2 Gazelle/HOT
Maneuver Squadron 2 Puma
24 X French Anti Aircraft Regiment 1974 to 2000 (Corps asset)

Headquarters 1 CP, 2 VAB, 1 VBL TOC, 1 Truck, 1 Sigs
3 Missile Batteries each 3 Roland
1 Gun Battery 4 AMX-DCA
24 Y French Parachute Infantry Division Headquarters 1974 to 2000

Headquarters 2 VBL, 1 CP, 1 Sigs, 2 Truck, 1 ARV
24 Z French Armoured Brigade Headquarters 2000+ (Commands 1 Large Armoured Regiment,

2 Small Armoured Regiments, 2 Mechanized Infantry Regiments, 1 Self Propelled Artillery
Regiment and 1 Mechanized Engineer Regiment)
Reconnaissance Company 1 VBL, 2 VBL/MG, 1 VBL/Milan
Anti Tank Company 4 VAB/HOT, 2 VBL
24 AA French Light Armoured Brigade Headquarters 2000+ (Commands 2 Light Armoured

Regiments, 2 Motorized Infantry Regiments, 1 Artillery Regiment, 1 Self Propelled Artillery
Regiment and 1 Mechanized Engineer Regiment)
24 AB French Mechanized Brigade Headquarters 2000+ (Commands 1 Armoured Regiment, 1

Mechanized Infantry Regiment, 1 Motorized Infantry Regiment, 1 Self Propelled Artillery Regiment
and 1 Mechanized Engineer Regiment)
24 AC French Mountain Brigade Headquarters 2000+ (Commands 1 Mountain Light Armoured

Regiment, 3 Mountain Infantry Regiments, 1 Mountain Artillery Regiment and 1 Mountain Engineer
- 129 –
Regiment)
24 AD French Parachute Brigade Headquarters 2000+ (Commands 1 Parachute Light Armoured

Regiment, 4 Parachute Infantry Regiments, 1 Parachute Artillery Regiment and 1 Parachute
Engineer Regiment)
Headquarters 1 CP, 2 VLB, 1 VLB TOC, 1 Sigs, 1 Truck, 1
ARV
24 AE French Engineer Brigade Headquarters 2000+ (Commands 1 Bridging Regiment, 3

Engineer Support Regiments)
24 AF French Specialized Artillery Brigade Headquarters 2000+ (Commands 1 Counter

Battery Regiment, 1 SAM Regiment (HAWK), 1 SAM Regiment (ROLAND/MISTRAL) and 1 SAM
Regiment (CAROL/MISTRAL))
Headquarters 1 CP, 2 VAB, 1 VAB TOC, 1 Sigs, 1 Truck, 1 A
24 AG French Airmobile Brigade Headquarters 2000+ (Commands 2 Attack Helicopter

Regiments (EHAP/EHAC), 1 Manoeuvre Regiment (EHAP/EHM) and 1 Reconnaissance Regiment)
24 AH French Large Armoured Regiment 2000+

Headquarters 1 CP, 1 LeClerc, 2 VAB, 1 VAB TOC, 1 Sigs, 1 Truck, 1
ARV, 2 AMX D
2 Battalions each
ARV, 2 AMX D
3 Tank Companies ea 3 LeClerc
Note One of these per armoured brigade. Used as a heavy
armour offensive force and will always be equipped with
LeClerc.
24 AI French Armoured Regiment 2000+

ARV, 2 AMX D
4 Tank Companies each 3 LeClerc
Note Mobilization and reserve units will continue to use the
AMX30B2 until 2010 at least. One regiment in an
armoured brigade will continue to be equipped with
AMX30B2.
24 AJ French Light Armoured Regiment 2000+

Headquarters 1 CP, 1 AMX10 RC, 2 VAB, 1 VAB TOC, 1 Sigs, 1 Truck,
1 ARV, 2 VAB/AA
4 Tank Companies each 4 AMX10 RC
- 130 –
24 AK French Mountain Light Armoured Regiment 2000+

Headquarters 1 CP, 1 VBL, 1 VAB, 1 VAB TOC, 1 Sigs, 1 Truck, 1
ARV, 2 VAB/AA
4 Companies each 3 ERC90
1 Anti Tank Company 4 VBL/Milan, 2 VBL/MG
24 AL French Parachute Light Armoured Regiment 2000+

Headquarters 1 CP, 2 VBL, 1 VAB TOC, 1 Sigs, 1 Truck, 1 ARV, 2
VAB/AA
4 Companies each 3 ERC90
1 Anti Tank Company 4 VBL/Milan, 2 VBL/MG
24 AM French Mechanized Infantry Regiment 2000+

Headquarters 1 CP, 2 AMX10, 1 AMX CP, 1 Sigs, 1 Truck, 1 ARV, 2
AMX10/AA
4 Infantry Companies each 2 Eryx, 3 Rifle, 3 AMX10
1 Support Company 2 81M, 1 VAB/120, 1 CP, 1 OP, 3, Eryx, 2 VBL, 3
AMX10, 2 VBL/MG
24 AN French Motorized Infantry Regiment 2000+

Headquarters 1 CP, 2 VAB, 1 VAB TOC, 1 Sigs, 1 Truck, 1 ARV, 2
VAB/AA
4 Infantry Companies each 3 Eryx, 3 Rifle, 3 VAB
VBL/MG
24 AO French Mountain Infantry Regiment 2000+

Headquarters 1 CP, 2 VAB, 1 VAB TOC, 1 Sigs, 1 Truck, 1 ARV, 2
VAB/AA
VBL/MG
24 AP French Parachute Infantry Regiment 2000+

Headquarters 1 CP, 2 VBL, 1 VAB TOC, 1 Sigs, 1 Truck, 1 ARV, 2
VAB/AA
VBL/MG
24 AQ French Artillery Regiment 2000+

Headquarters 1 CP, 1 Loc Arty, 2 VAB, 1 VAB TOC, 1 Sigs, 2 20AA, 3
Truck, 1 ARV
3 Batteries each 2 155Hc, 4 Truck, 1 CP, 1OP, 2 VAB
24 AR French Self-Propelled Artillery Regiment 2000+

Truck, 1 ARV
4 Batteries each 2 GCT, 2 Truck, 1 CP, 1 OP, 2 VAB
- 131 –
24 AS French Mountain Artillery Regiment 2000+

Truck, 1 ARV
24 AT French Parachute Artillery Regiment 2000+

Truck, 1 ARV
or 2 VLA/120, 2 Truck, 1 CP, 1 OP, 2 VBL
Note Use the second battery ORBAT when doing an airborne or
mobile mission.
24 AU French Mechanized Engineer Regiment 2000+

24 AV French Light Mechanized Engineer Regiment 2000+

1 Armoured Company 3 Pon Engr, 2 VAB, 2 AVLB, 2 Tank Bridge, 1 CEV
24 AW French Mountain Engineer Regiment 2000+

24 AX French Parachute Engineer Regiment 2000+

24 AY French Bridging Regiment 2000+

2 Motorized Companies each 2 Pon Engr, 4 Truck Bridge, 2 Raft, 8 Truck
1 Fixed Bridge Company 3 Pon Engr, 6 Truck Bridge, 3 Raft, 12 Truck
24 AZ French Engineer Support Regiment 2000+

1 Ferry Company 2 Pon Engr, 6 Ferry, 2 Truck
1 Raft Company 2 Pon Engr, 9 Raft, 11 Truck
3 Support Companies each 2 Bulldozer, 2 Pon Engr, 3 Truck, 1 Bridge
24 BA French Counter Battery (LRM) Regiment 2000+

- 132 –
3 LRM Batteries each 2 MLRS, 2 Truck, 1 CP, 1 OP, 2 VAB

1 Radar Battery 4 CB Rad, 4 Truck
24 BB French SAM Regiment 2000+ (HAWK)

4 Batteries each 1 AD Rad, 1 Hawk, 2 Truck
1 Radar Battery 2 AD Rad, 2 Truck
24 BC French SAM Regiment 2000+ (ROLAND/MISTRAL)

2 ROLAND Batteries each 3 AMX Roland
2 MISTRAL Batteries each 4 Mistral, 4 Truck
24 BD French SAM Regiment 2000+ (CROTALE/MISTRAL)

2 CROTALE Batteries each 2 Crotale
2 MISTRAL Batteries each 4 Mistral, 4 Truck
24 BE French Attack Helicopter Regiment 2000+

Headquarters 1 CP, 2 VAB, 1 VAB TOC, 1 Sigs, 1 Truck, 1
ARV
1 EHR Company
2 EHAP Companies each 2 EHAP
2 EHAC Companies each 2 EHAC
1 EHM Company
24 BF French Manoeuvre Helicopter Regiment 2000+

1 ESR Company
1 EHAP Company 2 EHAP
4 EHM Company
24 BG French Helicopter Reconnaissance Regiment 2000+

1 ESR Company
1 EHR Company
1 EHAP Company 2 EHAP
1 HORZ Company
2 EHM Company
Large Units:
Armoured Brigade Headquarters 1956 to 1966 – 1 Brigade Headquarters, 3 Tank Regiments, 1

Infantry Regiment
NATO Infantry Brigade 1956 to 1974 – 1 Brigade Headquarters, 3 Infantry Regiments, 1 Light
Tank Regiment
- 133 –
Armoured Division Headquarters 1956 to 1974 - 1 Divisional Headquarters,
Light Armoured Division Headquarters 1956 to 1974 - 1 Divisional Headquarters,
NATO Motorized Infantry Division 1956 to 1974 - 1 Divisional Headquarters,
Alpine Infantry Division 1956 to 1974 - 1 Divisional Headquarters,
Parachute Infantry Division 1956 to 1974 - 1 Divisional Headquarters,
Marine Infantry Division 1956 to 1974 - 1 Divisional Headquarters,
Armoured Division Headquarters 1974 to 1997 - – 1 Divisional Headquarters, 2 Armoured

Regiments, 2 Mechanized Infantry Regiments, 1 Motorized Infantry Regiment, 1 Motorized Engineer
Regiment, 1 Mechanized Artillery Regiment, 1 Mechanized Engineer Regiment.
Light Armoured Division Headquarters 1974 to 2000 - 1 Divisional Headquarters, 2 Light

Armoured Regiments, 2 Motorized Infantry Regiments, 1 Mechanized Artillery Regiment, 1
Mechanized Engineer Regiment.
NATO Motorized Infantry Division 1974 to 2000 – 1 Divisional Headquarters, 1 Armoured

Regiment, 3 Motorized Infantry Regiments, 1 Mechanized Artillery Regiment, 1 Motorized Engineer
Regiment.
Alpine Infantry Division 1974 to 2000 - 1 Divisional Headquarters, 1 Light Armoured Regiment, 6
Mountain Infantry Regiments (organized administratively into 2 demi-brigades), 1 Mountain Artillery
Regiment, 1 Mountain Engineer Regiment (There is only one – the 27th Alpine Division).
Airmobile Division 1974 to 2000 - 1 Divisional Headquarters, 1 Motorized Infantry Regiments, 3

Combat Helicopter Regiments (There is only one – the 4th Airmobile Division which is more of a
holding unit for airmobile assets and training than a combat formation).
Parachute Infantry Division 1974 to 2000 - 1 Parachute Divisional Headquarters, 1 Parachute

Light Armoured Regiment, 5 Parachute Infantry Regiments (2 are marines), 1 Parachute Artillery
Regiment, 1 Parachute Engineer Regiment (this is the standard doctrinal divisional concept, see
11th Airborne Division below for practical application).
Marine Infantry Division 1974 to 2000 - 1 Divisional Headquarters, 2 Light Armoured Regiment, 4
Marine Infantry Regiments (brigaded with a Light Armoured Regiment to form 2 demi brigades), 1
Parachute Marine Regiment (Special Forces Battalion), Marine Artillery Regiment (There is only one
– the 9th Marine Division).
6th Light “Daguet” Division 1990-1991 (Gulf War) – 1 Divisional Headquarters, 2 Light Armoured
Regiments, 1 Armoured Regiment, 1 Mixed Armoured Regiment (2 companies each AMX10RC and
Infantry in VAB), 3 Mechanized Infantry Regiment, 1 Artillery Regiment (155mm), 1 Recon
Regiment (ERC90), 2 Helicopter Regiments, 1 Airmobile Regiment, 1 Engineer Regiment, 2 AA
Batteries (Mistral).
- 134 –
11th Airborne Division 1991 (Gulf War) – 1 Divisional Headquarters, 1 Airborne Armoured
Regiment (1st Hussars), 2 Parachute Brigades (consisting of 3 Airborne Regiments and a Brigade
Headquarters), 35th Airborne Artillery Regiment, 17th Airborne Engineer Regiment, 1st Marine
Parachute Infantry Regiment, 7th Combat Helicopter Regiment. (Infantry units are 3rd Marine
Parachute Infantry Regiment, 8th Marine Parachute Infantry Regiment, 9th Chasseur Parachute
Infantry Regiment, 6th Marine Parachute Infantry Regiment, 7th Chasseur Parachute Infantry
Regiment, and 2nd Foreign Legion Parachute Infantry Regiment).
Armoured Brigade 2000+ - 1 Large Armoured Regiment, 2 Small Armoured Regiments, 2

Mechanized Infantry Regiments, 1 Self Propelled Artillery Regiment, 1 Mechanized Engineer
Regiment
Light Armoured Brigade 2000+ - 2 Light Armoured Regiments, 2 Motorized Infantry Regiments, 1
Artillery Regiment, 1 Self Propelled Artillery Regiment, 1 Mechanized Engineer Regiment
Mechanized Brigade 2000+ - 1 Armoured Regiment, 1 Mechanized Infantry Regiment, 1

Motorized Infantry Regiments, 1 Self Propelled Artillery Regiment, 1 Mechanized Engineer
Regiment
Mountain Brigade 2000+ - 1 Mountain Light Armoured Regiment, 3 Mountain Infantry Regiments,
1 Mountain Artillery Regiment, 1 Mountain Engineer Regiment
Parachute Brigade 2000+ - 1 Parachute Light Armoured Regiment, 4 Parachute Infantry

Regiments, 1 Parachute Artillery Regiment, 1 Parachute Engineer Regiment
Engineer Brigade 2000+ - 1 Bridging Regiment, 3 Engineer Support Regiments
Specialized Artillery Brigade 2000+ - 1 Counter Battery Regiment, 1 SAM Regiment (HAWK), 1
SAM Regiment (ROLAND/MISTRAL), 1 SAM Regiment (CAROL/MISTRAL)
Airmobile Brigade 2000+ - Commands 2 Attack Helicopter Regiments (EHAP/EHAC), 1

Manoeuvre Regiment (EHAP/EHM), 1 Reconnaissance Regiment
- 135 –
25 The West German and Post Cold War German Army (Bundeswehr)
The German army was officially reformed in 1956, but was not fully reorganized until the
early 1960’s, although combat troops could have been fielded earlier. Initially the army had almost
entirely American equipment and doctrine, but cross-attachment is carried out on a permanent
basis by adding a mobilization battalion within the brigade, this adds the differing company type to
each panzer or panzer grenadier battalion. Some older equipment survives in the territorial forces,
and these plus some of the Jaeger units are committed to homeland defense not NATO command.
25 A German Panzer or Panzer Grenadier Brigade Headquarters 1964 to 1982 (May

command 3 Battalions)
Headquarters 1 M577, 1 CP, 1 M113, 1 Sigs, 1 Truck, 1 ARV
Recce Company 3 Spz11, 3 Recce or 3 Luchs (From 1975)
Brigade Anti Tank Company 3 JPz Rak (Pz Bde) or 2 JPz Kan, 2 JPz Rak (Pz Gren
Bde)
Brigade Engineer Company 2 M113, 2 Const Engr, 2 AVLB
Brigade Anti-aircraft Coy 2 Gerpard, 1 Roland
Note Earlier units could replace M113 with trucks for the
commander and engineers, and Spz123 the Headquarters
infantry platoon.
25 B German Griebs or Luftlander Brigade Headquarters 1964 to 1997 (May command 3

Battalions)
Headquarters 2 Jeep or UH1, 1 CP, 1 Sigs, 1 Truck
Recce Company 3 Jeep/MG or 3 UH1, 3 Rifle
2 Brigade Anti Tank Company 4 JPz Kan (Griebs Brigade)
1 Brigade Anti Tank Company 2 JPz Rak (Griebs Brigade)
3 Anti Tank Companies 12 Cobra Or Milan (1975), 6 UH1 (Luftlande Brigade)
Brigade Engineer Company 3 Truck, 3 Combat Engr
Brigade Anti-aircraft Coy
Note Luftlande brigade replaces any vehicle not noted with
UH1. Light Heimatschutz Kommando brigades replace the
anti-tank companies with a M48 panzer company, and
delete the Recce Company. One of its infantry battalions
may be in M113.
25 C German Panzer Battalion 1964 to 1982

Headquarters 1 M48A2G2 or 1 Leopard1, 1 M577, 1 CP, 1 Sigs, 1
M113, 1 Truck, 1 ARV
2 Tank Companies each 1 Leopard 1 or M48A2G2
1 Grenadier Company 3 Spz123 or M113 or Marder1, 3 Rifle
Note This represents the war organization within a Panzer
Brigade. Dates for tanks are as follows; only one type
may be used:
M48A2 G to 1980
Leopard 1 from 1965
Leopard 1 A1 from 1971
Leopard 1 A3 from 1975
M48 A2G2 from 1979
- 136 –
Marder APC from 1975
25 D German Panzer Grenadier Battalion 1964 to 1982

Headquarters 3 M113, 1 M577, 1 CP, 1 Sigs, 1 Redeye, 1 OP, 1 Truck,
1 ARV
2 Grenadier Companies each 3 Spz123 or M113 or Marder1, 3 Rifle
1 Tank Company 3 M48A2G2 or 1 Leopard1
1 Battery 2 M113/120M, 1 M113, 1 CP
Note Dates for equipment are as for the Panzer battalion.
25 E German Jaeger, Griebs or Luftlander Battalion 1964 to 1982

Headquarters 3 Truck or UH1, 1 CP, 1 Sigs, 2 Jeep or 1 UH1, 2 Cobra,
1 Allouette III, 1 OP, 1 ARV
3 Jaeger Companies each 3 Truck or UH1, 3 Rifle
1 Mortar Company 2 Truck or CH53, 2 120M, 1 CP
Note Mountain units use motor transport, Luftlande the
Helicopters. Jaeger battalions may have one company in
M113 as in Pz Gren Battalion.
25 F German Divisional Recce Battalion 1964 to 1975

Headquarters 4 Spz 222, 1 M113, 1 CP, 1 Sigs, 1 GSR, 1 Engr, 1 OP,
1 Truck, 1 M577, 1 ARV
2 Recce Companies each 4 Spz 222, 4 Recce
1 Platoon 1 M41 or Leopard 1 (for dates on Leopard see Pz
Battalion)
1 Support Company 2 M48 or Leopard 1, 1 Spz 222, 1 Rifle
Note This unit may be reinforced with one panzer company and
one panzer grenadier company. M41’s may not be used
with Leopards in the support company.
25 G German Brigade Artillery Battalion 1964 to 1982

Headquarters 2 M113, 1 CP, 1 Sigs, 1 Truck, 1 ARV
3 Batteries each 2 M113, 1 CP, 1 OP, 2 Truck, 2 M109G or 2 Truck and 2
105Ha or 155Ha or 120M
Note Individual batteries may be attached to Battalions. M109
is used for Panzer, Panzer Grenadier, and Recce. The
towed 105mm are for Mountain or Jaeger Brigades. The
Mortars are for Luftlande Brigades. There is also Corp.
level towed units, of both 105mm and 155mm weapons.
Divisions have one Heavy Battalion with one Battery of two
M110 and two of two M107, plus a rocket battalion of two
Batteries of two LARS, rest as above.
25 H German Panzer, Panzer Grenadier Brigade Headquarters 1983 to 2000

Headquarters 1 M577, 2 M113, 1 CP, 1 OP, 1 Sigs, 1 Truck, 1 ARV
Recce Company 3 Luchs
Anti Tank Company 3 JPz Rak
Engineer Company 1 Fuchs, 1 Const Engr, 1 AEV, 1 AVLB
Anti Aircraft Company 2 Gepard, 2 Roland
- 137 –
Attack Helicopter Flight 1 Bo105M, 2 Bo105P (attached from Corps)

Note Commands 2 Panzer, and 1 Panzer Grenadier or 2
Panzer Grenadier and 1 Panzer Battalion. It has 1 Artillery
Battalion under command.
25 I German Panzer Battalion 1983 to 2000

Headquarters 1 Leopard 1 or Leopard II, 1 M577, 1 M113, 1 Sigs, 1 CP,
1 Truck, 1 ARV
3 Tank Companies each 3 Leopard I or Leopard II
1 Grenadier Company 3 Marder, 3 Rifle, 1 Milan
Note Only 1 type of tank may be used. Dates are as follows:
Leopard 1A2 to 1994
Leopard 1A3 from 1982
Leopard 1 A1A to 1986
Leopard 1A5 from 1989
Leopard II from 1982
Leopard II B8 from 1995
Until 1996 Heimatschutz kommando may use M48A2G2.
Add a fourth company in 2000.
25 J German Panzer Grenadier Battalion 1983 to 2000

Headquarters 1 M577, 3 M113, 1 Marder, 1 CP, 1 Sigs, 1 OP, 1 Truck,
1 ARV, 1 Stinger
3 Grenadier Companies each 3 Marder, 3 Rifle, 1 Milan
1 Tank Company As in Panzer Battalion
1 Mortar Battery 2 M113/120, 1 M113, 1 CP
Note Until 1987 reserve formations can use Spz 123 in place of
marder. Add a fourth company in 2000.
25 K German Luftlande Battalion 1975 to 1997

Headquarters 3 UH1, 1 CP, 1 Sigs
2 Jaeger Companies each 4 UH1, 3 Rifle, 1 Milan, 1 Wiesel/TOW
2 Anti Tank Companies each 3 UH1, 1 Wiesel/TOW, 2 Wiesel/20
Note Wiesel was introduced from 1984 before that use Kraka.
A fourth battalion has three Jaeger companies only.
25 L German Divisional Recce Battalion 1975 to 1997

Headquarters 3 M113, 1 M577, 1 CP, 1 OP, 1 Sigs, 1 Combat Engr, 1
Truck, 1 ARV
Radar Platoon 3 Fuchs, 3 GSR
2 Recce Companies each 5 Luchs, 1 Leopard 1 or Leopard II
1 Support Company 2 Leopard 1 or Leopard II
1 Mortar Battery 2 M113/120, 1 M113, 1 CP
Note For dates on tanks see the Panzer Battalion, only one type
of tank may be used in the Reconnaissance and Support
companies. 1 Panzer and 1 Panzer Grenadier Company
may be attached. Similarly a Flight of Attack helicopters
may be added.
- 138 –
25 M German Brigade Artillery Battalion 1982 to 2000

Headquarters 1 M113, 1 CP, 1 M113/CB, 1 Truck, 1 M577, 1 Sigs
3 Batteries each 2 M113, 1 CP, 1 OP, 3 M109G or 3 Trucks and 3 155Ha
or Hb or 105Ha or Hb
Note Regular armoured units use M109G (the Panzer Artillery
2000 system is being introduced). Units equipped with
Pz Artillery 2000 will have only two batteries. Similarly
the towed 155H are for Territorial and mountain units. The
Luftlande units now have a Mortar battalion, with 3
batteries of 2 120M. Its “vehicles” are the army
helicopters. Divisional and Corps level units have two
structures:
Three towed batteries with 155Hb and one Self-
Propelled Battery of M110
Or Rocket battalion of two batteries of two LARS,
two batteries of MLRS
25 N German Anti Aircraft Battalion
Large Units:
Panzer Division – 2 Panzer Brigades, 1 Panzer Grenadier Brigade, 1 Artillery Regiment, 1

Reconnaissance Battalion, 1 Engineer Brigade
Panzer Grenadier Division – 1 Panzer Brigade, 2 Panzer Grenadier Brigades, 1 Artillery

Regiment, 1 Reconnaissance Battalion, 1 Engineer Brigade
Mountain Division – 3 Mountain Brigades, 1 Artillery Regiment, 1 Reconnaissance Battalion, 1

Engineer Brigade
Luftlande Brigade – 3 Infantry Battalions, 1 Attack Helicopter Battalion

- 139 –
26 The Iraqi Revolutionary Army 1965 to 1991
One of the most infamous armed forces in recent history; it has few if any redeeming
features. Other than this it was trounced in 1973 by the Israelis, and totally mangled by Allied
forces in 1991. The best equipment should be reserved for Republican Guard units. Only Soviet
made equipment was used against the Israelis in 1967.
26 A Iraqi Brigade Headquarters (Commands 4 Battalions)

Headquarters 2 APC, 1 CP, 1 Tank (Tank Regiment only), 1 BRDM 2, 1
Sigs, 1 Truck, 2 ARV (one each)
Recce Company 1 PT76 or AML90 or ERC90, or EE9 (no recce company
in infantry units)
Anti Aircraft Company 2 ZSU57 or 1 ZSU23, 1 SA9 in tank and mechanized
units or 2 23AAG, 2 Truck in Infantry units
Mortar Battery 2 Jeep, 1 OP, 1 CP, 2 Truck, 2 120M or 82M
Note In 1965 may use BTR-50, and T55. From 1968 add
BTR60, OT-62 and OT64. In 1975 add T62, in 1980 add
BMP-Comd, 1982 add YW531 and T72, and in 1983 Type
69, ERC90 in 1987 and EE9 in 1991. Tank Regiments
may use BTR50, OT-62, BMP and YW531 and recce
uses PT76. Mechanized Regiments use YW531 or any of
the other APCs and Armoured Car for Recce Company.
Infantry use trucks, these replace all vehicles noted.
Armoured and Mechanized use 120mm Mortar Batteries,
Infantry use 82mm ones. An Infantry unit has 3 Infantry
Battalions in trucks, and may add 1 in APC (most likely
BTR60). A Mechanized Unit has 3 Mechanized
Battalions with one T55 Battalion. Tank units reverse this
and may use any tank type.
26 B Iraqi Tank Battalion 1965 to 1991

Headquarters 1 Tank, 2 Truck, 1 Sigs
3 Tank Companies each 4 Tanks
Note Tank types are listed under the notes for RHQ, T55, T62
and Type 69 were upgraded with extra armour during 1988
- 90,
26 C Iraqi Infantry/Mechanized Battalion 1965 to 1991

Headquarters 2 APC, 1 CP, 1 Sigs, 2 Truck, 1 SA7
3 Companies each 2 BMP1 or BMP2, 3 Rifle
Or 3 APC, 3 Rifle
Or 3 Truck, 3 Rifle
Anti Tank Platoon 2 APC, 1 Sagger, 1 SPG-9 (Not BMP equipped
battalions)
Note For APC types see the RHQ. Only one vehicle type may
be used. If Trucks are used all vehicles noted as APC are
Truck. The exception is the Mortar battery, which always
has Truck.
- 140 –
26 D Iraqi Special Forces Battalion 1965 to 1991

Headquarters 2 BMP1, 1 CP, 1 Sigs, 2 Truck, 1 SA7
3 Companies each 2 BMP1, 3 Rifle
Note This battalion is a divisional controlled and is used in a
number of ways. It is drawn from the best soldiers in the
division and forms the backbone of any counter attack
force in the defense. In the offense it is used as a
spearhead. It has also been used as a field police by
being positioned behind weak or demoralized troops to
force them to fight. Most members of this battalion are
members of the ruling political party.
26 E Iraqi Divisional Anti-Tank Battalion 1965 to 1991

3 Companies each 2 SU-100 or 2 Truck, 2 100ATG (from 1979)
Or
2 Jeep/Harpoon or 2 BRDM2/AT
Note Dates are approximate. Battalion has a mixture of missile
and gun companies. Individual companies may be fielded.
26 F Iraqi Artillery Battalion 1965 to 1997

Headquarters 4 Truck or ARCV, 1 CP, 1 OP, 1 Sigs
3 Batteries Towed - 2 Trucks, 122Ha or Hb or 155Hb or 152Ha
Or
Self-Propelled - 2 GCT or 2 SO122 or 2 SO152, 2 BM-
21, 2 Truck, 2 Gaz, 1 CP, 1 OP
Note Divisional units have 122mm, with 1 Battalion of 152mm in
mechanized or armoured units. These divisions also use
one battalion of BM-21. Infantry Divisions also have one
battery of BM-21. All the rest of the gun types are Corps
assets. Soviet self-propelled guns appeared in 1984, the
GCT from 1987 on in good quantity.
26 G Iraqi Anti-Aircraft Artillery Battalion (Towed) 1965 to 1997

3 Point Defense Batteries 2 Trucks, 2 57AAG or 85AAG or 100AAG
26 H Iraqi Anti-Aircraft Artillery Battalion (Self-Propelled) 1965 to 1997

2 Self Propelled Gun Bty each 2 ZSU57 or ZSU23 or M53/30
1 Launch Battery 2 SA6 or SA8
Note ZSU23 is rare at this level although it maybe in some
infantry divisions as a stopgap. SA8 is a recent purchase
in very limited quantity use in Guards units only.
26 I Iraqi Engineer Battalion 1965 to 1997

- 141 –

26 J Iraqi Helicopter Battalion

Headquarters 1 Allouette III or Mil 24 or Gazelle, 1 CP
4 Flights 2 Allouette III/SS11 (From 1965) or 2 Mil24 (From 1978) or
2 Gazelle/HOT (From 1982)
Note Individual flights may be used attached to any
Headquarters. NO helicopter sorties were attempted
during the Gulf War 1.
26 K Iraqi Divisional Recce Battalion 1965 to 1997

Headquarters 1 BRDM1 or BRDM2, 1 CP, 1 Sigs, 2 Trucks, 1 ARV
2 Scout Company 4 BRDM1 or BRDM2
1 Tank Companies each 2 PT76 or T55 (after 1980)
Note This unit may use French M3VTT or Yugo M60 APC in
place of BRDM and may use AML90 or ERC90 in place of
PT76.
Large Units:
Tank Division – 2 Tank Brigades, 1 Mechanized Infantry Brigade, 1 Artillery Brigade (3 122mm
Towed Howitzer Battalions, 1 122mm Self-Propelled Howitzer Battalion, 1 152mm Towed Howitzer
Battalion, 1 Multiple Rocket Launcher Battalion), 1 Anti-Aircraft Battalion (Self-Propelled), 1 Anti-
Aircraft Battalion (Towed), 1 Anti-Tank Battalion, 1 Engineer Battalion, 1 Special Forces Battalion, 1
Recce Battalion
Motor Rifle Division – 1 Tank Brigade, 2 Mechanized Infantry Brigades, 1 Artillery Brigade (3
122mm Towed Howitzer Battalions, 1 122mm Self-Propelled Howitzer Battalion, 1 152mm Towed
Howitzer Battalion, 1 Multiple Rocket Launcher Battalion), 1 Anti-Aircraft Battalion (Self-Propelled),
1 Anti-Aircraft Battalion (Towed), 1 Anti-Tank Battalion, 1 Engineer Battalion, 1 Special Forces
Battalion, 1 Recce Battalion
Infantry Division – 3 Infantry Brigades, 1 Artillery Brigade (3 122mm Towed Howitzer Battalions
and 1 Multiple Rocket Launcher Battery), 1 Tank Battalion, 1 Anti-Aircraft Battalion (Towed), 1 Anti-
Aircraft Battery (self-propelled), 1 Anti-Tank Battalion, 1 Engineer Battalion, 1 Special Forces
Battalion
Air Mobile Brigade – 3 Commando Battalions, 1 Helicopter Transport Battalion

- 142 –
27 The Israeli Army 1956 to 1997
An army with an immense amount of combat experience, and at one time probably the
most effective army in the world. The exact organization is still secret. Since 1985 the army has
had no structure above company level, these are attached to Combat Forces, which in turn are
formed into Combat Units. You will note the incredible likeness to the US Army Pentomic
organization except units are not permanently assigned to a higher headquarters.
27 A Israeli Brigade Headquarters 1956 to 1960 (May Command 4 Battalions)

Headquarters 1 Jeep, 1 CP, 2 Truck, 1 Sigs, 1 ARV
1 Engineer Company 3 M3 HT or Truck, 3 Combat Engr
2 Artillery Batteries each 1 Jeep, 1 OP, 1 CP, 5 Truck, 2 25H or 105Ha
Or
3 Mortar Batteries each 1 Jeep, 1 OP, 1 CP, 5 Truck, 2 120M or 2 M3/120
1 Scout Company 3 Jeep/MG, 1 Jeep/106
Note The Artillery and Mortar Batteries are exclusive. Infantry
units use towed Mortars, motorized units use Mechanized
use M3/120. The Scout company may be combined into
a Recce Battalion, see below. In addition may add
independent tank companies of M50 Sherman, or AMX13.
27 B Israeli Tank Battalion 1956 to 1960

Headquarters 1 M4/76 or Sherman HV or AMX13/75, 2 Truck, 1 Sigs
4 Squadrons each 3 M4/76 or Sherman HV or AMX13/75
27 C Israeli Infantry Mechanized or Motorized Battalion 1956 to 1960

Headquarters 4 M3 HT or Truck, 1 CP, 1 Sigs, 2 Jeep/MG, 1 Jeep, 1
OP, 1 81M, 1 MG, 1 Jeep/106
3 Infantry Companies each 4 M3 HT or Truck, 3 Rifle, 1 MG,
Note Jeeps, Mortars, Machinegun and Anti-tank weapons at
Headquarters may operate independently. Mechanized
units use M3 HT. Motorized use Trucks, and Jeeps.
27 D Israeli Parachute Battalion 1956 to1966

Headquarters 1 CP, 1 Sigs, 3 Jeep, 1 OP
Weapons Company 1 81M, 1 MG, 2 Truck
Note Trucks are not available if the unit is air dropped or
airmobile.
27 E Israeli Brigade Headquarters 1961 to 1983

Headquarters 2 M3 HT or M113, 1 CP, 1 Sigs, 1 Truck, 1 ARV
Engineer Company 3 M3 HT or M113, 3 Combat Engr
3 Artillery Batteries each 1 Jeep, 1 CP, 1 OP, 1 Truck, 2 AMX/105 or M7
Or
3 Mortar Batteries each 1 Jeep, 1 CP, 1 OP, 1 Truck, 2 M3/120
1 Scout Company 3 Jeep/MG, 1 Jeep/106, or 2 AMX 13, 1 M3 or M113, 1
Scout
- 143 –
1 Anti Aircraft Platoon 1 M16 or M3/20 or M163

Note This unit commands either 2 Tank & 1 Mechanized
Battalion, or 3 Mechanized & 1 Tank Battalion or 3
Infantry Battalion and a Tank Company. The M113 and
M163 appeared from 1973 onwards, after the October war.
Although the memoirs of General Dan indicate that his
command post was an M113, allow some M113 as
command post vehicles.
27 F Israeli Tank Battalion 1960 to 1984

Headquarters 1 Tank, 1 Jeep, 1 OP, 1 Sigs, 2 Truck
2 to 4 Companies 3 Tanks
Mortar Battery 2 M3/120, 1 M3, 1 CP
Note There are a multitude of tank types that can be used. The
designations Sho’t and Mag’ach apply to the upgraded
Centurions and M48/60 respectively. Up to 1963 the tanks
are AMX-13 and Sherman M50 or M51. From 1964 add
Centurion 5 (actually any mark, 5 was the first type sent).
From 1965 add M48, Sherman M51 and Centurion 5
105mm. All Centurions had 105mm by 1967. From 1967
add M48 with 105mm, few were converted for the 6-day war,
add T55. From 1968 delete the AMX13, add Tiran 67(T55
with 105). From 1970 add M60, Centurion UG, and Delete
Sherman M50. From 1980 add Merkava and the first of the
Sho’t and Mag’ach types. From 1995 add the Merkava with
120mm gun. During the 1973 war a Mechanised Infantry
Company was added to the battalions. 4 Companies were
found in Regular Army units, most reserve units had 2 to 3
companies.
27 G Israeli Mechanized Battalion 1960 to 1983

Headquarters 1 M3 HT or M113, 1 CP, 1 Sigs, 2 Truck
3 Companies each 4 M3 HT or M113, 3 Rifle, 1 MG or Dragon (From 1978)
1 Anti-Tank Platoon 3 Jeep/106 or M150 (M150 from 1972 onwards)
Note In 1967 reserve battalions were as for the 1956-60
Motorized Units. The M113 was not common until after
1973, although some were used in the October War as
brigade and division headquarters transport.
27 H Israeli Parachute Battalion 1967 to1983

Headquarters 1 CP, 1 Sigs, 3 Jeep, 1 OP
Weapons Company 1 Jeep/MG, 1 81M, 1 MG, 1 Jeep/106, 2 Truck
Note Trucks are available if the unit is air dropped or airmobile.
From 1973, the 81mm mortar is replaced by a 120mm
mortar and Jeep (if air dropped or air mobile)
27 I Israeli Recon Battalion 1956 to 1973

Headquarters 1 M3 HT, 1 CP, 1 Sigs, 2 Truck
- 144 –
3 Companies 3 Jeep/MG, 1 Jeep/106

Note Formed part of one brigade in 1967, with two AMX13
companies, and 1 AMX105 Battalion. There were five
such units available in 1973 each with 2 Jeep Companies
and 1 AMX-13 Company
27 J Israeli Combat Force 1985 to 1997

Headquarters 2 M113 or M113/Zelda, 1 CP, 1 Sigs, 1 Tank, 1 Truck, 1
ARV
1 to 4 Inf Companies each 3 M113 or M113/Zelda, 3 Rifle 1 Dragon (Javelin ATGW
from 1989)
1 to 4 Tank Companies each 2 Tanks
1 Engineer Company 4 M113, 3 Combat Engr, 1 Const Engr, 1 AVLB
Anti Aircraft Section 2 ZSU23 or M3/23, or RBY/23
Fire Support Company 2 M113/ITV
1 or 2 Mortar Companies 1 M113, 1 OP, 1 CP, 2 M113/120, 2 Truck
Artillery Battery 1 M113, 1 OP, 1 CP, 2 M109, 2 Truck
Note The Force Headquarters commands four combat
companies, and 1 Engineer Company. There appears to
be no restriction on equipment, or company type. If two
mortar batteries are fielded delete the Artillery battery.
Tanks can be Merkava or Mag’ach in front line units,
Sho’t, Tiran and T62 in reserve units. M113 Zelda is an
M113 with Israeli made add on armour package.
27 K Israeli Combat Unit Headquarters 1985 to 1997 (Commands 5 Combat Forces)

Headquarters 1 M577, 1 M113, 1 CP, 1 Sigs, 1 M548, 1 ARV
1 Recce/Anti Tank Company 4 BRDM2/AT
Anti Aircraft Section 2 ZSU23 or M3/23 or RBY/23
Helicopter Flight 2 AH1 or OH500M
27 L Israeli Artillery Unit 1985 to 1997

Headquarters 1 M577, 1 M113, 1 CP, 1 Sigs, 1 M548, 1 ARV
3 Batteries each 1 M113, 1 OP, 1 CP, 2 M109 or M107 or M110 or BM24
or MRLS, 2 Truck
Note These units are at “Divisional Level”.
Large Units:
Division – Ad Hoc combinations of Brigades brought together under one commander, add a Recce
Battalion and an Artillery Brigade and a few extra Anti-Aircraft companies.
- 145 –
28 Royal Jordanian Army
A British trained Bedouin army, of some ability. Jordan has always steered a middle path,
trying to at least keep out of wars with Israel, and remain in the Arab camp. Mostly using western
equipment, but some Russian weapons has been introduced.
28 A Jordanian Brigade Headquarters 1962 to 1997 (Commands 3 Battalions)

Headquarters 1 M577or LR, 1 M113 or LR, 1 CP, 1 Sigs, 1 Tank
(Armd/Mech Bde), 1 Truck, 1 ARV
Recce Company 2 LR/MG, 1 Ferret 2 (From 1985 replace the Ferret with
BMP2)
Anti Aircraft Company 3 M163 or M42 (M163 from 1970 onwards)
Brigade Mortar Battery 1 LR, 1 OP, 2 120M, 4 Truck
Engineer Company 3 M113 or Truck, 3 Combat Engr, 1 AVLB
Helicopter Flight 2 AH1 (From 1974)
Note This is a composite unit, and contains some divisional
assets. Units in Trucks may only be used to 1970. Use
Dragon ATGW from 1982. Tanks are:
M47 To 1970
Centurion 5 To 1975
M48 To 1984
Centurion 8 1972 to 1986
M60 From 1982
Tariq From 1985
M60A3 From 1985
Khalid From 1987
28 B Jordanian Armoured Regiment 1960 to 1997

Headquarters 1 Tank, 1 Sigs, 2 Truck, 1 ARV
3 Squadrons each 4 Tanks
Note For tanks see The Brigade Headquarters. M47 and M48
may be mixed within a Brigade; otherwise only one type
may be used.
28 C Jordanian Infantry Battalion 1960 to 1997

Headquarters 2 M113 or LR, 1 CP, 1 MG, 1 Sigs, 2 Truck, 1 ARV
3 Infantry Companies each 3 M113 or Truck, 3 Rifle, 1 M125
Or 1 BMP 2, 3 Rifle, 1 M125
Anti Tank Company 3 LR/106, or M150 (From 1972) or M901 (from 1985)
Mortar Battery 2 LR, 1 CP, 1 OP, 2 M106 2 Trucks or 2 120M, 4 Trucks
Note Where there are options soft transport is for Infantry
Brigades. BMP appeared in 1985, M113 is still much
more common. Types may not be mixed.
28 D Jordanian Artillery Regiment 1960 to 1997

Headquarters 2 M113 or LR, 1CP, 1 OP, 1 Sigs, 2 Truck, 1 ARV
2 or 3 Batteries each 2 LR, 1 CP, 1 OP, 4 Truck, 2 25H or 155Hb or 2 M52 or 2
M109 or 2 M110 and 2 Trucks
Note M52 units have only 2 batteries and form parts of Armoured
- 146 –
Brigades, rest have 3. 25H was out of service by 1972, and

was in Mechanised and Infantry Brigades only. M109 was
introduced in 1972, replacing the M52. 155Hb and M110 are
Divisional and Corps level units.
Large Units:
Division – Ad Hoc combinations of Brigades brought together under one commander.

- 147 –
29 North Korean People’s Army 1960 to 1997
As the last Stalinist state, North Korea has lost its sponsors, and may well have little
functioning equipment left. Well into the 1980’s their commandos raided into the South, trying to
destabilize the regime there.
29 A North Korean Corps Tank Regiment Headquarters 1960 to 1990 (Commands 3 Tank
Battalions, 1 Motor Rifle Battalion)
Headquarters 1 T55 or T62 or Type 59, 1 Sigs, 2 Truck, 1 ARV
Recce Company 2 PT76 or Type 63
1 BTR152 or BTR50 or BMP1, 3 Rifle
Anti Aircraft Company 2 ZSU-57
Engineer Company 2 BTR 50, Combat Engr, 1 Const Engr 1 MTU20
Note T55/Type 59 can be used without restriction
T62 from 1970
BTR152 from 1965
BTR50/60 from 1975
BMP were issued from 1981

ZSU23 from 1985.
Many Chinese APC types are available from 1990.
29 B North Korean Infantry Regiment Headquarters 1960 to 1997 (commands 3 Battalions)

Headquarters 2 BTR152, or BTR50, or BTR60, 1 CP, 1 BRDM 2, 1 Sigs,
1 Truck, 1 ARV
Anti Aircraft Company 2 ZPU4, 2 Truck
Engineer Company 3 Truck, 3 Combat Engr
Mortar Battery 2 Jeep, 1 CP, 1 OP, 2 Truck, 2 120M
Anti Tank Battery 2 Trucks, 2 76AT
MRL Battery 2 Jeep, 1 CP, 1 OP, 2 107Rct, 2 Trucks
Note The BM21 can be replaced by earlier types prior to 1975.
This unit does not normally have any tanks attached, but
may have 1 battalion.
29 C North Korean Tank Battalion 1960 to 1997

Headquarters 1 T55 or T62 or Type 59, 1 Sigs, 2 Truck
3 Tank Companies each 3 T55 or T62 or Type 59
1 Infantry Company 3 BTR50 or BMP1, 3 Rifle
Note For dates see the regiment. Some T34’s remain in
service, so could be substituted for the types given above.
29 D North Korean Infantry Battalion 1960 to 1997

Headquarters 2 BTR152 or BTR50 or BTR60 or Truck, 1 Truck, 1 CP, 1
Sigs (May be on foot)
3 Infantry Companies each 3 APC, 3 Rifle (May be on foot) 1 Sagger (From 1970,
Mech only)
Machinegun Company 2 Truck, 2 MG (May be on foot)
Anti-Tank Company 2 Jeep, 2 107 or 82RR (107mm in Mech)
- 148 –
Mortar Battery 3 Truck, 3 82M, 1 CP, 1 OP, 2 Jeep

Note This gives Mechanized, Assault, Infantry and Light
Battalions. Mechanized units use tracked APCs; the
types are shown under Headquarters. BMP-1 Companies
are possible with BTR-50 for Headquarters, and Mortars,
Delete the Anti-tank Company in BMP units. Motorized
units use wheeled APCs. Infantry use Trucks or are on
foot. Assault and Light Battalions are intended to be tank
riders, delete the Anti-tank Platoon, and neither have any
support companies. Assault Companies may be
transported in Mi-8. Any type may add 1 SA7 to
Headquarters from 1975. The machinegun company is
not part of the mechanized battalion’s order of battle.
29 E North Korean Infantry Divisional Anti-Tank or Close Support Battalion 1960 to 1997
Headquarters 1 Truck or APC, 1 CP, 1 Sigs, 2 Truck
3 Batteries each 2 Trucks, 2 57ATG or 76ATG or 2 SU76 or SU100
Or 2 Jeep, 1 CP, 1 OP, 1 Type 83 or JSU152
Note Infantry Divisions have 1 Self-Propelled and 1 Towed Anti-
tank Battalion. The Artillery batteries form part of the
Combined Arms Brigade. The Type 83 is a Self-Propelled
152mm Howitzer; it could be the same as the 2S3. It is
intended to fire over open sights, the OP acting as Recce.
29 F North Korean Mechanized Corps Anti Tank Battalion 1990 to 1997

2 Companies each 1 BRDM/AT, 2 Gaz/82RR
29 G North Korean Engineer Battalion 1960 to 1997

1 Combat Engr Company 3 Com Engr, 3 APC, 1 IMR
1 Construction Company 4 Dump Truck, 2 Bulldozer
29 H North Korean Divisional Anti Aircraft Battalion 1960 to 1997

1 SAM Anti Aircraft Battery 4 SA7, 4 Gaz
1 MG Anti Aircraft Battery 4 14.5AA, 4 Truck
1 Light Anti Aircraft Battery 4 37AA, 4 Truck
1 Medium Anti Aircraft Battery 4 57AA, 4 Truck
29 I North Korean Brigade Anti Aircraft Battalion 1960 to 1997

1 SAM Anti Aircraft Battery 4 SA7, 4 Gaz
1 Light Anti Aircraft Battery 4 37AA, 4 Truck
29 J North Korean Artillery Battalion 1960 to 1997

- 149 –

3 Batteries Towed - 2 Trucks, 122Ha or Hb or 152Ha
Or
Self-Propelled - 2 SO122 or 2 SO152 or 2 BM-21, 2
Truck, 2 Gaz, 1 CP, 1 OP
29 K North Korean Brigade Reconnaissance Company 1960 to 1997

Headquarters 1 CP, 1 M/C
1 Platoon 2 Scout, 2 M/C
2 Platoons each 1 Light Tanks (M1985, Type 63 or PT76)
29 L North Korean Infantry Reconnaissance Company 1960 to 1997

3 Platoons each 2 Scout
Large Units:
Infantry Division – 3 Infantry Regiments, 1 Artillery Regiment (3 122mm Towed Battalions, 1

Towed 152mm Battalion, 1 Towed MRL Battalion), 1 Mortar Regiment (120mm – 3 Towed
Battalions), 1 Tank Battalion, 1 Light Infantry Battalion, 1 Anti-Aircraft Battalion, 1 Anti-Tank
Battalion, 1 Engineer Battalion, 1 Infantry Reconnaissance Company
Infantry Brigade – 3 Infantry Regiments, 1 Mortar Regiment (120mm – 3 Towed Battalions), 1

Tank Brigade – 1 Mechanized Infantry Battalion, 1 Light Tank Battalion, 2 Artillery Battalions (Self
Propelled 152mm and 122mm), 4 Tank Battalions, 1 Engineer Company, 1 Anti Aircraft Battalion
Mechanized Brigade – 1 Mechanized Infantry Battalion, 4 Motorized Infantry Battalions, 2 Artillery

Battalions (Self Propelled 152mm and 122mm), 1 Tank Battalion, 1 Light Tank Company, 1
Engineer Company, 1 Anti Aircraft Battalion, 1 MRL Battery, 1 Mortar Battalion
Motorized Brigade – 3 Motorized Infantry Battalions, 2 Artillery Battalions (Self Propelled 152mm
and 122mm), 3 Tank Battalions, 1 Light Tank Company, 1 Engineer Company, 1 Anti Aircraft
Battalion, 1 MRL Battery, 1 Towed Mortar Battalion (120mm), 1 Anti Tank Battalion
Mechanized Corps - 5 Mechanized Brigades, 1 Light Infantry Brigade, 1 Reconnaissance Brigade,

1 Artillery Brigade (152mm Self Propelled), 1 Antiaircraft Regiment (57mm S60 – 3 Battalions), 1
MRL Brigade (BM21 – 3 Battalions), 1 Corps Engineer Regiment, (3 Battalions), 1 Anti Tank
Regiment (3 Battalions), 1 Cavalry Regiment
Tank Corps - 5 Tank Brigades, 1 Engineer Bridging Battalion
Infantry Corps - 5 Infantry Divisions, 1 Tank Brigade, 1 Reconnaissance Brigade, 1 Artillery

Brigade (130 or 152mm – 4 Battalions), 1 Antiaircraft Regiment (57mm S60 – 3 Battalions), 1 MRL
Brigade (BM21 – 3 Battalions), 1 Engineer Regiment, (3 Battalions)
- 150 –
30 South Korean Army
Another army which is primarily an infantry army, in the late 1980’s and on into the 1990’s
it has had the economic backing of one of the fastest growing economies in the world. It follows the
American model to a large extent, and is an ally. It did fight in Vietnam and proved to effective, if
brutal. The unit used for Vietnam was the Capital Mechanized Division, mounted in M113, with its
armoured brigade but with a tank battalion (M47) possibly attached.
30 A South Korean Brigade Headquarters 1957 to 1997 (Commands 3-4 Battalions)

Headquarters 2 Truck or M3 HT or M577, 1 CP, 1 Sigs, 1 M47 or M48 or
Type 88, 1 M548 (Tank Brigades only), 1 ARV
Recce Company 1 M8 AC, 3 Jeep/MG
Helicopter Flight 2 OH500MD or AH1
Brigade Anti Tank Company 2 M36 or 2 M18 or 2 Jeep/Tow or 2 M150 (Tow from 1978,
M36/M18 to 1990)
Divisional AA Platoon 2 Truck, 2 40AAG
Divisional Tank Company 3 M47 or M48 (in Infantry Units only)
Divisional Engineer Company 3 Truck, 3 Combat Engr
Note An Infantry Brigade has Trucks. Mechanized units must
use M113 variants or M3 until 1967. M8 Armoured cars
survived until 1990. Tank dates are:
M47 No restrictions.
M48A3 From 1962, being converted
M48A5 From 1978, being converted from
M48A3
Type 88 From 1988
30 B South Korean Tank Battalion 1957 to 1997

Headquarters 1 M47 or M48 or Type 88, 1 Sigs, 2 Truck, 1 ARV
3 Tank Companies each 4 M47 or M48 or Type 88
Note For dates and tank types see Brigade Headquarters.
30 C South Korean Infantry/Mechanized Battalion 1957 to 1997

Headquarters 1 Truck or M3 HT or M577, 1 CP, 1 Stinger, 1 107M, 1
OP, 2 Truck, 2 Jeep, 1 Sigs, 1 ARV
3 Infantry Companies each 3 Truck or M3 HT or M113, 3 Rifle
Recce Platoon 3 Jeep/MG
Anti Tank Platoon 2 Jeep/106 or 2 Jeep/TOW (From 1982)
Note Stinger may be used from 1982. The 106RR are still used,
earlier units, such as those with M3 could well have 75RR.
Similarly the Infantry may have had 57RR. Dates are
covered under the Brigade Headquarters.
30 D South Korean Artillery Battalion

Headquarters 2 Truck or M113, 1 CP, 1 Sigs, 1 Truck, 1 ARV
3 Batteries each 1 Jeep, 1 CP, 1 OP, 4 Truck, 2 105Ha or 2 155Ha or
M109 or 2 M107 or 2 M110 or 2 MRL or 2 M52 and 2
Truck
Note Towed 105mm and 155mm are used by Infantry Divisions.
- 151 –
M52 were used until the Mid-1980’s and was replaced by

the M109. The 105Ha and 155Ha can be substituted with
105Hb, and 155Hb. The M107 and M59 are Divisional
Heavy Artillery, M110 and MRL is Corps level units. Note
that MRL is not the US MRLS.
30 E South Korean Anti Aircraft Battalion
30 F South Korean Engineer Battalion
30 G South Korean Anti Tank Battalion
30 H South Korean Armoured Cavalry Battalion
Large Units:
Armoured Division – 2 Armoured Brigades, 1 Mechanized Infantry Brigade, 1 Artillery Brigade, 1

Anti-Aircraft Battalion, 1 Anti-Tank Battalion, 1 Engineer Battalion, 1 Armoured Cavalry Squadron
Mechanized Infantry Division – 1 Armoured Brigade, 2 Mechanized Infantry Brigades, 1 Artillery

Regiment, 1 Anti-Aircraft Battalion, 1 Anti-Tank Battalion, 1 Engineer Battalion, 1 Armoured Cavalry
Squadron
Infantry Division – 3 Infantry Regiments, 1 Artillery Brigade, 1 Anti-Aircraft Battalion, 1 Anti-Tank

Battalion, 1 Engineer Battalion, 1 Armoured Cavalry Squadron, 1 Tank Battalion
Airborne Brigade – 4 Infantry Battalions, 1 Artillery Battalion, 1 Attack Helicopter Battalion
Marine Division – 3 Infantry Brigades, 1 Artillery Brigade, 1 Anti-Aircraft Battalion, 1 Anti-Tank

Battalion, 1 Engineer Battalion, 1 Armoured Cavalry Squadron
- 152 –
31 Russian, Soviet Red and Warsaw Pact Satellite Armies
This section is only accurate until 1991. There are many changes in progress at present,
but the Russians certainly have retained the same basic organization until today. This is probably
due to the typical Russian inertia.
31 A Russian Motor Rifle Regiment Headquarters 1958 to 1970 (Commands 3 Motor Rifle
Battalions)
Headquarters 1 BTR152 or BTR50 or BTR60, 1 CP, 3 Truck, 1 ZPU4, 1
BRDM1, 1 Sigs, 2 ARV (1 Each)
Regimental Mortar Battery 1 Gaz, 1 OP, 2 APCs, 2 120M
1 or 2 AA Companies each 2 ZSU57 or 2 Trucks, 2 ZPU4 (Only 1 battery may have
ZSU57)
Engineer Company 1 Truck, 1 Combat Engr, 1 MTU1
1 Anti-Tank Battery 2 Trucks, 2 85ATG or 100ATG
1 Anti-Tank Company 2 Gaz/107RR or 2 Gaz/Snapper or BRDM1/Snapper
1 Recce Company 2 BRDM1, 1 PT-76
Note Only one type of APC may be used. Czechs use OT810
instead of BTR152, Czechs and Poles use OT64 and
OT62 in place of BTR60 and BTR50 respectively.
Similarly BRDM are replaced by OT65/FUG. Only BTR152
may be used until 1960, BTR50 from 1959 and BTR60
from 1961.
31 B Russian Motor Rifle Regiment Headquarters 1970 to 1982 (Commands 3 Motor Rifle
Battalions, 1 Tank Battalion)
Headquarters 1 BMP-Comd or BTR50 or BTR60, 1 CP, 1 BRDM1 or
BRDM2, 1 Sigs, 2 Truck, 2 ARV (1 Each)
Regimental Mortar Battery 1 BRDM 2, 1 OP, 2 Trucks, 2 120M, 1 Gaz, 1 CP
1 Anti Aircraft Company 2 ZSU57 or 1 ZSU23 and 1 SA9
1 Engineer Company 1 Truck or BTR50, 1 Combat Engr, 1 MTU20
1 Anti-Tank Company 2 Gaz/Snapper or BRDM1/Snapper, or BRDM1/Sagger or
BRDM-2/AT
1 Recce Company 2 BRDM1 or BRDM 2, 1 PT76
Note Only one type of APC may be used; Czechs and Poles use
OT64 and OT62 in place of BTR60 and BTR50. Similarly
BRDM are replaced by OT65/FUG. BTR50 is used in
second line Soviet units and can replace the BMP in first
line units. BTR152 may be used in second Warsaw Pact
line units and third line Soviet units. BMP1 from 1971,
BMP2 may be used from 1979. Gun tractors may be MTLB,
or specialised Artillery Tractors such as the AT-L series. In
Warsaw Pact nations there is good evidence that even farm
tractors have been used to haul artillery in second and third
line formations.
31 C Russian Motor Rifle Regiment Headquarters 1983 to 1997 (Commands 3 Motor Rifle
Battalions, 1 Tank Battalion, 1 Artillery Battalion)
Headquarters 1 BMP-Comd or BTR-50 or BTR60/70/80, 1 CP, 1
- 153 –
BRDM2, 1 Sigs, 2 Truck, 2 ARV (1 Each)

1 Anti Aircraft Company 1 ZSU23, 1 SA9 or SA13
1 Engineer Company 2 BTR50 or BTR60, 2 Combat Engr, 1 MTU20
1 Anti Tank Company 3 BRDM1/Sagger or BRDM-2/AT or SHTURM-C
1 Recce Company 2 BRDM2, 1 BMP-R
Note Only one type of APC may be used. Czechs and Poles
use OT64 and OT62 in place of BTR60 and BTR50. BTR
50 and BTR 152 are used in third line units only.
31 D Russian Tank Regiment Headquarters 1956 to 1970 (Commands 3 Tank Battalions)

Headquarters 1 T54/55 or T62 or T44 or T34/85 or T10, 1 BTR 152 or
BTR50, 1 Sigs, 2 Truck, 2 ARV (1 Each)
1 Anti Aircraft Company 2 ZSU57
1 Engineer Company 1 BTR50, 1 Combat Engr, 1 MTU1
1 Recce Company 2 BRDM1, 1 PT76
Note T62 was introduced in 1962, only in Soviet units.
Similarly, T44 was only used by the Sovi ets. All armies
may use T54/55 and T34/85. BTR-50 is replaced by OT62
as in Motor Rifle Regiment for non-Soviet nations. One
infantry company in BTR50 or BMP may be added from
1965, see the next list. Russians could use T64 tanks
from 1967. Only Russians may use T10 at this level.
31 E Russian Tank Regiment Headquarters 1970 to 1985 (Commands 3 Tank Battalions)

Headquarters 1 T54/55 or T62 or T72, or T64 or T10, 1 BMP-Comd or
BTR50, 1 CP, 2 Truck, 1 Sigs, 2 ARV (1 Each)
1 Anti Tank Company 3 T64 (Russian units only)
1 Anti Aircraft Company 1 ZSU23, 1 SA9 or SA13
1 Engineer Company 2 BTR50 or MTLB, 2 Engr, 1 MTU20
1 Recce Company 2 BRDM 2, 1 PT76
Note T34 and T44 may still be in use with third line units.
Warsaw Pact units primarily use the T72 tank. While
only Russians used the T64; it is possible that the T80
was in use by 1982. In this case the T64B is replaced by
a T80B. T62 is in Russian units only. From 1983 some
units had an Artillery battalion. Only Russians may use
T10 at this level.
31 F Russian Tank Regiment Headquarters 1986 to 1997 (has 3 Tank Battalions, 1 Motor Rifle
Battalion, 1 Artillery Battalion)
Headquarters 1 T54/55 or T62 or T72 or T64 or T80, 1 BMP-Comd or
BTR50, 1 CP, 1 Sigs, 2 Truck, 2 ARV (1 Each)
1 Anti Tank Company 3 T64 or T80 (Russian units only)
1 Anti Aircraft Company 1 ZSU23, 1 SA9
1 Engineer Company 3 MTLB, 3 Combat Engr, 1 MTU20
1 Recce Company 2 BMP-R, 1 MBT
Note T34/85 and T44 may still be in use with 3rd line units.
Warsaw Pact nation units primarily used the T72 tank.
T64 and T80 primarily served the Soviets. T62 is in
- 154 –
Russian 2nd Line units. Russians primarily use fully

upgraded T55 in conjunction with T80U and T80B. Second
and third line units may have PT76 in the Recce
Company. Warsaw Pact Units replace PT76 with BMP1.
31 G Russian Motor Rifle Battalion (BTR) 1958 to 1970

Headquarters 2 BTR152 or BTR50 or BTR60, 1 CP, 1 Gaz/82RR or 1
Gaz, 1 Sagger, 1 Sigs, 3 Truck, 1 ZPU4
3 Motor Rifle Companies each 3 BTR 152 or BTR50 or BTR60, 3 Rifle
1 Mortar Battery 2 Gaz, 1 OP, 1 CP, 4 Trucks, 2 82M or 2 120M
Note Only one type of APC may be used, and should match
the regimental Headquarters. Units in Tank Divisions had
BTR50, or earlier BTR152. BTR60 is used in Motor Rifle
Divisions.
31 H Russian Motor Rifle Battalion (BTR) 1971 to 1983

Headquarters 4 BTR50 or BTR60/70/80, 1 CP, 1 BRDM2, 1 SG9, 2
Sagger, 1 Sigs, 3 Truck, 1 SA7
3 Motor Rifle Companies each 3 BTR50 or BTR60/70/80, 3 Rifle
1 Mortar Company 2 Gaz, 1 OP, 1 CP, 2 Trucks, 2 120M
Note BTR-50 is for 2nd line Tank divisions; BTR-70 and 80 are
only just allowable in 1980 and 1983 respectively. This
organization is still current for 2nd line formations. Czechs
& Poles substitute OT64C.
31 I Russian Motor Rifle Battalion (BMP) 1968 to 1983

Headquarters 1 BMP-Comd, 1 CP, 1 Sigs, 3 Truck, 1 SA7
3 Motor Rifle Companies each 1 BMP1, 3 Rifle
1 Mortar Company 2 Gaz, 1 CP, 1 OP, 2 Trucks, 2 120M
Note By 1980 BMP2 can be used. These units are in Tank
Divisions, and 1 Regiment in a Motor Rifle Division. This
organization is still current for 2nd line formations.
31 J Russian Motor Rifle Battalion (BTR) 1983 to 1997

Headquarters 6 BTR70 or 80, 1 CP, 2 Spigot, 1 SA7, 1 30GL, 1 Sigs, 1
Truck
3 Motor Rifle Companies each 3 BTR60/70/80, 3 Rifle
1 Mortar Company 2 Gaz, 1 CP, 1 OP, 2 MTLB, 2 120M
Note Czechs & Poles substitute OT64C. Some units may have
Self-Propelled 120mm mortars or automatic 82mm
mortars.
31 K Russian Motor Rifle Battalion (BMP) 1983 to 1997

Headquarters 1 BMP Comd, 3 BMP, 1 CP, 1 SA7, 1 30GL, 1 Sigs, 2
Truck
3 Motor Rifle Companies each 1 BMP, 3 Rifle
1 Mortar Company 2 Gaz, 1 CP, 1 OP, 2 MTLB, 2 120M
Note BMP1, 2 or 3. Warsaw Pact BMP2 has Spigot rather
than Spandrel. Some units may have Self-Propelled
- 155 –
120mm mortars or automatic 82mm mortars. BMP3 may

be used from 1995.
31 K1 Russian Airborne/Air Assault Battalion 1983 to 1997

Headquarters 1 CP, 1 SA7, 1 30GL, 1 Sigs, 2 Spigot, 1 82RR
3 Infantry Companies ea 3 Rifle
1 Mortar Company 1 CP, 1 OP, 2 82M
Note Airborne units have BMD as transport.
31 L Russian Tank Battalion 1955 to 1997

Headquarters 1 Tank, 1 BTR or BMP-Comd, 1 CP, 1 Sigs, 2 Truck
3 Tank Companies 3 Tanks
Note Some 1st line units have a fourth company of obsolete
types for training purposes. Other than this battalions
may only use vehicle type. Tanks allowed are:
T34/85 To 1980
T44 M To 1985
T 54/55 No restrictions,
upgrades at appropriate
dates
T62 From 1961 to 1993
T64 From 1967 onwards
T72 From 1975, Warsaw
Pact Units primarily
T80 From 1985
JS3 To 1970
T10M To 1978
Upgraded vehicles may be used at the appropriate dates.
Prior to 1958 the third company of tank battalions in motor
rifle regiments was equipped with a JSU122 or JSU152,
this situation would prevail later Warsaw Pact units.
31 M Russian Divisional Recce Battalion 1958 to 1980

Headquarters 1 BTR40 or BRDM1 or BRDM2, 1 CP, 1 Sigs, 2 Trucks, 1
ARV
1 Scout Company 4 BTR40, 2 Recon or BRDM1 or BRDM2
2 Tank Companies each 2 PT76
Note This unit may add one motor rifle company, one tank
company, Engineer Company, and an anti aircraft platoon.
31 N Russian Divisional Recce Battalion 1980 to 1997

Headquarters 1 BRDM2, 1 BRDM2, 1 GSR, 1 Sigs, 2 Truck, 1 ARV
1 Scout Company 4 BRDM2
2 Recce Companies each 2 BMP-R, 1 T64 or T80
Note This unit may add 1 Motor Rifle Company, 1 Tank
Company, Engineer Company, and an Anti-Aircraft
platoon. Desant (Airborne) division has only one scout
company.
- 156 –
31 O Russian Artillery Battalion 1958 to 1997

Headquarters 2 BTR or ARCV, 1 CP, 1 OP, 1 Sigs, 2 Truck, 1 ARV
3 Batteries each 4 Trucks and 2 122Ha, or Hb, 152Hb or 2 SAU122 or
SAU152 or 2S5 or 2S4 or 2 BM21 or BM24
Note SAU122 and 122Hb are used in Regiments, SAU122 in
front line units, 122Hb in 2nd Line ones. SAU122,
SAU152, 122Hb and BM21 form the divisional Arty
Regiment. The rest are Corps assets. Towed Corps
weapons would include 180H, 130H and towed 160 and
240mm Mortars.
31 P Russian Motor Rifle Division Anti Tank Battalion 1958 to 1997

Headquarters 1 MTLB or BTR60 or BTR152, 1 CP, 1 Sigs, 2 Trucks
2 Anti Tank Gun Batteries 2 Tractors, 2 100 or 85ATG
1 Anti Tank Missile Battery 3 BRDM2/AT
Note Tractors can be Trucks, MTLB, AT-L, AT-T or other
specialist vehicles.
31 Q Russian Divisional Engineer Battalion 1958 to 1997

1 Bridging Company 1 Truck with 5 Rafts, 1 Const Engr, 1 APC, 4 PMP
Note Wheeled APC should be used as per dates in Motor Rifle
Regiment Headquarters.
31 R Russian Anti Aircraft Regiment 1958 to 1997 (One battalion per Motor Rifle/Tank division
and multiple regiments deployed with Army and Front
levels)
5 Anti Aircraft Batteries each 1 BRDM, 1 SA Launchers
1 Target Acquisition Battery 3 Truck, 3 AD Rad
Note Launchers can be SA 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 11, 15, etc depending
on date. Towed launchers have trucks as prime movers.
Divisional regiments have SA 6, 8 or 11.
31 S Russian FROG Battalion 1960 to 1997 (One battalion per Motor Rifle/Tank division)
3 Missile Batteries each 1 BRDM, 1 Missile Launcher, 1 Truck
Note Most common launcher is the SCUD or SCALEBOARD
again depending on date.
31 T Russian Attack Helicopter Battalion 1983 to 1997

Headquarters 1 MTLB, 1 CP, 1 Sigs, 2 Trucks
4 Companies each 2 MI24 or Mi35
- 157 –
31 U Russian Transport Helicopter Battalion 1983 to 1997

4 Companies each 2 Mi8
31 V Russian Heavy Lift Helicopter Battalion 1983 to 1997

Headquarters 2 Jeep, 1 CP, 1 Sigs, 2 Truck
31 W Russian Divisional Helicopter Battalion 1983 to 1997

31 V Russian Desant (Airborne) Division Assault Gun Battalion 1960 to 1997

3 Companies each 3 SO57 or SU85
Large Units:
Tank Division – 2 Tank Regiments, 1 Mechanized Infantry Regiment, 1 Artillery Regiment, 1 Anti-
Aircraft Battalion, 1 Anti-Tank Battalion, 1 Engineer Battalion
Motor Rifle Division – 1 Tank Regiment, 2 Mechanized Infantry Regiments, 1 Artillery Regiment, 1
Desant (Airborne) Division – 3 Infantry Regiments, 1 Artillery Regiment, 1 Assault Gun Battalion,
1 Anti-Aircraft Battalion, 1 Anti-Tank Battalion, 1 Engineer Battalion, 1 Recon Company
Naval Infantry Brigade – Naval Infantry Brigade Headquarters (BTR60 Infantry Regiment
Headquarters), 3 to 5 Naval Infantry Battalions (BTR60), 1 to 2 Naval Tank Battalions (T55 or T72), 1
Naval Artillery Battalion (2S1), 0 to 1 Rocket Battalion (BM21)
- 158 –
32 Syrian 1965 to 1997
One of the more militant Arab states heavily involved against Israel in 1967, 1973 and during
Operation Peace for Galilee in 1982. It also supplied a division to the Coalition during Desert
Shield/Desert Storm in 1991. It does not appear to be as well trained as the Egyptian army, but has
provided a tough opponent in defensive positional fighting, and demonstrates high morale.
32 A Syrian Tank Regiment Headquarters 1965 to 1997 (Commands 4 Battalions)

Headquarters 1 BTR152 or BTR50, 1 CP, 1 Sigs, 1 BRDM2, 1 Tank, 2
Trucks, 2 ARV (1 Each)
Regimental AA Company 2 Trucks, 2 ZPU4 (To 1973) or 2 ZSU23, 1 SA9 (From
1969)
Regimental Recce Company 3 BTR40 or BRDM2
Regimental Engineer Coy 3 Trucks or BTR50, 3 Combat Engr, 1 AVLB
Note BTR152 and T34/85 mat be used until 1971, T55 without
restriction. T62 may be used from 1972. T72 was
introduced from 1981.
32 B Syrian Mechanized Regiment Headquarters 1965 to 1997 (Commands 4 Battalions)

Headquarters 1 BTR152 or BTR60 or OT64, 1 CP, 1 BRDM2, 1 Sigs, 2
Trucks, 2 ARV (1 Each)
Regimental AA Company 2 Trucks, 2 ZPU4 (To 1973) or 2 ZSU23, 1 SA9 (From
1969)
Regimental Recce Company 3 BTR40 or BRDM2
Regimental AT Company 2 Trucks, 2 57ATG (To 1972) or 3 BRDM2/AT (From 1971)
Note Trucks can replace BTR152 in 1967.
32 C Syrian Tank Battalion 1965 to 1997

Headquarters 1 BTR152 or BTR50, 1 CP, 1 T34/85 or T55, or T62 or
T72, 1 Truck
3 Tank Companies each 3 T34/85 or T55 or T62 or T72
32 D Syrian Special Forces Battalion 1983 to 1997

Headquarters 1 CP, 1 Sigs, 2 Mil8, 1 SA7
1 Company 1 Mil8, 1 OP, 2 Spigot or Milan, 1 SA7
2 Companies each 3 Mil8, 3 Cdo, 3 Spigot or Milan
Note Only one of these units may be used.
32 E Syrian Mechanized Battalion (BTR) 1965 to 1997

Headquarters 1 BTR152 or BTR60 or OT64, 1 CP, 1 Sigs, 3 Trucks, 1
SA7
3 Infantry Companies each 4 BTR152 or BTR60 or OT64, 3 Rifle, 1 82RR
Anti Tank Platoon 2 Gaz, 2 107RR (BTR152 & BTR60 Bn to 1968 to 1973),
or 2 Sagger
Mortar Battery 2 Gaz, 1 CP, 1 OP, 2 Trucks, 2 120M
Note Infantry Battalions may replace the BTR152 with trucks,
until 1970. Sagger was introduced in 1971, Spigot and
Milan in 1981. OT64 was introduced in 1981.
- 159 –
32 F Syrian Mechanized Battalion (BTR/BMP) 1968 to 1997

Headquarters 1 BTR50 or BMP-Comd, 1 CP, 1 Sigs, 3 Trucks, 1 SA7
3 Companies 1 BTR50, 3 Rifle, 3 Spigot or Milan
Mortar Battery 1 OP, 1 CP, 4 BTR50, 2 82M or 2 120M (from 1978)
Note BTR50 Battalions may have had a battalion anti-tank
platoon. BMPs may use BTR50 mortar platoon.
32 G Syrian Artillery Battalion 1965 to 1997

Headquarters 2 Truck, 1 Sigs, 1 CP, 1 OP, 2 Jeep, 1 ARV
2 Batteries each 4 Trucks, 2 122Ha or Hb or 152Ha or Hb or 160/240M or
130/180H, 1 CP, 1 Jeep
Or 2 BM24 or BM27, 2 Truck, 1 CP, 1 Jeep
Note Division has 3 Battalions with 122mm, 1 with 152mm, and
1 with 160mm (most common), or 240mm Mortar.
130mm, 180mm and MLRS are army level assets for
counter battery purposes.
32 H Syrian Engineer Battalion 1965 to 1997

32 I Syrian Anti Aircraft Battalion 1965 to 1997
32 J Syrian Anti Tank Battalion 1965 to 1997
Large Units:
Armoured Division – 2 Tank Regiment, 1 Mechanized Infantry Regiment, 1 Artillery Regiment, 1

Mechanized Infantry Division – 1 Tank Regiment, 2 Mechanized Infantry Regiment, 1 Artillery

Regiment, 1 Anti-Aircraft Battalion, 1 Anti-Tank Battalion, 1 Engineer Battalion
Infantry Division – 1 Tank Regiment, 3 Infantry Regiment, 1 Artillery Regiment, 1 Anti-Aircraft

Battalion, 1 Anti-Tank Battalion, 1 Engineer Battalion
Airborne Division – 3 Infantry Regiment, 1 Artillery Regiment, 1 Anti-Aircraft Battalion, 1 Anti-Tank

Battalion, 1 Engineer Battalion

- 160 –
33 Canadian Armed Forces – Land Force
A ghost of the army that captured Vimy Ridge in WW1 and beat the 1 SS Panzer Corps in
Normandy, the Land Force consists of 3 Regular Army Mechanized Infantry Brigades (3 Infantry
Battalions, 1 Armoured Regiment, 1 Close Support Medium Artillery Regiment, 1 VLLAD Battery)
and 10 Light Infantry Brigades (all reservists consisting 2 Light Infantry Battalions (2 companies
each) 1 Light Armour Regiment (of 2 FSV Cougar Squadrons and 1 Recce Squadron (21 Jeeps with
MMG)), 1 Light Artillery Regiment (of 2 batteries of towed 105mm C3 howitzers) and 1 Field
Engineer Squadron and 1 VLLAD Battery)) 4th Engineer Support Regiment, 1 Signals Regiment and
4th Air Defense Regiment. At full war mobilization (and given time to buy the equipment) there
should be troops for 4 divisions of mechanized infantry.
33 A Canadian Brigade Group Headquarters (Commands 3 Infantry battalions, 1 Armoured

Regiment and 1 Artillery Regiment)
Headquarters 1 CP, 1 Sigs, 1 M577, 1 Bison, 1 Truck
Bde Signals Squadron 2 Sigs, 2 Jammer, 2 DF, 6 Bison
Bde Recce Squadron 5 Coyote
Bde Anti-Armour Company 5 LAV/TUA
Bde Air Defense Battery 6 M113, 6 Javelin
Note Reserve brigades do not have an anti-armour company,
use Jeep/MG in the reconnaissance squadron and truck
in place of Bison in headquarters.
33 B Canadian Armoured Regiment

Headquarters 1 CP, 1 Sigs, 1 M577, 1 Bison, 1 Leopard C1 or C2, 1
Truck
4 Armoured Squadrons each 4 Leopard C1 or C2
Recce Troop 2 Coyote
Note One Squadron may be either Coyote or Cougar in place of
Leopard. Reserve Units use Cougar only. Leopard C1 is
a Leopard 1A4 and C2 is a Leopard 1A5 with the MEXAS
upgrade armour package on Turret and Hull and a fire
control system similar to M1 Abrams.
33 C Canadian Mechanized Infantry Battalion

Headquarters 1 CP, 1 Sigs, 1 M577, 1 Bison, 1 Truck, 1 LAV3
4 Mechanized Companies ea 3 LAV3, 3 Rifle, 1 Eryx
Anti Tank Platoon 3 LAV/TUA
Mortar Platoon 2 LAV/81M, 2 LAV3 1 CP, 1 OP
Pioneer Platoon 1 LAV, 1 Combat Engr
Recce Platoon 2 Coyote
Note In peacetime one battalion of a brigade contains a light
infantry battalion of four infantry companies (two light
infantry companies trained in Mountain and Arctic warfare,
one company airmobile and one company airborne). It is
assumed that in wartime these units would be the basis
for light, airmobile and airborne brigades but they are
trained and can be used as mechanized infantry. In
peacetime, reserve infantry units have no support platoons
- 161 –
and are pure infantry formations (1 headquarters and two

companies in jeeps and trucks).
33 D Canadian Close Support Medium Howitzer Regiment

4 Batteries each 1 CP, 1 OP, 2 LAV3, 2 M109, 2 M548
Locating Battery 3 Loc Arty, 3 Bison, 1 M113/CB
OP Battery 6 OP, 6 LAV3
Note This regiment has two batteries worth of 105mm LG1
howitzers (105Hc) towed by either AVGP or BV206 as a
substitute to the M109 if operational conditions and terrain
warrant. Thus Canadian Artillery units have 6 batteries
worth of equipment.
33 E Canadian Light Howitzer Regiment

2 Batteries each 1 CP, 2 OP, 2 Iltis, 2 105Hb, 5 Trucks
Note Strictly, an army reserve unit.
33 F Canadian Combat Engineer Regiment

Headquarters 1 CP, 1 Sigs, 1 M577, 1 M113, 1 Truck
Field Engineer Squadron 5 Bison, 5 Combat Engr
Armoured Engr Squadron 4 M113, 3 Combat Engr, 1 Const Engr, 1 AVLB, 1 AEV
33 G Canadian Air Defense Regiment

VSHORAD Battery 6 M113, 6 Javelin
ADATS Battery 6 ADATS
33 H Canadian Armoured Regiment 1953 to 1979

Headquarters 1 CP, 1 Sigs, 1 Ferret, 1 Centurion 105, 1 Truck
3 Armoured Squadrons each 4 Centurion 105
Recce Troop 2 Ferret
33 I Canadian Armoured Recce Regiment 1967 to 1979

Headquarters 1 CP, 1 Sigs, 1 M113, 1 Truck, 1 M577, 1 M113 ARV
2 Recce Squadrons each 4 Lynx
1 Recce Squadron 4 Ferret
Note This unit served as divisional troops, the exact unit was 8th
Canadian Hussars (Regular Force not the Reserve Force
8th CH (PL))
33 J Canadian Mechanized Infantry Battalion 1970 to 1999

4 Mechanized Companies ea 3 M113, 3 Rifle
Anti Tank Platoon 3 M113/TOW
Mortar Platoon 2 81M, 2 Truck, 1 CP, 1 OP, 2 Jeep
Pioneer Platoon 1 M113, 1 Combat Engr
- 162 –
Recce Platoon 2 Jeep, 2 Recon

Note All Regular Force battalions in Germany were organized
this way. 1964 to 1970 use M113/106 in place of
M113/TOW. 1984 Recce platoon is 2 Lynx only and add
2 M113 to mortar platoon for Germany based units
(deleting the 2 Truck). 1988 add TUA and delete
M113/TOW. 2000 use 33 C.
33 K Canadian Infantry Battalion 1970 to 1979

1 Mechanized Companies ea 3 M113, 3 Rifle
Anti Tank Platoon 3 Jeep/TOW
Mortar Platoon 2 81M, 2 Truck, 1 CP, 1 OP, 2 Jeep
Pioneer Platoon 1 Truck, 1 Combat Engr
Recce Platoon 2 Jeep, 2 Recon
Note All Regular Force battalions in Canada were organized
this way. After 1980 2 battalions became mechanized as
for 33 J and the remainding 7 Canada-based infantry
battalions became motorized as per 33 J but with AVGP
APC. 1960 to 1970 use Jeep/106 in place of Jeep/TOW
vehicle. 1988 add TUA and delete M113/TOW
Division – 3 or 4 Brigades can come together under a Headquarters to form a Division, add 1
Engineer Support Regiment, 1 Signals Regiment and 1 Air Defense Regiment as Division Troops.
- 163 –
34 Panama 1989
34 A Panamian Infantry Battalion

Headquarters 1 CP, 1 Sigs, 1 Jeep, 1 Truck
2 Companies each 3 Rifle
1 Company 3 V150, 3 Rifle
1 Fire Support Company 1 120M, 1 ZPU4, 2 Trucks
34 B Panamian Air Assault Battalion

2 Companies each 3 Rifle, 3 UH-1
Note The Panamians had several independent companies of
infantry both mechanized and foot.
- 164 –
35 Norway
A small army with no combat experience but very capable in arctic and sub-arctic warfare.
All troops should be considered ski capable. In war this army would have been re-enforced with a
Canadian Mechanized Brigade (1st Canadian Brigade was slated) and the British Royal Marine
Brigade to form the hard shoulder of the Northern Flank of NATO. Type 90 units are Regular Army
brigades (there is currently 1) and Type 78 units are Reserve Mobilization Brigades (There are
currently 10). Additionally, there are 22 ski equipped local defense battalions that have some
partisan training. 1 Armoured, 1 Mechanized and 2 Motorized brigades would form the 6th Division.
Additionally, there are 7 independent infantry battalions; the Royal Guards, 2 Fortress units and 4
motorized units. There is a plan afoot to create 2 armoured brigades of 2 tank battalions, 2
Mechanized Infantry brigades, 2 Motorized Infantry Brigades.
35 A Norwegian Infantry Battalion Type 90

Headquarters 1 CP, 1 Sigs, 1 NM135, 1 BV206
4 Companies each 3 Rifle, 1 BV206
1 Support Company 1 NM113, 1 NM142, 1 81M, 1 TOW, 1 Com Engr, 3
BV206, 1 BV206/MG
35 B Norwegian Tank Battalion Type 90

Headquarters 1 CP, 1 NM113 TOC, 1 ARV, 1 Leopard 1A4
3 Companies each 3 Leopard 1A4
35 C Norwegian Artillery Battalion Type 90

Headquarters 1 CP, 1 Sigs, 1 NM113 TOC, 1 BV206
4 Batteries each 1 NM109G, 1 M548, 1 CP, 1 OP, 2 Jeep
35 D Norwegian Infantry Battalion Type 78

Headquarters 1 CP, 1 Sigs, 1 BV206, 1 Truck
1 Support Company 2 81M, 1 TOW, 1 Com Engr, 3 BV206, 1 BV206/MG
35 E Norwegian Artillery Battalion Type 78

Headquarters 1 CP, 1 Sigs, 1 NM113 TOC, 1 Jeep
4 Batteries each 1 NM109G, 1 M548, 1 CP, 1 OP, 2 Jeep
35 F Norwegian Local Defense Battalion

4 Companies each 3 Rifle (ski equipped)
1 Support Company 1 81M, 1 106RR, 1 MG, 3 Truck
35 F Norwegian Brigade Type 90 (Commands 3 Infantry, 1 Tank and 1 Artillery Battalion)

Headquarters 1 CP, 1 Sigs, 1 BV206, 1 Truck, 1 Jeep, 1 MP
Anti Tank Company 2 NM116 SPAT, 2 NM142 TOW
Recon Company 2 Scout, 1 NM115, 2 NM113
Engineer Company 3 Com Engr, 3 Truck, 1 Bulldozer
Anti Aircraft Company 2 40AA, 2 BV206, 2 RB70, 2 Truck
35 G Norwegian Brigade Type 78 (Commands 3 Infantry and 1 Artillery Battalion)

- 165 –
Headquarters 1 CP, 1 Sigs, 1 BV206, 1 Truck, 1 Jeep, 1 MP

Anti Tank Company 2 NM116 SPAT, 2 NM142 TOW
Recon Company 2 Scout, 2 NM113
Engineer Company 3 Com Engr, 3 Truck, 1 Bulldozer
Anti Aircraft Company 2 40AA, 2 BV206, 2 RB70, 2 Truck
Large Units:
Brigade Type 78 – 1 Headquarters, 3 Infantry battalions, 1 Artillery Battalion, 1 Anti Tank

Company, 1 Recon Company, 1 Engineer Company, 1 Anti Aircraft Company
Brigade Type 90 – 1 Headquarters, 3 Infantry battalions, 1 Artillery Battalion, 1 Tank Battalion, 1

Anti Tank Company, 1 Recon Company, 1 Engineer Company, 1 Anti Aircraft Company
- 166 –
36 Yugoslav Republic Post 1992
The Yugoslav army consisted of one mechanized corps and seven corps stationed around
the country following the fall of the Yugoslav Federation. This ORBAT can be used to represent the
Federal Yugoslav army prior to the collapse of the People’s Republic.
36 A Yugoslav Infantry Battalion Post 1992

Machinegun Platoon 1 Truck, 1 MG
Mortar Platoon 1 Truck, 1 82M
Anti Tank Platoon 1 Truck, 1 82RR
36 B Yugoslav Motorized Infantry Battalion Post 1992

3 Infantry Companies each 3 Truck, 3 Rifle
36 C Yugoslav Mechanized Infantry Battalion Post 1992

Headquarters 2 APC, 1 CP, 1 Sigs, 1 Truck
3 Infantry Companies each 3 APC, 3 Rifle
Note APC’s are:
BOV-M
BVP M80
BVP M60
BTR60
36 D Yugoslav Tank/Mechanized Battalion Post 1992

Headquarters 1 Tank, 1 Sigs, 2 Truck
1 Infantry Company 3 APC, 3 Rifle
Note APCs as per the mechanized infantry battalion. Tanks as
per the tank battalion
36 E Yugoslav Tank Battalion Post 1992

Note Tanks are:
M84
T72M
- 167 –
T55
M47
T34/85
36 F Yugoslav Artillery Battalion Post 1992

Headquarters 2 BOV-M, 1 CP, 1 OP, 1 Sigs, 2 Truck, 1 ARV
3 Batteries each 1 Gun, 2 Trucks
Note Guns would include 76Ha, 105Ha, 122Ha and b, 130H,
152Ha and b, and 155Ha and b. Rockets are 128 Rct
(self-propelled and towed) and 262 Rct (Self-propelled
only).
36 G Yugoslav Self-Propelled Artillery Battalion Post 1992

3 Batteries each 1 Gun
Note Guns would include SAU122 only.
36 H Yugoslav Recon Battalion Post 1992

Headquarters 1 BRDM2, 1 CP, 1 GSR, 1 Sigs, 2 Truck, 1 ARV
36 I Yugoslav Anti-Tank Regiment Post 1992

3 Anti-Tank Batteries each 2 ATG, 2 Truck
1 Self-propelled Company 2 SPAT
Note ATG can be:
Towed:
76ATG
100ATG
SPAT:
BRDM2/AT
BOV-1 AT
Self-propelled company is available in mechanized units
only
36 J Yugoslav Anti-Aircraft Regiment Post 1992

3 Anti-Aircraft Batteries each 2 AAG, 2 Truck
Note AAG can be:
57AAG
ZSU57
36 K Yugoslav Engineer Regiment Post 1992

3 Engineer Companies each 2 Const Engr, 3 Truck, 1 Bridge
36 L Yugoslav Recon Company Post 1992

2 BRDM2
- 168 –
36 M Yugoslav Anti-Tank Company Post 1992

2 Sagger, 2 ATG, 4 Trucks
Note ATG can be:
90RR
82RR
105RR
120RR
36 N Yugoslav Engineer Company Post 1992

36 O Yugoslav Anti-Aircraft Battery Post 1992

2 SA7, 2 AAG, 4 Trucks
Note AAG can be:
20AAQG
20AAG
Or Self-propelled units:
BOV-AA
M53/59
BOV-30/2
36 P Yugoslav Infantry Recon Platoon Post 1992

2 Scout, 2 Truck
36 Q Yugoslav Brigade Headquarters Post 1992

1 CP, 1 Sigs, 6 Truck
36 R Yugoslav Corps Headquarters Post 1992

Large Units:
Armour Brigade – 1 Brigade Headquarters, 2 Tank Battalions, 1 Mechanized Infantry Battalion, 1

Artillery Battalion, 1 Anti-Aircraft Company, 1 Engineer Company, 1 Recon Company
Mechanized Infantry Brigade – 1 Brigade Headquarters, 1 Tank Battalion, 2 Mechanized Infantry

Battalions, 1 Self-propelled Artillery Battalion, 1 Anti-Aircraft Company, 1 Engineer Company, 1
Recon Company, 1 Anti-Tank Company.
Motorized Infantry Brigade – 1 Brigade Headquarters, 1 Tank/Mechanized Battalion, 2 Motorized

Infantry Battalions, 1 Artillery Battalion, 1 Anti-Aircraft Company, 1 Engineer Company, 1 Recon
Company, 1 Anti-Tank Company
Light Infantry Brigade – 1 Brigade Headquarters, 3 Infantry Battalions, 1 Mortar Battalion, 1

Infantry Recon Platoon
Corps – 4 Brigades of any possible Type, 1 Artillery Brigade, 1 Anti-Aircraft Regiment, 1 Anti-Tank
Regiment, 1 Engineer Regiment, 1 Recon Battalion,
- 169 –
Mechanized Corps – 2 Tank Brigades, 2 Mechanized Brigades, 1 Self-Propelled Artillery Brigade,

1 Anti-Aircraft Regiment, 1 Anti-Tank Regiment, 1 Engineer Regiment, 1 Recon Battalion
- 170 –
37 Croatia
Following the Yugoslav break-up the Croatian Army was formed along the lines of the old
Croatian Army of World War Two. The Army is divided into six operational zones (Corps). Much
German and American equipment has been available to this Army since 1995 including Leopard 2
Tanks and M110 self-propelled artillery.
37 A Croatian Infantry Battalion Post 1992

37 B Croatian Motorized Infantry Battalion Post 1992

37 C Croatian Mechanized Infantry Battalion Post 1992

Note APCs are:
BOV-M
BTR60
M113G
37 D Croatian Tank/Mechanized Battalion Post 1992

37 E Croatian Tank Battalion Post 1992

Note Tanks are:
T55
T34/85
- 171 –
Leopard 2A5
37 F Croatian Artillery Battalion Post 1992

only).
37 G Croatian Self-Propelled Artillery Battalion Post 1992

3 Batteries each 1 Gun
Note Guns would include M110 only.
37 H Croatian Recon Battalion Post 1992

37 I Croatian Anti-Tank Regiment Post 1992

Note ATG can be:
Towed:
76ATG
100ATG
SPAT:
BRDM2/AT
BOV-1 AT
only
37 J Croatian Anti-Aircraft Regiment Post 1992

3 Anti Aircraft Batteries each 2 AAG, 2 Truck
Note AAG can be:
57AAG
ZSU57
37 K Croatian Engineer Regiment Post 1992

37 L Croatian Recon Company Post 1992

2 BRDM2
37 M Croatian Anti-Tank Company Post 1992

- 172 –
Note ATG can be:

90RR
82RR
105RR
120RR
37 N Croatian Engineer Company Post 1992

37 O Croatian Anti-Aircraft Battery Post 1992

Note AAG can be:
20AAQG
20AAG
BOV-AA
M53/59
BOV-30/2
37 P Croatian Infantry Recon Platoon Post 1992

2 Scout, 2 Truck
37 Q Croatian Brigade Headquarters Post 1992

37 R Croatian Corps Headquarters Post 1992

Large Units:





- 173 –
- 174 –
38 Bosnia-Herzegovina
The poorest of the new armies to raise from the dust of the Yugoslav political collapse. The
Bosnian Army is a patchwork of old Soviet and American Equipment. Expect to find US M36 Tank
Destroyers employed along side of T55 tanks.
38 A Bosnian Infantry Battalion Post 1992

38 B Bosnian Motorized Infantry Battalion Post 1992

38 C Bosnian Tank/Mechanized Battalion Post 1992

1 Infantry Company 3 BOV-M, 3 Rifle
Note APCs as per the mechanized infantry battalion. Tanks
are:
T55
M47
M36B1
38 D Bosnian Artillery Battalion Post 1992

Note Guns would include 76Ha, 105Ha, 122Ha, 130H, 152Ha,
and 155Ha. Rockets are 128 Rct (self-propelled and
towed).
38 E Bosnian Recon Battalion Post 1992

38 F Bosnian Anti-Tank Regiment Post 1992

Note ATG can be:
- 175 –
Towed:
76ATG
100ATG
38 G Bosnian Anti-Aircraft Regiment Post 1992

3 Anti Aircraft Batteries each 2 AAG, 2 Truck
Note AAG can be:
57AAG
38 H Bosnian Engineer Regiment Post 1992

38 I Bosnian Recon Company Post 1992

2 BRDM2
38 J Bosnian Anti-Tank Company Post 1992

Note ATG can be:
90RR
82RR
105RR
120RR
38 K Bosnian Engineer Company Post 1992

38 L Bosnian Anti-Aircraft Battery Post 1992

Note AAG can be:
20AAQG
20AAG
38 M Bosnian Infantry Recon Platoon Post 1992

2 Scout, 2 Truck
38 N Bosnian Brigade Headquarters Post 1992

38 O Bosnian Corps Headquarters Post 1992

Large Units:

- 176 –

Corps – 4 Brigades of any possible type, 1 Artillery Brigade, 1 Anti-Aircraft Regiment, 1 Anti-Tank
- 177 –
39 Bosnian-Serb Republic
This army was known to have gotten a lot of military equipment from the remains of the
Federal Republic of Yugoslavia (Rump Serbia) and follows its pattern of warfare. This army is
aggressive and violent, especially the light infantry militia units fighting in their home area.
39 A Bosnian-Serb Infantry Battalion Post 1992

39 B Bosnian-Serb Motorized Infantry Battalion Post 1992

39 C Bosnian-Serb Mechanized Infantry Battalion Post 1992

Note APCs are:
BOV-M
BVP M80
BVP M60
BTR60
39 D Bosnian-Serb Tank/Mechanized Battalion Post 1992

39 E Bosnian-Serb Tank Battalion Post 1992

Note Tanks are:
T55
T34/85
- 178 –
39 F Bosnian-Serb Artillery Battalion Post 1992

3 Batteries each 1 Howitzer, 2 Trucks
only).
39 G Bosnian-Serb Recon Battalion Post 1992

39 H Bosnian-Serb Anti-Tank Regiment Post 1992

Note ATG can be:
Towed:
76ATG
100ATG
SPAT:
M36B1
BRDM2/AT
BOV-1 AT
only
39 I Bosnian-Serb Anti-Aircraft Regiment Post 1992

3 Anti-Aircraft Batteries each 2 AAG, 2 Truck
Note AAG can be:
57AAG
ZSU57
39 J Bosnian-Serb Engineer Regiment Post 1992

39 K Bosnian-Serb Recon Company Post 1992

2 BRDM2
39 L Bosnian-Serb Anti-Tank Company Post 1992

Note ATG can be:
90RR
82RR
105RR
120RR
- 179 –
39 M Bosnian-Serb Engineer Company Post 1992

39 N Bosnian-Serb Anti-Aircraft Battery Post 1992

Note AAG can be:
20AAQG
20AAG
BOV-AA
M53/59
BOV-30/2
39 O Bosnian-Serb Infantry Recon Platoon Post 1992

2 Scout, 2 Truck
39 P Bosnian-Serb Brigade Headquarters Post 1992

39 Q Bosnian-Serb Corps Headquarters Post 1992

Large Units:





- 180 –
40 India 1950+
The Indian army is the guardian of the world’s largest democracy. The Indians have been at
war with China and Pakistan at various times since independence in 1947. This army can be said
to be more British than the British army from which it inherited it’s traditions and military ethos. It is
also one of the world’s largest standing armies. One of the biggest problems in representing a Third
World army is the plethora of equipment from various sources. This variety of equipment is often
serving alongside one another in the same units thus making for some interesting combinations.
You will see a number of alternates offered to the official ORBAT feel free to change them out.
40 A Indian Infantry Brigade Headquarters (Commands 3 Infantry Battalions)

Headquarters 1 CP, 1 Sigs, 1 14.5AA (SA7 after 1975) 1 Jeep, 3 Truck,
1 MRT
40 B Indian Mechanized Infantry Brigade Headquarters (Commands 2 Mechanized Infantry

Battalions and 1 Tank Regiment. There are two such units in the Indian Army)
1 MRT
Engineer Troop 1 MTU, 1 Pon Engr, 1 Truck
40 C Indian Armoured Brigade Headquarters (Commands 2 Tank Regiments, 1 Mechanized

Infantry Battalion)
1 ARV
40 D Indian Independent Armoured Brigade Headquarters (Commands 3 Tank Regiments, 1

Mechanized Infantry Battalion, 1 Artillery Regiment Self-Propelled, 1 Brigade Recon Squadron)
Headquarters 1 CP, 1 Sigs, 1 14.5AA (SA7 after 1975), 1 Jeep, 3 Truck,
1 ARV
Note There are eight such brigades in the Indian army.
40 E Indian Artillery Brigade Headquarters (4 Artillery Regiments)

40 F Indian Infantry Battalion 1950 to 1965

Headquarters 1 CP, 1 Sigs, 1 Com Engr, 1 Jeep, 1 Truck, 1 MRT
3 Rifle Companies each 3 Inf, 1 Baz
1 Anti Tank Company 2 Jeep/106
1 Support Company 1 76M, 1 OP, 2 MMG, 1 Jeep, 3 Truck
40 G Indian Infantry Battalion 1966 to 1989

3 Rifle Companies each 3 Inf, 1 84RR
1 Support Company 1 81M, 1 OP, 1 MMG, 1 Jeep, 3 Truck
Note 82mm mortars are also available although the Indians
- 181 –
have now standardized on 81mm. All 76mm (British 3”

mortars) are held in reserve
40 H Indian Infantry Battalion 1990+

3 Rifle Companies each 3 Inf, 1 RPG7
1 Anti Tank Company 2 ATGW, 1 82mm, 3 Truck
1 Support Company 1 81M, 1 OP, 2 MMG, 1 AGS17, 1 Jeep, 4 Truck
Note Indians have a number of recoilless rifles (RR) for their
inventory, they are:
Bazooka (2.7 and 3.5)
82mm B10
84mm Carl Gustav
106mm M1
107mm SG
Shown in the ORBAT are the most numerous. ATGW
can be Milan or Spigot, possibly Sagger or Cobra but I
found no information on that.
40 I Indian Mechanized Infantry Battalion 1950 to 1975

Headquarters 1 CP, 1 Sigs, 1 Com Engr, 1 APC, 3 Truck, 1 ARV
3 Rifle Companies each 3 Inf, 1 Baz, 3 APC
1 Mortar Company 2 76M (or BTR/M), 1 OP, 1 Jeep, 2 Truck
Note APC available are:
BTR152 (from 1960)
BTR60 (from 1970)
The note in 40H regards recoilless rifles applies here as
well.
40 J Indian Mechanized Infantry Battalion 1976+

Headquarters 1 CP, 1 Sigs, 1 Com Engr, 1 APC, 3 Truck, 1 ARV
3 Rifle Companies each 3 Inf, 3 APC
1 Anti Tank Company 2 ATGW, 1 82mm, 3 APC
1 Mortar Company 1 81M, 1 OP, 1 Jeep, 1 Truck
Note APC available are:
BTR152 (from 1960)
BTR60 (from 1970)
OT64 (from 1975)
BMP1 (from 1975)
BMP2 (from 1995)
Use the anti tank company in non-BMP units only. Only
a limited number of BMP2 are available after 1995. Add 1
AGS17 GL and 1 more APC to the mortar company in
2002. See 40H with regard to ATGW.
40 K Indian Tank Regiment

Headquarters 1 CP, 1 Sigs, 1 Tank, 1 Jeep, 2 Truck, 1 ARV
1 Recon Squadron 2 Jeep/MG, 1 Jeep/106 (3 PT76 after 1985)
- 182 –
3 Tank Squadrons each 3 Tank

Note Tank types are:
Sherman (after 1950)
Centurion 5 (after 1960)
T54 (after 1960)
T55 (after 1966; Delete Sherman)
M48 (after 1960)
Vickers 2 (after 1967)
Centurion 13 (after 1975)
T62 (after 1976)
T72 (after 1980)
Vickers 3 (after 1982; Delete M48)
T55/105 (after 1983)
Arjun (after 1993)
40 L Indian Artillery Regiment

Headquarters 1CP, 1 OP, 1 Sigs, 2 Jeep, 2 Truck, 1 MRT
4 Batteries each 2 How, 2 Truck
Note Howitzer types are:
3.7H (mountain units before 1965)
25H (before 1966)
5.5H (until 1996)
105Ha (after 1960)
130H (after 1965)
155Ha (after 1960)
Abbot SP (after 1970)
155Hb (after 1985)
AS90 (after 1997)
India is standardizing on the 155mm NATO round in 2002.
Any remaining pieces in service will be withdrawn and re-
built to 155mm bore with Israeli assistance. Self-propelled
units are in independent armoured brigades. It looks like
Abbot will be retained for the future despite being a
105mm. Mountain units are equipped with mortars;
available are 107mm (in reserve now), 120mm and 160mm
mortars. Indians have both the British and American
design 107mm mortars.
40 M Indian Anti Aircraft Regiment

4 Batteries each 2 AAG, 2 Trucks or 2 SPAA
Note AAG are:
40AA (until 1980)
BTR/AA (after 1965)
ZSU23 (after 1975)
2S6 is just starting to make an appearance in 2002.
40 N Indian Surface to Air Missile Regiment

- 183 –
3 Batteries each 2 SA6, 2 AD Rad, 2 Truck

Note Regiments that are part of an armoured division have 2
SA9 in place of the above in each battery. The Indians
have towed Tigercat, SA2 and SA3 in their inventories;
same organization applies but adds prime movers.
40 O Indian Air Defense Group (Commands one Anti Aircraft Regiment and one Surface to Air
Missile Regiment)
Note These groups are found in armoured divisions and at
Corps level.
40 P Indian Brigade Recon Squadron

3 BRDM2
Note Staghound armoured car prior to 1966, PT76 prior to 1975.
40 Q Indian Recon and Support Battalion (Until 2003)

Headquarters 1 CP, 1 Sigs, 1 OP, 2 Jeep, 2 Truck, 1 ARV
1 Tank Squadron 3 PT76 (M3 to 1960, AMX13 to 1975)
1 BMP Company 3 Inf, 3 BMP
1 BRDM Company 3 BRDM2
Note unit is used as a divisional recon unit. It operates by
cross-attaching platoons to form three company sized
recon teams. This ORBAT is due to be re-organized into
a reconnaissance regiment.
40 R Indian Reconnaissance Regiment (Replaces the recon and support battalion in 2003)
Headquarters 1 CP, 1 Sigs, 1 OP, 2 Jeep, 2 Truck, 1 ARV
4 Recon Squadrons each 3 BRDM2, 1 PT76
1 Helo Flight 3 Mi24
40 S Indian Divisional Anti Tank Company

3 BRDM2/AT (Jeep/S11 1968 to 1978, Jeep/TOW 1978 to
1989)
40 T Indian Engineer Regiment

2 Engineer Squadrons each 3 Com Engr, 3 Truck
1 Bridging Squadron 2 Bridge, 2 Pon Engr, 4 Truck
40 U Indian Armoured Engineer Regiment

2 Engineer Squadrons each 3 Com Engr, 3 Truck
Armoured Engineer Squadron 3 PT54
40 V Indian Attack Helicopter Squadron

2 Helo Flights each 2 Mi24 (Mi35 has been purchased)
40 W Indian Transport Helicopter Squadron

- 184 –
2 Helo Flights each 2 Mi8 or Mi4
Large Units:
Infantry Division – 3 Infantry Brigades, 1 Artillery Brigade (1 Regiment 5.5H, 3 Regiments 155 or
105H, 1 120 Mortar Battery), 1 Tank Regiment (T55), 1 Engineer Regiment
Armoured Division - 1 Armoured Brigades, 1 Motorized Infantry Brigade, 1 Artillery Brigade (2

Regiments 155H), 1 Recon and Support Battalion, 1 Armoured Engineer Regiment
Armoured Division (1980) - 3 Armoured Brigades, 1 Mechanized Infantry Battalion, 1 Artillery

Brigade (1 Regiment 130H, 3 Regiments 155H), 1 Air Defense Group, 1 Recon and Support
Battalion, 1 Armoured Engineer Regiment
RAPID Division – 2 Infantry Brigades, 1 Artillery Brigade (1 Regiment 130H, 3 Regiments 105H, 1
BM21 Battery, 1 AA Gun Battery (ZSU23), 1 Armoured Brigade (2 Tank Regiments and 2
Mechanized Infantry Battalions), 1 Divisional Anti Tank Company, 1 Attack Helicopter Flight, 1
Recon and Support Battalion, 1 Engineer Regiment
- 185 –
41 Pakistan 1950+
The main foil for India on the sub-continent, this army follows the British model but is more
involved in the internal politics of Pakistan and the international politics of Islam. A tough fighting
army it has reputation holding on no matter what the cost and has become extensively involved in
UN Operations at the battalion level.
41 A Pakistani Infantry Brigade Headquarters (Commands 3 Infantry Battalions)

Headquarters 1 CP, 1 Sigs, 1 Jeep, 1 M577, 1 Truck, 1 MRT
Anti Aircraft Company 6 SA7, 6 Truck
Anti Tank Company 3 SPAT
Note Before 1970 replace the M577 with a Truck.
SPAT is:
M36B1 (1950 to 1965)
Jeep/106 (1965 to 1980)
Jeep/Cobra (1980 to 1990)
Jeep/TOW (1990+)
Jeep/Red Arrow (1995+)
41 B Pakistani Armoured Brigade Headquarters (Commands 3 Tank Battalions, 1 Mechanized

Infantry Battalion, 1 Artillery Battalion Self Propelled)
Headquarters 1 CP, 1 Sigs, 1 Jeep, 1 M577, 1 Truck, 1 MRT
Anti Aircraft Company 4 SA7 or RBS70, 4 APC (Stinger is available in limited
amounts after 1988)
Engineer Company 2 Com Engr, 2 APC, 1 PT54
Anti Tank Company 3 SPAT
Note APC is:
M113 (1970+)
M3HT (1950 to 1969)
SPAT is:
M36B1 (1950 to 1960)
Jeep/106 (1960 to 1975)
Jeep/Cobra (1975 to 1985)
Jeep/TOW (1980+)
Jeep/Red Arrow (1985+)
M901 (1990+)
41 C Pakistani Infantry Battalion 1950 to 1965

3 Infantry Companies each 3 Inf, 1 Baz, 1 MG
1 Anti Tank Company 2 75RR, 2 Truck
1 Mortar Company 1 OP, 2 76M, 1 Jeep, 2 Truck
41 D Pakistani Infantry Battalion 1966+

3 Infantry Companies each 3 Inf, 1 RPG7, 1 MG
- 186 –
41 E Pakistani National Guard Infantry Battalion (local defense units that do not serve outside
their locality)
Headquarters 1 CP
3 Infantry Companies each 3 Inf, 1 RPG7
Note This organization holds for irregular “liberation” or “terrorist”
forces engaged in Kashmir
41 F Pakistani Special Services Group Commando Battalion

3 Infantry Companies each 3 Cdo, 1 RPG7, 1 MG
1 Anti Tank Company 1 Cobra, 1 82RR, 2 Truck
Note 3 SSG battalions form the SSG Group.
41 G Pakistani Mechanized Infantry Battalion 1950 to 1969

Headquarters 1 CP, 1 OP, 1 Sigs, 1 M577, 1 APC, 1 Jeep, 1 Truck, 1
ARV
3 Infantry Companies each 3 Inf, 1 Baz, 1 MG, 4 APC
Note Before 1970 replace the M577 with a Truck. APC is:
M113 (1970+)
M3HT (1950 to 1969)
41 H Pakistani Mechanized Infantry Battalion 1970+

Headquarters 1 CP, 1 OP, 1 Sigs, 1 M577, 1 M113, 1 Jeep, 1 Truck, 1
ARV
3 Infantry Companies each 3 Inf, 1 RPG7, 1 MG, 4 M113
1 Support Company 1 81M, 1 Cobra, 1 82RR, 3 Truck
Note
41 I Pakistani Tank Battalion

Headquarters 1 CP, 1 Sigs, 1 Tank, 1 Jeep, 2 Truck, 1 ARV
1 Recon Company 1 Jeep/MG, 1 Jeep/106
Note Tank types are:
M4/76 (1950 to 1965)
M48 (1960 1990)
M47 (1975+)
Type 59 (1975 to 1990)
M48A5 (1980+)
Type 69 (1985+)
Al Kalhid (1993+)
T80U (2002+)
41 J Pakistani Divisional Cavalry Battalion

Headquarters 1 CP, 1 Sigs, 1 M48, 1 Jeep, 2 Truck, 1 ARV
1 Recon Company 3 A/C
- 187 –
Note Tanks are usually light tanks, although Main battle tanks
have been used. Again there are no hard and fast rules
for this. Light tanks used are:
M24 (1950 to 1965)
M41 (1960 to 1985)
AMX13 (1966 to 1976)
PT76 (1975 to 1990)
Type 63 (1980+)
Armoured cars used in the recon company are:
M8 (1950 to 1969)
M20 (1950 to 1969)
AML90 (1970 to 1990)
41 K Pakistani Artillery Battalion (Light and Medium)

Headquarters 1 CP, 1 OP, 1 Sigs, 2 Jeep, 2 Truck, 1 MRT
4 Batteries each 2 How, 2 Truck
Note Howitzers is
Light Guns
3.7H (mountain units)
75H
25H
105Ha (after 1960)
105Hb (after 1975)
122H (after 1965)
Medium Guns
5.5H
130H (after 1965)
155Ha (after 1960)
155Hb (after 1985)
41 L Pakistani Artillery Battalion (Self Propelled)

4 Batteries each 2 SPH
Note Units were re-equipped from 1980 at a very slow pace.
Self-propelled howitzers used are:
M7 HMC (1950 to 1995)
M109A2 (1980+)
41 M Pakistani Mortar Battalion

3 Batteries each 2 120M, 2 Truck
Note Available mortars are 120mm and 107mm. 107mm is the
WW2 British mortar and is considered obsolete but was
in general use before 1965.
41 N Pakistani Anti Aircraft Artillery Battalion

2 Batteries each 2 AAG, 2 Truck
Note Available anti aircraft guns are:
- 188 –
14.5AA (after 1965)

23AA (after 1970)
37AA (after 1965)
40AA (after 1950)
57AA (after 1965)
41 O Pakistani Surface to Air Missile Squadron

2 SAM, 2 AD Rad, 4 Truck
Note Hawk systems are part of the national air defence system
(air force controlled). The crotale units provide air cover to
army units in the field and are attached to Corps. Surface
to air missile systems include:
Hawk (1970+)
Crotale (1985+)
41 P Pakistani Engineer Battalion

2 Engineer Companies each 2 Com Engr, 2 Truck
1 Bridging Company 2 Bridge, 2 Pon Engr, 4 Truck, 1 MLG
41 Q Pakistani Attack Helicopter Squadron

2 Flights each 2 AH1
Large Units:
Infantry Division – 2 to 4 Infantry Brigades, 1 Artillery Brigade (3 Battalions Light, 1 Battalion

Medium, 1 Mortar Battalion), 1 Engineer Battalion, 1 Cavalry Battalion
Armoured Division – 3 Armoured Brigades, 1 Artillery Brigade (3 Battalions Light, 1 Battalion

Medium, 2 Anti Aircraft Artillery Battalions), 1 Engineer Battalion, 1 Cavalry Battalion
- 189 –
42 Belgium 1980+
Belgium is a NATO member and a middle power in Europe. A good all round army well
equipped they long remember the results of not being prepared in 1940. Belgium has taken part in
several UN missions in Europe and in their former colonies in Africa. Belgian army consists of 1
Corps of 1 Mechanized Infantry Division and 1 Parachute/Commando Brigade (all regular).
42 A Belgian Infantry Brigade Headquarters (Commands 3 infantry Battalions, 1 Artillery

Battalion)
Headquarters 1 CP, 1 Sigs, 1 Iltis, 2 Truck, 1 MRT
Security 1 MP, 1 Truck
Engineer Company 2 Com Engr, 2 Truck
42 B Belgian Parachute/Commando Brigade Headquarters (Commands 3

Parachute/Commando Battalions, 1 Para Artillery Battalion, 1 Para Recce Battalion)
Air Defense Battery 4 Mistral, 4 Iltis
Recce Company 3 Scout, 3 Iltis
Engineer Company 4 Com Engr, 4 Truck
42 C Belgian Mechanized Infantry Brigade Headquarters (Commands 2 Mechanized Infantry

Battalions, 1 Armoured Battalion, 1 Armoured Artillery Battalion, 1 Anti Tank Battalion)
Headquarters 1 CP, 1 Sigs, 1 M577, 1 M113, 1 Truck, 1 ARV
Engineer Company 2 Com Engr, 2 M113, 1 AEV
42 D Belgian Armoured Brigade Headquarters (Commands 2 Mechanized Infantry Battalions, 2

Armoured Battalion, 1 Armoured Artillery Battalion, 1 Anti Tank Battalion)
Headquarters 1 CP, 1 Sigs, 1 M577, 1 M113, 1 Truck, 1 ARV
Engineer Company 2 Com Engr, 2 M113, 1 AEV
42 E Belgian Air Defense Group

42 F Belgian Artillery Group

42 G Belgian Parachute/Commando Battalion

Headquarters 1 CP, 1 Sigs, 1 OP, 2 Iltis, 2 Truck, 1 MRT
Mortar Platoon 2 81M, 1 CP, 1 Iltis, 2 Truck
Anti Tank Platoon 2 Milan, 2 Iltis
3 Parachute Companies each 3 Para
42 H Belgian Light Infantry Battalion

Headquarters 1 CP, 1 Sigs, 1 OP, 2 Iltis, 2 Truck, 1 MRT
Mortar Platoon 1 81M, 2 Truck
Anti Tank Platoon 2 Milan, 2 Truck
- 190 –
3 Infantry Companies each 3 Inf, 3 Truck
42 I Belgian Mechanized Infantry Battalion

Headquarters 1 CP, 1 Sigs, 1 M557, 1 AIFV, 1 Truck, 1 ARV
Mortar Platoon 1 M125, 1 M106, 1 CP, 1 OP, 2 M113
Reconnaissance Platoon 1 Scorpion, 1 Scimitar
3 Infantry Companies each 3 Inf, 3 AIFV
Note Other available APCs that could replace the AIFV include:
M3HT
M75
AMX VCI
M113
42 J Belgian Armoured Battalion

Headquarters 1 CP, 1 Sigs, 1 M577, 1 M113, 1 M548, 1 Leopard 1, 1
ARV, 1 Leopard 1 Dozer
Reconnaissance Platoon 1 Scorpion, 1 Scimitar
3 Tank Companies each 3 Leopard 1
Note Other tanks available include:
M47
AMX13/105
M4/76
M41
M24
M41 or M24 replaces both Scorpion and Scimitar in
reserve unit equipped with tanks other than Leopard 1.
42 K Belgian Armoured Recce Battalion

Headquarters 1 CP, 1 Sigs, 1 M577, 1 M113, 1 M548, 1 Leopard 1, 1
ARV, 1 Scorpion, 1 Scimitar
3 Recce Companies each 3 Leopard 1
Note Light tanks were used prior to 1985, namely M41 and
M24. Light recce vehicles would be replaced by the M8
and M20 armoured cars.
42 L Belgian Jager Recce Battalion

Headquarters 1 CP, 1 Sigs, 1 Spartan, 1 M577, 1 Truck, 1 ARV
Security 2 MP, 2 Spartan
3 Companies each 2 Scorpion, 2 Scimitar, 1 Striker
42 M Belgian Parachute Recce Battalion

3 Companies each 3 Scout, 3 Iltis
42 N Belgian Parachute Artillery Battalion

Headquarters 1 CP, 1 Sigs, 1 Iltis, 1 Truck, 1 ARV
3 Batteries each 2 105Hb, 4 Truck, 1 CP, 1 Op, 1 Iltis
Note Other artillery available:
105Ha
- 191 –
155Ha
155Hb
42 O Belgian Artillery Battalion

3 Batteries each 2 M109A2, 4 Truck, 1 CP, 1 Op, 1 Iltis
Note Other artillery available in early periods:
M109
M108
M44
M7
42 P Belgian Heavy Artillery Battalion

2 Batteries each 2 How, 4 Truck, 1 CP, 1 Op, 1 Iltis
Note Howitzer is:
203Ha
M110
42 Q Belgian Missile Regiment

2 Batteries each 1 Lance, 1 Truck
42 R Belgian Anti Aircraft Artillery Battalion

3 Batteries each 2 SPAAG
Note Weapons systems available:
M163
Gerpard
20AA (add trucks as prime movers)
Gatling (Towed, again add trucks)
42 S Belgian Anti Aircraft Missile Battalion

4 Batteries each 1 Hawk, 2 Truck
42 T Belgian Anti Tank Battalion

Cannon Company 3 JP Kanone
Missile Company 4 Milan, 4 Jeep, 4 Truck
42 U Belgian Engineer Battalion

42 V Belgian Heavy Engineer Battalion

2 Engineer Companies 3 Com Engr, 3 Truck
1 Armd Engineer Company 3 AVLB, 3 Pon Engr, 3 M113
- 192 –
42 W Belgian Bridging Battalion

1 Bridging Company 3 Tank Bridge, 2 Pon Engr, 5 Truck
2 Bridging Companies each 6 Truck Bridge, 4 Pon Engr, 10 Truck
42 X Belgian Army Aviation Group

Security 1 MP, 1 Iltis
1 Liaison Battalion 4 Alouette II
2 Attack Helo Battalions 4 A109/AT
Large Units:
Mechanized Infantry Division – 1 Armoured Brigade, 1 Mechanized Brigade

- 193 –
43 The Netherlands
The Dutch are marginally prepared to operate in Europe but would require time to mobilize
to get their units to full strength. Dutch commandos work very closely with the British Royal Marine
Commandos and are considered to be very good. Dutch mechanized units have participated in
various UN missions although not always successfully. The Dutch army in 1980 consisted of 1
Corps of 3 Mechanized Infantry Divisions (1 Regular, 1 Reserve and 1 Mixed) plus Corps troops.
The peace dividend of the 1990s reduced the regular Dutch army to one mixed division. This army
tends to follow the German model, while commando units follow the British model.
43 A Dutch Light Infantry Brigade Headquarters (Commands 3 Light Infantry and 1 Towed
Artillery Battalion)
43 B Dutch Infantry Brigade Headquarters (Commands 3 Infantry and 1 Towed Artillery

Battalion)
Reconnaissance Company 3 LR/MG
Tank Company 3 Cen 13
43 C Dutch Airmobile Infantry Brigade Headquarters (Commands 3 Airmobile Infantry

Battalions)
Engineer Company 3 Com Engr
Heavy Mortar Company 3 120M, 3 Truck, 2 Jeep, 1 CP, 1OP
43 D Dutch Mechanized Infantry Brigade Headquarters (Commands 1 Tank, 2 Mechanized

Infantry and 1 Artillery Battalion)
Headquarters 1 CP, 1 Sigs, 1 YP408, 2 Truck
Reconnaissance Company 4 M113R, 1 YPR765, 1 M106
Engineer Company 1 AVLB, 1 CEV, 2 Com Engr, 2 M113
Air Defense Company 3 Gepard
Note APC types as per Armoured Infantry Battalion note.
43 E Dutch Armoured Brigade Headquarters (Commands 2 Tank, 1 Mechanized Infantry and 1

Artillery Battalion)
43 F Dutch Light Brigade Headquarters (Commands 1 Tank, 1 Mechanized Infantry, 1 Artillery

and 1 Recon Battalion)
- 194 –

43 G Dutch Air Defense Group (Commands 6 Air Defense Artillery Battalions)

43 H Dutch Artillery Group (Commands 4 Heavy Artillery Battalions)

43 I Dutch Commando Battalion

3 Infantry Companies each 3 Rifle, 1 Dragon
1 Support Company 1 LR/MG, 3 Stinger, 2 Milan, 1 81M, 1 CP, 1 OP
43 J Dutch Light Infantry Battalion

Headquarters 1 CP, 1 Jeep, 1 Truck, 1 MRT
1 Support Company 1 LR/MG, 2 Stinger, 1 Jeep/TOW, 1 120M, 1 CP, 1 OP, 2
Jeeps, 2 Trucks
43 K Dutch Infantry Battalion

1 Support Company 1 CP, 1 OP, 1 120M, 1 Truck, 2 Jeep
43 L Dutch Airmobile or Marine Battalion

1 Support Company 1 LR/MG, 3 Stinger, 1 Jeep/TOW, 1 81M, 1 CP, 1 OP
Note Marines have four infantry companies.
43 M Dutch Armoured Infantry Battalion

Headquarters 1 CP, 1 APC, 1 Truck, 1 ARV
Recce Platoon 1 APC or M113R
3 Infantry Companies each 3 APC, 3 Rifle, 1 Dragon
1 Support Company 1 CP, 1 OP, APC/120, 1 APC/TOW
Note APC can be M3 HT, M113, YPR or YP408 depending on
year. Only one type employed in a battalion; ARV should
match type.
43 N Dutch Tank Battalion

Headquarters 1 Tank, 1 Truck, 1 ARV
Reconnaissance Platoon 1 M113 or YPR or M113R
Note Tanks can be Sherman, Centurion 13, Leopard 1 or
Leopard 2. Use M113 with Centurion and Leopard 1 and
- 195 –
YPR with Leopard 2.
43 O Dutch Recce Battalion

Headquarters 1 CP, 1 M113, 1 Truck, 1 ARV
3 Recce Companies each 1 Leo 1, 4 M113R
Support Company 1 CP, 1 OP, 1 M106, 2 M113
43 P Dutch Field Artillery Battalion

4 batteries each 2 How, 4 Truck, 1 CP, 1 OP, 2 YP408
Note Howitzers include:
105Ha
105Hb
155Ha
155Hb
43 Q Dutch Self Propelled Artillery Battalion

4 Batteries each 2 How, 2 Truck, 1 CP, 1 OP, 2 M113
M7
AMX105
M109
M109A4
M107
M110
43 R Dutch MLRS Battalion

2 Batteries each 2 MRLS, 2 Truck, 1 CP, 1 OP, 2 M113
43 S Dutch Air Defense Artillery Battalion

2 Batteries each 2 40AA, 12.7AA, 3 Truck
43 T Dutch Corps Engineer Regiment

2 Bridging Companies each 2 Pon Engr, 2 Bridge, 4 Truck
43 U Dutch Divisional Engineer Group (Commands 2 Engineer Regiments)

43 V Dutch Air Force Tactical Aviation Group

2 Attack Helo Squadrons ea 3 AH64
1 Observation Squadron 5 BO105
1 Medium Lift Squadron 3 Cougar 2
- 196 –
1 Heavy Lift Squadron 2 CH47
Large Units:
Mechanized Infantry Division 1980 – 1 Armoured Brigade, 2 Mechanized Brigade, 1 Recce

Battalion
Mixed Division 1990 – 1 Mechanized Brigade, 1 Light Brigade, 1 Airmobile Brigade, 1 Artillery
Group, 1 Engineer Group, 1 Air Defense Battalion
- 197 –
44 Denmark Post 1980
Denmark is a small nation with a very small military. The Danes have very little operational
experience. The Danes have no immediate history of military prowess and their capabilities are
unknown in real war conditions. The last time their nation was invaded the government ordered the
troops to stay in their barracks, which they did until ordered to surrender by the German occupation
authority. There is one division in the Danish Army – The Jutland Division.
44 A Division Headquarters
44 B Danish Mechanized Brigade Headquarters 1980+ (Commands 1 Armoured Battalion, 2

Mechanized Infantry Battalion, 1 Motorized Infantry Battalion, 1 Artillery Battalion)
Anti Tank Company 2 Jeep/TOW
Air Defense Company 4 Redeye, 4 Jeep
Engineer Company 2 Com Engr, 1 Pon Engr, 3 M113
Recon Company 1 Rifle, 1 M113, 2 M41, 1 M125
44 C Danish Motorized Infantry Battalion 1980+

Mortar Platoon 1 CP, 1 OP, 120M, 1 Truck, 2 Jeep
4 Motorized Companies each 3 Rifle, 3 Truck
44 D Danish Mechanized Infantry Battalion 1980+

Recon Platoon 1 Scout, 1 M113
Mortar Platoon 1 CP, 1 OP, 120M, 1 Truck, 1 M125
1 Tank Company 2 Leo1
2 Mechanized Companies ea 3 Rifle, 3 M113
1 Motorized Company 3 Rifle, 3 Truck
Note Motorized company is available at war mobilization
44 E Danish Armoured Battalion 1980+

Recon Platoon 1 Scout, 1 M113
Mortar Platoon 1 CP, 1 OP, 120M, 1 Truck, 1 M125
2 Tank Companies each 2 Leo1
1 Mechanized Companies ea 3 Rifle, 3 M113
1 Motorized Company 3 Rifle, 3 Truck
Note Motorized company is available at war mobilization
44 F Danish Engineer Battalion 1980+

4 Companies each 2 Com Engr, 2 Truck
44 G Danish Brigade Artillery Battalion 1980+

- 198 –

2 Batteries each 1 CP, 1 OP, 2 M113, 2 Truck, 2 1M109A4
1 Battery 1 CP, 1 OP, 2 Jeep, 4 Truck, 2 155Ha
Air Defense Battery 3 Truck, 2 40AA, 1 AD Rad
44 H Danish Division Artillery Regiment 1980+

1st Battalion
2 Batteries each 1 CP, 1 OP, 2 Jeep, 4 Truck, 2 155Ha
1 Battery 1 CP, 1 OP, 2 Jeep, 4 Truck, 2 203H
2nd Battalion
2 Batteries each 1 CP, 1 OP, 2 Jeep, 4 Truck, 2 230H
44 I Danish Anti Aircraft Battalion 1980+

2 Companies each 3 Truck, 2 40AA, 1 AD Rad
44 J Danish Helicopter Squadron 1980+

3 Flights 3 OH500M
Large Units:
Mechanized Division - 1 Divisional Headquarters, 3 Mechanized Brigades, 1 Artillery Regiment, 1

Anti Aircraft Battalion, 1 Engineer Battalion, 1 Helicopter Squadron.
- 199 –
45 Switzerland
An armed neutral since the middle ages, Switzerland has enjoyed a long peace in the
midst of two world wars and the cold war. The Swiss army uses almost all home developed
equipment in the armed neutral tradition. However recently it started to purchased high value proven
systems in Europe. Every adult in the country is militarily trained and most are reservist who keep
their weapon at home and ready to go in an emergency. The army has high morale and is at home
in the rugged country of its native land. Doctrine is strictly defensive and based on the fixed lines of
fortifications and delaying positions backwards to the centre of the country. Local quick and violent
counter attacks are emphasized to keep the enemy of balance and make him pay for each inch of
nation captured. One of the last armies in the world to still use the bicycle as a means of infantry
transport.
45 A Swiss Division Headquarters

Headquarters 1 CP, 1 Sigs, 1 SB63, 2 Truck
45 B Swiss Panzer Brigade Headquarters

Recon Company 4 Eagle
45 C Swiss Territorial Brigade Headquarters

45 D Swiss Infantry Regiment Headquarters (Commands 3 infantry battalions; two motorized

and one mounted in M113 or LAV III)
Recce Company 4 Eagle
Note Mountain infantry do not have an AT or recce company.
Territorial infantry regiments use Milan and trucks in their
AT Company.
45 E Swiss Artillery Regiment Headquarters (Commands 3 artillery battalions)

45 F Swiss Cyclist Regiment (Commands 2 cyclist battalions)

45 G Swiss Territorial Regiment (Commands 3 mountain battalions)

45 H Swiss Panzer Battalion

1 Recon Platoon 1 Eagle
3 Tank Companies each 4 MBT
1 Mech Infantry Company 3 Rifle, 3 SB63
1 Mortar Company 2 LAV/120, 1 CP, 1 OP, 2 SB63
1 Anti Tank Company 3 LAV/AT
- 200 –
Note MBT is Pz68 in infantry support battalions and Leopard 2

in Armoured Brigades.
45 I Swiss Infantry Battalion

1 Recon Platoon 1 Eagle
1 Tank Company 4 MBT
3 Infantry Companies each 3 Rifle, 3 SB63
1 Mortar Company 2 LAV/120, 1 CP, 1 OP, 2 SB63
1 Anti Tank Company 3 LAV/AT
Note Mechanized infantry has the SB63, others have Mowag
APC and no tank company. SB63 is being replaced with
the Swedish CV90. Mountain infantry do not have SB63
and the AT company is Milan with trucks. Territorial
infantry battalions do not have an AT Company or recce
platoon either.
45 J Swiss Groupe de Train

45 K Swiss Rescue Battalion

3 Rescue Companies each 5 Rifle
Note These units are not armed in peacetime and are used to
as an alpine patrol with SAR capabilities. They do
represent a large organized pool of mountain-trained
troops. It is likely to assume in the event of war on their
homeland this unit would become a standard mountain
infantry battalion or even a mountain infantry commando
battalion.
45 L Swiss Cyclist Battalion

1 Sp Company 2 120M, 4 Truck, 1 CP, 1 OP, 2 Jeep, 2 Milan
3 Cyclist Companies each 3 Rifle, 3 Cycle
45 M Swiss Mountain Battalion

1 Mortar Company 2 120M, 2 Truck, 1 CP, 1 OP, 2 Jeep
1 Anti Tank Company 3 Milan, 3 Truck
Note Territorial infantry battalions do not have an AT Company.
45 N Swiss Engineer Battalion

1 Technical Company 2 AVLB, 2 CEV, 2 Bulldozer
3 Combat Engr Companies ea 3 Com Engr, 3 Truck
45 O Swiss Mechanized Artillery Battalion

- 201 –

3 Batteries each 2 M109G, 1 CP, 1 OP, 2 SP63, 2 Truck
45 P Swiss Artillery Battalion

3 Batteries each 2 105Hc, 1 CP, 1 OP, 2 Jeep, 4 Truck
Note Mountain artillery uses 105Hc with 2 Trucks.
Fortress Artillery uses 155Hc but they are emplaced in
concrete and cannot be moved, so delete trucks.
45 Q Air Defense Group

3 Batteries each 5 Stinger, 5 Truck
1 Battery 3 20AA, 3 Truck
45 R Swiss Supply Battalion

3 Supply Coys 6 Truck
Large Units:
Panzer Brigade - 1 Brigade Headquarters, 1 Mechanized Battalion, 2 Panzer Battalions, 1

Mechanized Artillery Battalion, 1 Engineer Battalion, 1 Cyclist Regiment.
Territorial Brigade - 1 Brigade Headquarters, 1 Rescue Battalion, 1 Groupe de Train, 1 Territorial

Regiment (3 to 6 battalions), 1 Artillery Battalion (notational in peace time), 1 Engineer Battalion
(notational in peace time), 1 Supply Battalion.
Mountain Division – 1 Division Headquarters, 2 Mountain Infantry Regiments, 1 Artillery Regiment,

1 Air Defense Group, 1 Engineer Regiment.
Field Division – 1 Division Headquarters, 3 Infantry Regiments, 1 to 2 Panzer Battalions, 1 Artillery

Regiment, 1 Air Defense Group, 1 Engineer Regiment.
Field Corps – 1 Corps Headquarters, 2 Field Divisions, 1 Armoured Brigade, 1 Artillery Regiment (2
Battalions).
- 202 –
46 Sweden
Also an armed neutral, Sweden maintains a large standing army with much locally
designed equipment. Sweden is serious about its neutrality and conducts a joint services exercise
annually where the whole armed forces will deploy to the field including a sizeable portion of its
reserves. Swedish doctrine is based on successive lines of delay and making the invader pay
dearly for each yard of ground. All of Sweden is a military camp with national highways designed to
be used as fighter jet runways and harden positions available in the most unlikely spots for
protection. Swedish troops are professional and competent and very adapt at winter warfare
operations. There are two ORBATs - Org63 and Org90 and a modification Org2001 presented here.
46 A Swedish Infantry Brigade Headquarters 1963 to 1989

Recon Company 4 Scout, 4 Truck
Anti Tank Company 1 Inf AT, 1 BV206/90
Armd Anti Tank Company 2 IKV91, 1 Rifle, 1 Truck
Anti Aircraft Company 2 20AA, 1 Redeye, 3 Truck
46 B Swedish Infantry Brigade Headquarters 1990 to 2000

Recon Company 4 Scout, 4 Truck
Anti Tank Company 1 Inf AT, 1 BV206/90
Armd Anti Tank Company 3 IKV91, 1 Com Engr, 1 Truck
Anti Aircraft Company 2 20AA, 1 RBS70, 3 Truck
46 C Swedish Arctic Infantry Brigade Headquarters 1963 to 1989

Headquarters 1 CP, 1 Sigs, 3 BV206, 1 ARV
Recon Company 4 Scout, 4 BV206
Anti Tank Company 3 BV206/90, 1 Com Engr, 1 BV206
Anti Aircraft Company 2 Redeye, 2 BV206
46 D Swedish Arctic Infantry Brigade Headquarters 1990 to 2000

Headquarters 1 CP, 1 Sigs, 3 BV206, 1ARV
Recon Company 4 Scout, 4 BV206
Anti Tank Company 3 IKV91, 1 Com Engr, 1 BV206
Anti Aircraft Company 2 RBS70, 2 BV206
46 E Swedish Mechanized Infantry Brigade Headquarters 1963 to 1989

Headquarters 1 CP, 1 Sigs, 1 APC, 2 Truck, 1 MRT
Recon Company 3 Scout, 3 APC
46 F Swedish Mechanized Infantry Brigade Headquarters 1990 to 2000

46 G Swedish Mechanized Infantry Brigade Headquarters 2001+

- 203 –
2 Anti Tank Companies each 3 BV206/TOW
46 H Swedish Armoured Brigade Headquarters 1963 to 1989

46 I Swedish Mechanized Infantry Brigade Headquarters 2001+

2 Anti Tank Companies each 3 BV206/TOW
46 J Swedish Armoured Brigade Headquarters 1990 to 2000

46 K Swedish Infantry Battalion 1963 to 1989

Headquarters 1 CP, 1 Sigs, 3 Truck, 1 MRT
4 Companies each 3 rifle, 1 84RR
Recon Platoon 1 Scout
Mortar Platoon 1 120M, 1 CP, 1 OP, 3 Truck
46 L Swedish Infantry Battalion 1990 to 2000

Headquarters 1 CP, 1 Sigs, 3 Truck, 1 MRT
4 Companies each 3 rifle, 1 84RR
Recon Platoon 1 Scout
Mortar Platoon 1 120M, 1 CP, 1 OP, 3 Truck
46 M Swedish Arctic Infantry Battalion 1963 to 1989

4 Companies each 3 rifle, 1 84RR, 3 BV206
Recon Platoon 2 Scout, 2 BV206
Anti Tank Platoon 3 84RR, 3 BV206
Mortar Platoon 1 120M, 1 CP, 1 OP, 3 BV206
46 N Swedish Arctic Infantry Battalion 1990 to 2000

4 Companies each 3 rifle, 1 84RR, 3 BV206
Recon Platoon 2 Scout, 2 BV206
Anti Tank Platoon 3 84RR, 3 BV206
Mortar Platoon 1 120M, 1 CP, 1 OP, 3 BV206
46 O Swedish Mechanized Battalion 1963 to 1989

Headquarters 1 CP, 1 Sigs, 2 APC, 1 Truck, 1 ARV
Tank Company 3 Tanks
Anti Tank Company 3 IKV91
2 Mech Companies each 3 Rifle, 1 84RR, 2 APC, 1 Truck
- 204 –

Cannon Company 1 Jeep/90, 1 105Ha, 1 CP, 1 OP, 2 Jeep, 2 Truck
Note Tanks are:
PV33 to 1966
S Tank from 1966
Centurion 13 from 1964
Leopard 2 from 1997
APCs are:
PBV301
PBV302
CV90
46 P Swedish Mechanized Battalion 1990 to 2000

2 Mech Companies each 3 Rifle, 184RR, 3 APC
Engineer Platoon 1 Com Engr, 1 AVLB, 1 Bridge
Recon Platoon 1 Scout, 1 APC
Anti Aircraft Platoon 1 SPAAG
Mortar Platoon 1 120M, 1 CP, 1 OP, 2 Jeep, 2 Truck
Note APCs are:
PBV301
PBV302
CV90
46 Q Swedish Armoured Battalion 1963 to 1989

2 Mech Companies each 3 Rifle, 1 84RR, 2 APC, 1 Truck
Anti Tank Platoon 2 Jeep/90
Cannon Company 1 105Ha, 1 CP, 1 OP, 2 Jeep, 2 Truck
Note Tanks are:
PV33 to 1966
S Tank from 1966
Leopard 2 from 1997
APCs are:
PBV301
PBV302
CV90
46 R Swedish Armoured Battalion 1990 to 2000

Mortar Company 2 120M, 1 CP, 1 OP, 2 Jeep, 3 Truck
- 205 –
2 Mech Companies each 3 Rifle, 1 84RR, 3 APC

Note Tanks are:
S Tank from 1966
Leopard 2 from 1997
APCs are:
PBV301
PBV302
CV90
46 S Swedish Armoured Battalion 2000+

Engineer Platoon 1 Com Engr, 1 APC
2 Mech Companies each 3 Rifle, 1 84RR, 3 APC
Note Tanks are:
S Tank from 1966
Leopard 2 from 1997
APCs are:
PBV301
PBV302
CV90
46 T Swedish Artillery Battalion 1963 to 1989

3 Batteries each 2 155Ha, 1 CP, 1 OP, 2 Jeep, 3 Truck
or
2 VK501, 1 CP, 1 OP, 2 Jeep, 2 Truck
Note APCs are:
PBV301
PBV302
46 U Swedish Artillery Battalion 1990 to 2000

3 Batteries each 2 155Hb, 1 CP, 1 OP, 2 Jeep, 3 Truck
or
2 VK501, 1 CP, 1 OP, 2 Jeep, 2 Truck
Note APCs are:
PBV301
PBV302
46 V Swedish Engineer Battalion 1963 to 2000+

Bridge Company 2 Bridge, 2 Pon Engr, 4 Truck
- 206 –
2 Engineer Companies each 2 Com Engr, 2 Trucks

Note APCs are:
PBV301
PBV302
46 W Swedish Anti Tank Battalion 1963 to 2000+

2 TOW Companies each 2 PV551, 1 PBV302, 1 Rifle
Cannon Company 4 Jeep/90
Note APCs are:
PBV301
PBV302
46 X Swedish Anti Aircraft Battalion 1990 to 2000

Self Propelled Company 2 LV701
Towed Company 2 RBS70, 2 Truck
Note APCs are:
PBV301
PBV302
46 Y Swedish GHQ Anti Aircraft Battalion 1990 to 2000

3 Companies each 3 40AA, 1 AD Rad, 4 Truck
Note APCs are:
PBV301
PBV302
46 Z Swedish Helicopter Battalion 1963 to 2000+

3 Companies each
Large Units:
Infantry Brigade 1963 to 1990 - 1 Brigade Headquarters, 1 Engineer Battalion, 3 Infantry

Battalions
Arctic Infantry Brigade 1963 to 1990 - 1 Brigade Headquarters, 1 Engineer Battalion, 3 Arctic
Infantry Battalions
Armoured Brigade 1963 to 1990 - 1 Brigade Headquarters, 1 Engineer Battalion, 3 Armoured

Battalions, 1 Artillery Battalion
Mechanized Brigade 1963 to 1990 - 1 Brigade Headquarters, 1 Engineer Battalion, 1 Armoured

Battalion, 2 Mechanized Battalions, 1 Artillery Battalion
Armoured Brigade 1990 to 2000 - 1 Brigade Headquarters, 1 Engineer Battalion, 3 Armoured

Battalions, 1 Artillery Battalion, 1 Anti Aircraft Battalion, 1 Anti Tank Battalion.
- 207 –
Mechanized Brigade 1990 to 2000+ - 1 Brigade Headquarters, 1 Engineer Battalion, 3

Mechanized Battalions, 1 Artillery Battalion, 1 Anti Aircraft Battalion, 1 Anti Tank Battalion.
Mechanized Brigade 2001+ - 1 Brigade Headquarters, 1 Engineer Battalion, 3 Mechanized

Battalions, 1 Artillery Battalion, 1 Anti Aircraft Battalion.
- 208 –
47 Republican Italy
Italy has presented an interesting modern military history. From complete defeat in 1943, it
was rebuilt by the Allies in 1943 to fight the Germans in Italy and free the Allies to invade Europe.
Even in this role it did not realize much success. Equipped after the war with first surplus Canadian
Army equipment, then newer American equipment it now makes “made in Italy” American inspired
equipment.
47 A Brigade Headquarters Group 1989+

Headquarters 1 CP, 1 Sigs, 1 APC, 1 MRT, 3 Truck
Anti Tank Company 3 SPAT (either Jeep/106, M113/106, M150)
Note Anti-Tank Company added to Mechanized and Armoured
Brigades in 1983.
47 B Italian Infantry Battalion 1949 to 1979

Headquarters 1 CP, 1 Sigs, 1 Jeep, 1 MRT, 3 Truck, 1 Jeep/106
3 Infantry Companies each 3 Rifle, 1 Baz
1 Mortar Company 2 81M, 1 CP, OP, 2 Jeep, 4 Truck
Note Use this ORBAT for Mountain and Parachute units to
1989 by replacing Baz with Folgore in 1980.
47 C Italian Infantry Battalion 1979+

Headquarters 1 CP, 1 Sigs, 1 Jeep, 1 MRT, 3 Truck, 1 Jeep/106
3 Infantry Companies each 3 Rifle, 1 Folgore
47 D Italian Motorized Infantry Battalion 1959 to 1989

Headquarters 1 CP, 1 Sigs, 1 Tank, 1 MRT, 3 Truck, 1 Jeep/106
3 Infantry Companies each 3 Rifle, 1 Baz, 4 Truck
47 E Italian Infantry Regiment 1949 to 1959 (Commands 2 to 4 Infantry Battalions)

Headquarters 1 CP, 1 Sigs, 1 M113, 1 ARV, 3 Truck
47 F Italian Infantry Regiment 1959+ (Commands 3 Infantry Battalions)

47 G Italian Parachute Infantry Regiment 1949 to 1989 (Commands 3 Infantry Battalions)

Headquarters 1 CP, 1 Sigs, 1 Jeep, 1 ARV, 3 Truck
47 H Italian Mountain Infantry Regiment 1949 to 1989 (Commands 3 Infantry Battalions)

Headquarters 1 CP, 1 Sigs, 1 Jeep, 1 ARV, 3 Truck
47 I Italian Parachute Infantry Regiment 1999+

Headquarters
47 J Italian Mountain Infantry Regiment 1999+

- 209 –
Headquarters
47 K Italian Infantry Regiment 1999+

Headquarters 1 CP, 1 Sigs, 1 IFV, 1 M577, 2 Truck
3 Rifle Companies each 3 Rifle, 3 VCC80
1 Anti Tank Company 2 TOW, 3 Milan
1 Mortar Company 1 CP, 1 OP, 2 M113, 2 SPM
47 L Italian Bersaglieri Battalion 1949 to 1989

Headquarters 1 CP, 1 Sigs, 1 Tank, 1 ARV, 3 Truck, 1 Jeep/106 or
M150
3 Bersaglieri Companies each 3 Inf, 3 M113 or VCC1, 1 Jeep/106 or M113/106 or M150
1 Mortar Company 2 M113/120, 1 CP, OP, 2 Jeep
Note Use M3 HT for APC prior to 1969, M113 overlaps to 1989
and VCC1 after 1986. It is probable that the armoured
divisions had VCC1 and the mechanised divisions M113
after 1986. M150 is added after 1983.
47 M Italian Bersaglieri Regiment 1999+

Headquarters
47 N Italian Armoured Battalion 1959 to 1979

Headquarters 1 CP, 1 Sigs, 1 Tank, 1 ARV, 3 Truck
3 Companies each 3 M46 or M47
47 O Italian Armoured Battalion 1979 to 1989

3 Companies each 3 M60 or Leo 1
Note The Ariete Armoured Division had the M60, the Centuro
Armoured Division and the Mechanised Divisions had
Leopard 1. The Centuro division only has one armoured
and one mechanised brigade.
47 P Italian Armoured Regiment 1999+

Headquarters
47 Q Italian Divisional Cavalry Battalion 1949 to 1989

1 Armoured Company 3 M60 or Leo 1 or M47
2 Bersaglieri Companies each 3 Inf, 3 M3 HT, M113 or VCC1, 1 Jeep/106 or M113/106
Note APC and Tank as appropriate to year.
47 R Italian Cavalry Regiment 1999+

Headquarters
47 S Italian Fortress Regiment 1999+

Headquarters
- 210 –
47 T Italian Fortress Battalion

Headquarters
47 U Italian Recce Cavalry Group

Headquarters
47 V Italian Field Artillery Battalion

3 Batteries each 1 CP, 1OP, 2 Jeep, 2 Tubes, 2 Trucks
Note Tubes - 1949 – 1959: M7, Sexton, 155Ha, 149Ha, 5.5H
1959 – 1969: 155Ha, M52, 105Ha
1969 – 1979: M109, 155Ha, 155Hb, 105Hb
1979 – 1989: M109G, 155Hc, 155b, 105Hb
1969 – 1989: 203H
M109 and M52 in Mechanized and Armoured Brigades
only, 155H used as divisional artillery. 203H form one
artillery battalion per infantry, mechanized and armoured
division. 105Hb is the 105mm pack howitzer used by the
parachute units. Mountain Artillery Battalions have 2
batteries of 105mm pack howitzers and 1 battery of
120mm mortars.
47 W Italian Engineer Regiment

Headquarters
47 X Italian Engineer Battalion

Headquarters
47 Y Italian SAM Regiment

Headquarters
47 Z Italian SHORAD Regiment

Headquarters
47 AA Divisi onal Helicopter Battalion 1975 to 1989

Headquarters 1 CP, 1 Sigs, 1 APC, 1 MRT, 3 Truck
2 Flights each 2 AB206
1 Recce Flight 2 AB47
47 AB Italian General Purpose Aviation Regiment

Headquarters
47 AC Italian Amphibious Regiment (Sardegna) (Commands 3 to 4 amphibious battalions and

and tank battation)
Note Tank battalion is equipped with an older type of tank than
the army tank battalions.
47 AD Italian Amphibious Battalion (Sardegna)

- 211 –
Headquarters 1 CP, 1 Sigs, 1 M113, 1 ARV, 3 Truck, 1 Jeep/106 or

M150
3 Marine Companies each 3 Inf, 3 M113, M113/106 or M150
1 Mortar Company 2 M113/120, 1 CP, OP, 2 Jeep
1 Amphibious Company 5 LVTP7
Large Units:
Infantry Division 1949 to 1990 – 1 Divisional Headquarters, 2 Infantry Regiments or Brigades

(depending on year), 1 Fortress Regiment, 1 Armoured Infantry Regiment, 1 Field Artillery
Regiment, 1 Recce Cavalry Group, 1 Engineer Battalion
Armoured Division 1949 to1990 – 1 Divisional Headquarters, 2 Tank Brigades (2 Armoured

Battalions and 1 Bersaglieri Battalion, 1 Field Armoured Battalion), 1 Mechanized Brigade (1
Armoured Battalion and 3 Bersaglieri Battalions, 1 Field Artillery battlion), 1 Field Artillery Regiment
(3 Field Artillery Battalions and 1 203H Battalions), 1 Divisional Cavalry Battalion, 1 Engineer
Battalion, 1 Divisional Helicopter Battalion (after 1975)
Mechanized Division 1949 to1990 – 1 Divisional Headquarters, 1 Tank Brigade (2 Armoured

Battalions and 1 Bersaglieri Battalion, 1 Field Armoured Battalion), 2 Mechanized Brigades (1
Armoured Battalion and 3 Bersaglieri Battalions, 1 Field Artillery battlion), 1 Field Artillery Regiment
(3 Field Artillery Battalions and 1 203H Battalion), 1 Divisional Cavalry Battalion, 1 Engineer
Battalion, 1 Divisional Helicopter Battalion (after 1975)
Cavalry Brigade 1949 to 1990 – 1 Brigade Headquarters, 2 Cavalry Regiments, 1 Field Artillery
Regiment.
Parachute Brigade 1949 to 1990 – 1 Brigade Headquarters, 1 Parachute Infantry Regiment, 1

Parachute Field Artillery Regiment, Parachute Engineer Battalion.
Mountain Brigade 1949 to 1990 – 1 Brigade Headquarters, 1 Mountain Infantry Regiment, 1

Mountain Field Artillery Regiment, 1 Fortress Battalion, 1 Engineer Company.
Infantry Brigade 1949 to 1990 – 1 Brigade Headquarters, 1 Infantry Regiment, 1 Field Artillery
Regiment, 1 Engineer Company.
Motorized Infantry Brigade 1949 to 1990 – 1 Brigade Headquarters, 3 Motorized Infantry

Battalions, 1 Field Artillery Battalion, 1 Mortar Company.
Armoured Group 1947 – 1 Group Headquarters, 2 tank Battalions (Sherman), 1 Mechanized

Infantry Battalion (M3 HT)
Armoured Brigade 1948 – 1 Brigade Headquarters, 3 tank Battalions (Sherman), 1 Mechanized

Infantry Battalion (M3 HT), 1 Artillery Battalion (M7)
Missile Brigade 1965 – 1 Brigade Headquarters,
Alpine (Alpina) Brigade 2002+ – 1 Brigade Headquarters,

- 212 –
Paratroop (Folgore) Brigade 2002+ – 1 Brigade Headquarters,
Airmobile Brigade (Friuli) 2002+ – 1 Brigade Headquarters,
Bersaglieri Brigade 2002+ – 1 Brigade Headquarters,
Armoured Brigade 2002+ – 1 Brigade Headquarters,
Armoured Cavalry Brigade 2002+ – 1 Brigade Headquarters,
Mechanized Brigade 2002+ – 1 Brigade Headquarters,
Artillery Brigade 2002+ – 1 Brigade Headquarters,

- 213 –
48 Greece
Greece is NATO and WEU member and placed at the meeting place of Asia, Africa and
Europe. Greece is heavily deployed on its Eastern frontier with Turkey and is deployed in Albania
and FROYM. Greece supports the Republic of Cyprus and has gone to war with Turkey three times
since gaining independence from Turkey. Greece and Turkey are NATO allies in name only and do
not cooperate with each other unless under the supervision of the USA.
48 A Greek Infantry Regimental Headquarters 2002+

Headquarters 1 CP, 1 Sigs, 1 Stinger, 2 M113, 1 M577, 1 Truck, 1 MRT
Note Greece is scrapping the regiment as a military unit and
standing up more flexible brigades to allow more cross
attachment.
48 B Greek Brigade Headquarters 2002+

Headquarters 1 CP, 1 Sigs, 1 Stinger, 2 M113, 1 M577, 1 Truck, 1 MRT
48 C Greek Infantry Battalion 2002+

Headquarters 1 CP, 1 Sigs, 2 Jeep, 1 CP Truck, 1 Truck, 1 MRT
1 Support companies 1 81M, 1 CP, 1 OP, 2 Jeep, 4 Truck, 2 Spigot
48 D Greek Mechanized Infantry Battalion 2002+

Headquarters 1 CP, 1 Sigs, 1 APC, 1 M577, 1 Truck, 1 ARV
3 Companies each 3 Rifle, 3 APC
1 Support Company 2 M106, 1 CP, 1 OP, 2 VBL/Milan
Note APC can be:
M113 from 1970
BMP2 (no ATGW) from 1994
Leonidas from 1996
KIFV from 2004
48 E Greek Marine Infantry Battalion 2002+

Headquarters 1 CP, 1 Sigs, 2 AAV7, 1 CP Truck, 1 Truck, 1 MRT
3 Companies each 3 Marine, 3 AAV7
1 Support companies 1 81M, 1 CP, 1 OP, 4 AAV7, 2 VBL/Milan
48 F Greek Special Forces Battalion 2002+

3 Companies each 3 Cdo
1 Support companies 1 81M, 1 CP, 1 OP, 2 Jeep, 2 Truck, 2 VBL/Milan
48 G Greek Tank Battalion 2002+

Headquarters 1 Tank, 1 CP, 1 Sigs, 1 APC, 1 M577, 1 Truck, 1 ARV
1 Reconnaissance Company
Note Tank can be
M48 from 1970
- 214 –
M48A5 from 1988

M60 from 1981
AMX30 from 1986
Leo 1 from 1984
Leo 2 from 2005
48 H Greek Reconnaissance Battalion

Headquarters
48 I Greek Reconnaissance Company 2002+

Headquarters
48 J Greek Engineer Battalion 2002+

Headquarters
48 K Greek Engineer Company 2002+

Headquarters
48 L Greek Anti Aircraft Battalion 2002+

Headquarters 1 CP, 1 Sigs, 1 Jeep, 1 CP Truck, 1 Truck, 1 ARV
3 Batteries each 2 Tubes, 2 Trucks or 2 SPAA
Note Tubes are:
12.7AA
23AA
40AA
M42
ZSU23
SA8
SA15
Hawk
48 M Greek Artillery battalion 2002+

Headquarters 1 CP, 1 Sigs, 1 Jeep, 1 CP Truck, 1 Truck, 1 ARV
3 Companies each 1 CP, 1 OP, 2 Tubes, 4 Truck, 2 Jeep
Note Tubes can be:
M110
M107
MRLS
RM70
MGM140
155Ha
105Ha
105Hb
75Ha
48 N Greek Self Propelled Artillery Battalion 2002+

3 Companies each 1 CP, 1 OP, 2 M109 or PzA2000 or M52 or Dana, 2
Truck, 2 M113
- 215 –
48 O Greek Anti Tank Company 2002+

3 Platoons each 1 M901
48 P Greek Aviation Battalion 2002+

3 Companies each 2 Helos
Note Helos are:
AH64 (1 Battalions)
CH47 (1 Battalion)
UH1 (5 Battalions)
Large Units:
Armoured Division – 1 Divisional HQ, 3 Armoured Regiments, 1 Artillery Command (3 Battalions,

2 105mm and 1 155mm), 1 Recon Battalion, 1 Engineer Battalion. The armoured division is the
old ORBAT, all Greek units are now built around brigades.
Infantry Division – 1 Divisional HQ, 3 Infantry Regiments, 1 Artillery Command (3 Battalions, 2

105mm and 1 155mm), 1 Tank Battalion. The infantry division is the last of the old ORBAT, all
Greek units are now built around brigades.
Armoured Brigade – 1 Brigade HQ, 2 Tank Battalions, 1 Mechanized Infantry Battalion, 1 Self
Propelled Artillery Battalion, 1 Engineer Company, 1 Anti Tank Company
Mechanized Brigade – 1 Brigade HQ, 1 Tank Battalion, 3 Mechanized Infantry Battalions, 1 Self
Propelled Artillery Battalion, 1 Engineer Company, 1 Anti Tank Company
Marine Brigade – 1 Brigade HQ, 3 Marine Battalions, 1 Artillery Battalion, 1 Tank Battalion
Aviation Brigade - 1 Brigade HQ, 1 Attack Battalion (AH64), 1 Transport Battalion (CH47), 3
Operational Battalions
- 216 –
49 Turkey
Turkey is the only Muslim member of NATO and WEU and placed at the meeting place of
Asia, Africa and Europe. Turkey is heavily deployed on its Western frontier with Greece. Turkey
supports the Northern Republic of Cyprus and has gone to war with Greece three times since losing
Greece as a part of the Ottoman Empire. Greece and Turkey are NATO allies in name only and do
not cooperate with each other unless under the supervision of the USA. Greece and Turkey will
never operate together as co-belligent nations in any theatre of operations without a nation buffering
between them.
49 A Turkish Division Headquarters

Headquarters
49 B Turkish Infantry Regiment Headquarters

Headquarters
Recon Platoon
Mortar Company
Anti Tank Company
49 C Turkish Infantry Brigade Headquarters

Headquarters
49 D Turkish Armoured Brigade Headquarters

Headquarters
49 E Turkish Mechanized Brigade Headquarters

Headquarters
49 F Turkish Border Defence Regiment

Headquarters
49 G Turkish Independent Infantry Regiment

Headquarters
49 H Turkish Infantry Battalion

Headquarters
49 I Turkish Mechanized Infantry Battalion

Headquarters
49 J Turkish Commando Battalion

Headquarters
49 K Turkish Presidental Guard Regiment

Headquarters
49 L Turkish Border Defence Battalion

Headquarters
- 217 –
49 M Turkish Armoured Battalion

Headquarters
49 N Turkish Recon Battalion

Headquarters
3 Recon Companies each
49 O Turkish Armoured Recce Squadron

Headquarters
49 P Turkish Recce Squadron

Headquarters
49 Q Turkish Recce Group

Headquarters
49 R Turkish Artillery Battalion

Headquarters
3 Batteries each
49 S Turkish Anti-Aircraft Battalion

Headquarters
49 T Turkish Engineer Battalion

Headquarters
49 U Turkish Attack Helicopter Battalion

4 Squadrons each 3 AH
Note Currently there is only one Attack Helicopter Battalion
with 3 squadrons of AH1S and 1 Squadron of AH1P.
49 Q Turkish Aviation Regiment (Commands 2 or 3 transport, observation and/or utility helicopter

battalions and is deployed at the Corps level)
49 R Turkish Aviation Battalion

3 Squadrons each
Note Observation uses U17B, Transport uses Cougar, Utility
uses UH1 or AB205A. Only one type of helicopter per
Squadron and one tactical role per battalion (Observation,
transport or utility). Special Forces (1st Commando
Parachute Brigade) have a battalion that deploys a
squadron each S70A, UH1 and U17B.
Large Units:
- 218 –
Armoured Brigade – 1 Brigade Headquarters, 2 Armoured Battalions, 1 Mechanized Infantry

Battalions.
Infantry Regiment – 1 Regiment Headquarters, 3 Infantry Battalions.
Mechanized Infantry Brigade – 1 Brigade Headquarters, 1 Armoured Battalion, 2 Mechanized

Infantry Battalions.
Infantry Brigade 1989 – 1 Brigade Headquarters, 4 Infantry Battalions, 2 Towed Artillery

Battalions, 1 Recce Squadron.
Mechanized Infantry Brigade 1989 – 1 Brigade Headquarters, 1 Armoured Battalion, 2

Mechanized Infantry Battalions, 2 Self-propelled Artillery Battalions, 1 Armoured Recce Squadron.
Commando Brigade 1989 – 1 Brigade Headquarters, 3 Commando Battalions, 2 Towed Artillery

Battalions. Most Commando brigade are assigned anti Kurd terrorist roles in the mountains
of Eastern Turkey.
Mountain Commando Brigade 1989 – 1 Brigade Headquarters, Most Commando brigade are
assigned anti Kurd terrorist roles in the mountains of Eastern Turkey.
Armoured Brigade 1989 – 1 Brigade Headquarters, 2 Armoured Battalions, 2 Mechanized Infantry

Battalions, 2 Self-propelled Artillery Battalions.
Infantry Division – 1 Division Headquarters, 3 Infantry Regiments, 1 Armoured Battalion, 1 Recon

Battalion, 1 Engineer Battalion, 1 Artillery Regiment.
Mechanized Infantry Division – 1 Division Headquarters, 2 Mechanized Brigades, 1 Armoured

Brigades, 1 Recon Battalion, 1 Engineer Battalion, 1 Artillery Regiment.
Armoured Division – 1 Division Headquarters, 1 Mechanized Brigades, 2 Armoured Brigades, 1

Recon Battalion, 1 Engineer Battalion, 1 Artillery Regiment.
- 219 –
50 Finland
The Finnish military is equipped along Soviet lines but maintains a unique organization that
grown out of 6 years of war with the Soviet Union. Finland is an armed neutral but being next to the
USSR maintains a close relationship equipment wise. This works for Finland because the Soviet
Union is the only potential aggressor on their borders thus being familiar with their equipment allows
them to intregate any captures right away and on the battlefield. The Finnish army stresses infantry
skills in a winter combat environment and they excel at it. Only armour and Jaeger brigades exist
in peacetime, infantry brigades are created at mobilization. With demise of the USSR and the
lessening of the threat from Russia, Finland is moving toward non-aligned Sweden in terms of
equipment standardization (and Sweden is buying SISU vehicles from the Finns). This equipment
technology sharing may well create a Scandinavian military power block in the post cold war
vacuum.
50 A Finnish Armoured Brigade Headquarters

Headquarters 1 CP, 1 Tank, 1 Sigs, 1 SISU, Truck
1 Armoured Recce Company 4 BMP2
1 Anti Tank Missile Company 4 BMP2/Sigot
50 B Finnish Infantry Brigade Headquarters

Headquarters 1 CP, 1 Sigs, 1 Jeep, Truck
50 C Finnish Jaeger Brigade

Headquarters 1 CP, 1 Sigs, 1 SISU, Truck
1 Recce Company 3 BV206, 3 Jeep
1 Anti Tank Missile Company 4 TOW, 4 BV206
50 D Finnish Artillery Regiment (Commands 2 Artillery Battalions)

50 E Finnish Anti-Aircraft Artillery Regiment (Commands 2 Anti Aircraft Artillery Battalions)

Note This is a strategic formation organized for the protection of
infrastructure.
50 F Finnish Infantry Battalion

Headquarters 1 CP, 1 Sigs, 1 BV202, 1 Truck
3 Companies each 3 Rifle, 1 RPG7
Support Company 1 AGS17, 1 81M, 1 CP, 1 OP, 4 BV202, 1 Sigot
Note Many units are mounted in trucks or not at all depending
on their role (mobilization or local defence).
50 G Finnish Jaeger Battalion

3 Jaeger Companies each 3 Rifle, 1 Inf AT, 4 SISU
Support Company 1 AGS17, 1 SISU/120, 1 CP, 1 OP, 4 SISU, 1 Sigot
Note Although most armies consider the Jaeger troops to be
light infantry, it is Finnish practice that they are elite
- 220 –
mechanized infantry. However they are highly trained in

irregular operations in arctic and sub arctic environments
and highly adapt at the use of skis and winter survivial.
50 H Finnish Armoured Battalion

Headquarters 1 MBT, 1 CP, 1 Sigs, 1 BTR50, Truck, 1 T55/Marksman
2 Tank Companies each 3 MBT
1 Mechanized Infantry Coy 3 Rifle, 3 BMP2
Note MBT is (order of readiness) Leopard 2A4, T72M
(Armoured Brigades), T55 (maybe in reserve now but
some have been used as AA tank conversion). BMP2 is
being replaced by CV90 in Armoured brigades. There are
BMP1 held in reserve.
50 I Finnish Engineer Battalion

Headquarters 1 CP, 1 Sigs, 1 SISU, 1 Truck
3 Companies each 3 Com Engr, 3 Truck
1 Technical Company 3 Bridge, 2 Bulldozer, 3 Truck
Note There is a limited amount of specialized equipment so
only a few battalions have a complete technical company.
50 J Finnish Artillery Battalion

3 Batteries each 2 Tubes, 1 CP, 1 OP, 2 SISU/OP
Note Tubes are 122Hc, 152Hb (Jaeger and Infantry), 2S1, 2S5
(armoured), 155Hc and 122MRL (independent army and
corps support). Finns place high value in their artillery
arm and thus supply alot of it at the brigade level under
direct brigade control. It is normal for a maneuver
battalion to have a full artillery battalion dedicated to it in
close support. This is in keeping with Finnish doctrine
that all brigades must be able to function without a direct
link to higher headquarters. Finnish doctrine stresses
commanders intent to an extent not realized in NATO
inspired armies.
50 K Finnish Strategic Anti-Aircraft Battalion

3 Batteries each 3 SA11
Note SA11 is used to protect cities and towns.
50 L Finnish Jaeger Brigade Anti-Aircraft Battalion

1 Battery 6 SA16, 6 SISU
1 Battery 4 23AA, 4 SISU
1 Battery 4 SISU/Crotale
50 M Finnish Helicopter Battalion

- 221 –

Note Finland has one military battalion in existence however
there are sufficient privately owned and goverment owned
Mi8s to create 3 more battalions. Main roles are cargo
transport and cas evac but they do practice airmobile
insertion on a company level.
Large Units:
Infantry Brigade – 1 Brigade Headquarters, 4 Infantry Battalions, 2 Artillery Regiment (2 Battalions

[mixture of 120M and 152Hb), 1 engineer Battalion, 1 Anti Aircraft Battery, 1 ATGW Battery, 1
Recce Company. All infantry brigades are reservist formations in peacetime save one training
brigade. These brigades are mobilized in their local area for service in their locality during
war.
Jaeger Brigade – 1 Brigade Headquarters, 4 Jaeger Battalions, 1 Artillery Regiment (3 Battalions

[2 122Hc, 1 152Hb]), 1 Engineer Battalion, 1 Anti Aircraft Battalion, 1 ATGW Battery, 1 Recce
Company.
Readiness Brigade – 1 Brigade Headquarters, 4 Jaeger Battalions, 1 Artillery Regiment (3

Battalions [2 2S1, 1 2S5), 1 engineer Battalion, 1 Anti Aircraft Battalion, 1 ATGW Battery, 1 Recce
Company. This ORBAT is somewhat spectulative as the Finnish army states that 3 of it’s
Jaeger Brigades are at an increased state of readiness but with a light weight foot print (all
regulars with reservists acting in non-critical roles). I am assuming all the newest and best
light equipment is concentrated here and that an armoured battalion is part of these units.
Armoured Brigade – 1 Brigade Headquarters, 3 Armoured Battalions, 1 Artillery Regiment (2

Battalions), 1 engineer Battalion, 1 Anti Aircraft Battalion, 1 ATGW Battery, 1 Armoured Recce
Company. There maybe sufficient equipments for a two or more armoured brigades
(T55/BMP 2/1 with towed artillery) held in reserve.
- 222 –
51 Spain
A fascist nation left out in the cold at the end of World War Two. It had to rely long on its
own resources, however, the advent of the cold war saw large amounts of US equipment transferred
to it for base rights and tact assistance to the free world. Since the death of Franco Spain has re-
joined the European community and is modernizing its military with a mixture of US, European and
homemade equipment.
51 A Spanish Division Headquarters

Headquarters
51 B Spanish Parachute Brigade Headquarters

Headquarters
Anti Tank Company
Engineer Company
51 C Spanish Armoured Brigade Headquarters

Headquarters
Anti Tank Company
Engineer Company
51 D Spanish Mechanized Brigade Headquarters

Headquarters
Anti Tank Company
Engineer Company
51 E Spanish Armoured Battalion

Headquarters 1 CP, 1 Sigs, 1 Tank, 2 Truck, 1 ACP
3 Companies 4 Tank
Note Tank can be M47 or Leopard 2
51 F Spanish Mechanized Battalion

Headquarters 1 CP, 1 Sigs, 1 VEC, 1 Truck, 1 ACP
3 Companies 3 Rifle, 3 VEC
1 Anti Tank Company
1 Cavalry Platoon
51 G Spanish Parachute Battalion

Headquarters
3 Companies each
Anti Tank Platoon
Recce Platoon
AA Platoon
Mortar Platoon
51 H Spanish Mountain Battalion

Headquarters
3 Companies each
Anti Tank Platoon
- 223 –
Recce Platoon
AA Platoon
Mortar Platoon
51 I Spanish Infantry Battalion

Headquarters
3 Companies each
Anti Tank Platoon
Recce Platoon
AA Platoon
Mortar Platoon
51 J Spanish Special Operations Battalion
51 K Spanish Divisional Cavalry Regiment

Headquarters
Light Armoured Group
Headquarters
Armoured Recce Company
Group Mechanized
Headquarters
Squadron Armoured
Company Mechanized
51 L Spanish Light Cavalry Regiment

Headquarters
51 M Spanish Artillery Regiment

Headquarters
2 Batteries
Note Parachute brigades use 105Hb.
51 N Spanish Self Propelled Artillery Regiment

Headquarters
3 Batteries
51 O Spanish Air Defence Artillery Regiment

Headquarters
1 Gun Battery
1 Missile Battery
51 P Spanish Engineer Regiment

Headquarters
3 Companies
51 Q Spanish Engineer Regiment (Mechanized)

Headquarters
4 Companies
- 224 –
Large Units:
Armoured brigade – 1 Brigade Headquarters,
Mechanised infantry brigade – 1 Brigade Headquarters,
Armoured Cavalry brigade – 1 Brigade Headquarters,
Parachute brigade – 1 Brigade Headquarters, 3 Parachute Infantry Battalions, 1 Parachute

Artillery Battalion, 1 Engineer Battalion.
Airmobile brigade – 1 Brigade Headquarters, 3 Infantry Battalions, 1 Artillery Battalion, 1 Special

Operations, 1 Engineer Company.
Spanish Foreign Legion brigade – 1 Brigade Headquarters, 3 Infantry Battalions, 1 Artillery

Battalion, 1 Special Operations, 1 Engineer Company.
Mountain brigade – 1 Brigade Headquarters, 3 Mountain Infantry Battalions, 1 Mountain Artillery

Battalion, 1 Engineer Company.
Light infantry brigade (following mobilisation) – 1 Brigade Headquarters,
Land Aviation Force – 1 Force Headquarters, 1 Attack helicopter Battalion (), 1 Transport
Helicopter Battalion (CH47), 3 Utility Helicopter Battalions (UH1).
Mechanized Division – 1 Division Headquarters, 3 Mechanized Brigades, 1 Engineer Battalion, 1

Self Propelled Artillery Battalion.
Rapid Action Force – 1 Force Headquarters, 1 Legion Brigade, 1 Parachute Brigade, 1 Mountain
Brigade, 1 Land Aviation Force.
- 225 –
52 Taiwan 1997+
Taiwan is a small island off the coast of mainland China where the Nationalist Government
retreated following their defeat by the Communist Chinese. With the assistance of the US Navy,
the Nationalists have created a new country in what was once a province of China. The main threat
to their existence is the Communist Army but this is unlikely as long as US support is available.
Recently the military re-organized into 30 brigade groups, discarding the concept of the division and
reassigning all support services to the brigades. The military is equipped with US equipment
although much of this is modified and added to by a growing home defense industry.
52 A Taiwanese Light Infantry Brigade Headquarters (Reserve army only)

Engineer Company 3 Com Engr, 3 Trucks
Cavalry Company 1 M24, 3 Jeep/MG
Anti-Tank Company 3 106RR, 3 Truck
Anti Aircraft Company 2 40AA, 2 Truck
52 B Taiwanese Airmobile Brigade Headquarters (Commands 4 Helicopter Battalions (one

each) and 2 Airmobile Battalions)
Headquarters 1 CP, 1 Sigs, 2 HMMV, 1 Truck, 1 MRT
AA Platoon 1 HMMV/AA
52 C Taiwanese Marine Infantry Brigade Headquarters (Commands 1 Artillery Battalion, 1

Tank Battalion, 2 Marine Infantry Battalions)
Engineer Company 1 Com Engr, 1 LVTP5, 1 Dozer
Heavy Mortar Company 4 120M, 2 OP, 1 CP, 3 HMMV, 4 Truck
Reconnaissance Company 3 HMMV/MG
Anti Aircraft Company 3 M730
52 D Taiwanese Armoured Brigade Headquarters (Commands 2 Armoured Battalions, 3

Armoured Infantry Battalions and 1 Artillery Battalion)
Headquarters 1 CP, 1 Sigs, 1 M577, 1 APC, 1 Truck, 1 ARV
Engineer Company 1 Com Engr, 1 APC, 1 Dozer, 1 AVLB with Bridge, 1
M548
Cavalry Company 1 M41, 3 V150
Anti-Tank Company 3 M901
Anti Aircraft Company 3 HMMV/AA
Note APC types include:
Tracked
M113
CM21
AIFV
Wheeled
V150
CM31
HMMV
52 E Taiwanese Light Infantry Battalion (Reserve army only)

- 226 –

1 Support Company 1 Stinger, 1 81M, 1 106RR, 1 OP, 1 Jeep, 3 Trucks
52 F Taiwanese Marine Battalion

Headquarters 1 CP, 1 Sigs, 3 LVTP5, 1 MRT
3 Rifle Companies each 3 Marine, 1 90RR, 3 LVTP5
1 Support Company 1 Stinger, 1 81M, 1 OP, 1 HMMV/106, 3 LVTP5
52 G Taiwanese Airmobile Battalion

1 Support Company 1 Stinger, 1 120M, 1 OP, 1 HMMV/106, 3 HMMV
52 H Taiwanese Armoured Infantry Battalion

2 Rifle Companies each 3 Inf, 90RR, 3 APC
1 Tank Company 3 M60A3
1 Support Company 1 Stinger, 1 APC, 1 M125, M113/106
Tracked
M113
CM21
AIFV
52 I Taiwanese Motorized Infantry Battalion

2 Rifle Companies each 3 Inf, 90RR, 3 APC
1 Tank Company 3 M48A5
1 Support Company 1 Stinger, 1 APC, 1 V150/M, 1 V150/106
Wheeled
V150
CM31
HMMV
52 J Taiwanese Armoured Battalion

Headquarters 1 CP, 1 M577, 1 M60A3, 1 Truck, 1 ARV
1 Rifle Company 3 Inf, 90RR, 3 CM21
52 K Taiwanese Marine Armoured Battalion

Headquarters 1 CP, 1 M577, 1 M41, 1 Truck, 1 ARV
1 Anti Tank Company 3 CM25/AT
52 L Taiwanese Artillery Battalion

3 Batteries each 2 How, 4 Truck, 1 CP, 1OP, 2 HMMV
- 227 –

Airmobile
75H
Light
105Ha
105Hb
Medium
155Ha
155Hb
M109A2 (Marines only)
Heavy (Corps Assets)
203Ha
203Hb
52 M Taiwanese Mixed Artillery Battalion

2 Light Batteries each 2 How, 4 Truck, 1 CP, 1OP, 2 HMMV
1 Medium Battery 2 How, 4 Truck, 1 CP, 1OP, 2 HMMV
Light
105Ha
105Hb
Medium
155Ha
155Hb
52 N Taiwanese Anti Aircraft Gun Battalion

Note Anti Aircraft Guns include:
12.7AA
35AA
40AA
52 O Taiwanese Anti Aircraft Missile Battalion (Corps Asset)

2 Batteries each 2 SAM, 2 Truck
Note Anti Aircraft Missiles include:
Nike Hercules
Hawk
Patriot
52 P Taiwanese Attack Helicopter Battalion

3 Attack Companies each 2 AH1
52 Q Taiwanese Recce Helicopter Battalion

2 Recce Companies each 2 OH58D
- 228 –
52 R Taiwanese Assault Helicopter Battalion

3 Assault Companies each 2 UH1
52 S Taiwanese Air Transport Battalion

3 Transport Companies each 2 CH47D
Large Units:
No units between Corps and Brigade. Corps has a variety of brigades in number and type
depending on circumstance and mission.
- 229 –
53 Viet Cong, Viet Minh and Army of the People’s Republic of North Vietnam
10,000 days of war has strengthened the Vietnamese communist into an un-beatable entity
on his home ground. The French could not understand it, the American refused to understand it
and the Chinese learned to accept it. Vietnam beat them all!
53 A Division Headquarters
53 B Viet Minh Regimental Headquarters

AA Company 3 ZPU4
53 C Viet Cong Regimental Headquarters

AA Company 3 ZPU4
53 D People’s Army of Vietnam Regimental Headquarters

AA Company 3 ZPU4, 3 Truck
53 E Viet Minh Infantry Battalion

3 Companies each 3 Rifle, 1 60M, 1 MG
Recon Platoon 1 Recon
53 F Viet Cong Local Force Battalion

3 Companies each 3 Rifle, 1 RPG7, 1 60M, 1 MG
53 G Viet Cong Main Force Battalion

3 Companies each 3 Rifle, 1 82RR, 1 60M, 1 MG
Sapper Platoon 1 Com Engr
53 H People’s Army of Vietnam Infantry Battalion

3 Companies each 3 Rifle, 1 RPG7, 1 60M, 1 MG
1 Support Company
AT Platoon 1 82RR
Sapper Platoon 1 Com Engr
53 I Viet Minh Engineer Regiment

- 230 –
53 J Viet Cong Sapper Battalion
53 K People’s Army of Vietnam Engineer Battalion
53 L Viet Minh Artillery Battalion

3 Batteries each 1 CP, 1 Tube (or 2 Mortar and no trucks), 2 Trucks
Note Tubes are: 75Ha
76Ha
120M
122Ha
152Ha
53 M Viet Cong Artillery Battalion

3 Batteries each 1 CP, 1 Tube (or 2 Mortar and no trucks), 2 Trucks
Note Tubes are: 82M
120M
122Ha
53 N People’s Army of Vietnam Artillery Battalion

Headquarters 1 CP, 1 OP, 2 Gaz
3 Batteries each 1 CP, 1 Tube (or 2 Mortar), 2 Trucks (or 3 Trucks)
Note Tubes are: BM21 (army level counter battery asset)
120M
122Ha
122Hb
152Ha
53 O Viet Minh Anti Aircraft Artillery Battalion

Headquarters 1 CP
3 Batteries each 3 ZPU4
53 P Viet Cong Anti Aircraft Artillery Battalion

Headquarters 1 CP
3 Batteries each 3 ZPU4
53 Q People’s Army of Vietnam Anti Aircraft Artillery Battalion

Headquarters 1 CP
3 Batteries each 3 Tubes
Note Tubes can be 37AA
85AA
100AA (There were a lot of these)
SA2
SA3
ZPU4
- 231 –
53 R People’s Army of Vietnam Tank Battalion

Headquarters 1 Tank, 1 CP, 1 Truck
Note Tank is as follows: T34/85 to 1980
T55 from 1960 on
T62 1971 to 1993
Type59 from 1971
M48A3 from 1975 to 1985
Type63 from 1973
PT76 no restriction
M41 from 1975 to 1985
Large Units:
Sub Region – a geographic area in enemy terrain where a number of units operate permanently. It
is a sub component of a region.
Region - a geographic area in enemy terrain where a number of units operate permanently. Less
than Division in size.
Tank Brigade – 1 Brigade Headquarters, 3 Tank Battalions (propably organized like Soviet Tank
Regiments but never used as such)
Division – usually controls 3 to 6 regiments plus support attachments. This unit was formalized as
in the Soviet practice but only recently (1990s).
Artillery Division – usually controls 2 to 4 artillery regiments. This unit was formalized as in the
Soviet practice but only recently.
- 232 –
54 Japanese Ground Self Defense Forces
Since the end of the Allied occupation Japan has gone out of its way to be un-military.
Militarism is a crime in Japan. The Japanese Ground Self Defense force reflects that belief in its
organization and doctrine. Strictly defensively oriented, it is deployed to assist the civil power in the
event of natural events more so than to defend the Japanese islands. Since the 1990, the division
size units of the Japanese Self Defense Forces are organized identically; there are no armoured
division only mechanized infantry called Army Division. Japanese divisions are very small in
comparison to most nations.
54 A Japanese Division Headquarters

54 B Japanese Infantry Regiment

Mortar Company 1 81M SP, 4 107M SP, 2 APC, 1 OP, 1 CP
Note APC are:
Type 73 from 1973
Type 89 from 1989
54 C Japanese Tank Regiment

Note Tank are:
Type 61
Type 74
Type 90
54 D Japanese Artillery Regiment

2 Artillery Batteries each 2 Type 75, 2 APC, 1 CP, 1 OP
54 E Japanese Anti Aircraft Artillery Regiment

2 Gun Companies each 2 Type 87
2 Missile Companies each 2 Stinger, 2 Jeep
Large Units:
Large Army Division – 1 Division Headquarters, 4 Infantry Regiments, 1 Tank Regiment, 1 Artillery
Regiment, 1 Anti Aircraft Artillery Regiment
Small Army Division – 1 Division Headquarters, 3 Infantry Regiments, 1 Tank Regiment, 1 Artillery
Regiment, 1 Anti Aircraft Artillery Regiment
Independent Army Brigade – 1 Brigade Headquarters, 2 Infantry Regiments, 1 Tank Regiment, 1

Mixed Artillery Regiment
- 233 –
55 Australia
A non-military country with much in common with Canada. Australia has seen action in
Vietnam and the Solomon Islands. Lightly equipped but has no real external threats.
55 A Australian Brigade Headquarters

Headquarters 1 CP, 1 Sigs, 1 Vehicle, 2 Truck
55 B Australian Infantry Battalion 1960 to 1980

Headquarters 1 CP, 1 LR, 1 Sigs, 2 Truck
1 Support Company
Mortar Platoon 1 CP, 1 OP, 1 81M, 2 Truck, 2 LR
AT Platoon 2 120RR, 2 LR
Engineer Platoon 1 Com Engr, 1 Truck
55 C Australian Light Infantry Battalion 1981 to 2003+

Headquarters
55 D Australian Mechanized Infantry Battalion

Headquarters
55 E Australian APC Squadron 1966 to 1967

5 M113, 1 M125
55 F Australian Cavalry Regiment (APC) 1966 to 1985

Headquarters 1 CP, 1 Sigs, 1 M113, 2 Truck
3 Squadrons each 5 M113, 1 M125, 2 M113 FSV
55 G Australian Cavalry Regiment

Headquarters
55 H Australian Armoured Regiment

Headquarters 1 CP, 1 Sigs, 1 M113, 1 Tank, 2 Truck
3 Squadrons each 4 Tank
Note Tank is 1945 to 1955 Sherman
1956 to 1981 Centurion 105
1981 to 2008 Leopard 1
2008 M1A2
55 I Australian Medium Artillery Regiment

Headquarters 1 CP, 1 Sigs, 1 LR, 2 Truck
2 Batteries each 2 155Hc, 4 Truck, 2 LR, 1 CP, 1 OP
55 J Australian Field Artillery Regiment

3 batteries each 2 105Hc, 4 Truck, 2 LR, 1 CP, 1 OP
Note 120mm Mortar on GM LAV III Chassis is being
- 234 –
introduced, 105mm Howitzer is being phased out.
55 K Australian Combat Engineer Regiment

Headquarters
Large Units:
Armoured Brigade – 1 Brigade Headquarters, 1 Armoured Regiment, 1 Cavalry Regiment, 1

Medium Arillery Regiment, 1 Combat Engineer Regiment, 1 Mechanized Infantry Battalion.
Infantry Brigade – 1 Brigade Headquarters, 1 Cavalry Regiment, 1 Field Arillery Regiment, 1

Combat Engineer Regiment, 2 Infantry Battalions. (Reservist Formations)
Light Infantry Brigade – 1 Brigade Headquarters, 1 Cavalry Squadron, 1 Field Arillery Regiment, 1
Combat Engineer Regiment, 3 Infantry Battalions. (Airmobile and Airborne capable)
Motorized Infantry Brigade– 1 Brigade Headquarters, 1 Cavalry Regiment, 1 Field Arillery

Regiment, 1 Combat Engineer Regiment, 3 Motorized Infantry Battalions.
- 235 –
56 New Zealand
Another non-military country with much in common with Canada. New Zealand has seen
action in Vietnam. Lightly equipped but has no real external threats.
56 A New Zealand Infantry Battalion 1960 to 1980

Headquarters 1 HQ, 1 LR, 1 Sigs, 2 Truck
1 Support Company
Mortar Platoon 1 CP, 1 OP, 1 81M, 2 Truck, 2 LR
AT Platoon 2 120RR, 2 LR
Engineer Platoon 1 Com Engr, 1 Truck
Large Units:
None this army is too small for larger formations but there is an artillery battery (155mm) and an
lighted armoured squadron (Scorpion).
- 236 –
57 South African Defense Force
South Africa was sanctioned by the world for it’s racial polices since the 1970s. The South
African Armed Forces have grown up in an environment where they have had to develop all their own
equipment. They have faced communist and terrorist threats all along their borders. The army has
developed into a specialized bush war army that has enjoyed success in Nambia and Angola. The
status of its ability and training is more uncertain since the end of apartheid.
57 A South African Defense Force Infantry Brigade Headquarters

Headquarters
57 B South African Defense Force Mechanized Brigade Headquarters

Headquarters
57 C South African Defense Force Tank Regiment

Headquarters 1 CP, 1 Sigs, 2 Casspir, 1 Olifant, 1 Truck
3 Armoured Squadrons each 3 Olifant
57 D South African Defense Force Special Service Battalion

Headquarters
57 E South African Defense Force Armoured Recce Regiment

Headquarters 1 CP, 1 Sigs, 2 Casspir, 1 Ratel 90 or Eland 90, 1 Truck
3 Armoured Squadrons each 3 Ratel 90 or Eland 90
57 F South African Defense Force 61st Mechanised Battalion Group

Headquarters 1 CP, 1 Sigs, 2 Casspir
2 Mech Inf Companies each 3 Rifle, 3 Ratel 20
Armoured Car Squadron 3 Ratel 90
Tank Squadron 3 Olifant
Support Company 1 LR/Milan, 1 LR/106, 1 Ratel/81, 1 CP, 1 OP, 2 LR, 1
Ratel/90, 2 Ystervark/20AA
Artillery Battery 2 155Hc, 4 Truck, 1 CP, 1 OP, 2 Casspir
Note Note in 57 G applies.
57 G South African Defense Force Mechanised Infantry Battalion

Headquarters 1 CP, 1 Sigs, 1 SA7, 3 Ratel 20
3 Mech Inf Companies each 3 Rifle, 3 Ratel 20
Support Company 1 Ratel/ZT3, 2 Ratel/81, 1 CP, 1 OP, 2 Ratel/20, 1
Anti Tank Company 3 Ratel/ZT3, 3 Ratel/90
Note Prior to 1987 use 2 81M, 2 Truck in place of Ratel/81 and
3 Jeep/Entac in place of Ratel/ZT3.
57 H South African Defense Force Motorised Infantry Battalion

Headquarters 1 CP, 1 Sigs, 1 Casspir or Buffel, 2 Truck
3 Mot Inf Companies each 3 Rifle, 3 Casspir or Buffel
Ratel/90
- 237 –
57 I South African Defense Force Light Infantry Battalion

Ratel/90
57 J South African Defense Force Parachute Infantry Battalion

Ratel/90
AT Company 3 Jeep/Entac
Mortar Battery 2 120M, 4 Truck, 1 CP, 1 OP, 2 LR
57 K South African Defense Force 32nd Light Infantry Battalion (“Externals” or “3 Duece
Recono”)
Headquarters 1 CP, 1 Sigs, 1 Casspir or Buffel, 2 Truck
AT Platoon 1 Ratel/ZT3, 1 Ratel/90
5 Mot Inf Companies each 3 Rifle, 3 Casspir or Buffel
Note Note in 57 G applies. This is a somewhat famous unit in
1980s military circles as it was doing asystemical warfare
long before it was in vogue.
57 L South African Defense Force 51st to 55th Modular Infantry Battalion Group
Headquarters 1 CP, 1 Sigs, 2 Casspir
2 Mot Inf Companies each 3 Rifle, 3 Casspir, 1 Eland 60
Armoured Car Squadron 3 Ratel 90, 1 Eland 90
Ratel/90, 2 Ystervark/20AA, 2 Horse, 2 M/C, 4 Recon
57 M South African 101st Battalion SWATF (South West African Territorial Force)
4 Reaction Force Coys each 3 Rifle, 3 Casspir or Buffel
Ratel/90
57 N South African SWATF (South West African Territorial Force) Infantry Battalion
Ratel/90
- 238 –
57 O South African Defense Force Special Forces Regiment

Headquarters
57 P South African Defense Force Light Artillery Regiment

Headquarters 1 CP, 1 Sigs, 1 Ratel/FO, 1 Truck
3 Batteries each 2 Tubes, 2 Truck, 2 Ratel/FO, 1 CP, 1 OP
Note Tubes can be: 105Ha
120M
57 Q South African Defense Force (Light, Medium or Mechanized depending on tubes

issued) Artillery Regiment
Headquarters 1 CP, 1 Sigs, 1 Ratel/FO, 1 Truck
4 Batteries each 2 Tubes, 2 Truck, 2 Ratel/FO, 1 CP, 1 OP
Note Tubes can be: 155Hc (Medium)
5.5” (Medium)
Sexton (Mechanized)
G6 (Mechanized)
127 Rct
120M (Light)
G6 replaced Sexton and T6 replaced 5.5” in the mid
1980s. There are also composite regiments formed for
specific missions. Composite unit use a mixture of
equipment.
57 R South African Defense Force Anti Aircraft Regiment

Headquarters
57 S South African Defense Force Field Engineer Regiment

Headquarters
57 T South African Defense Force Parachute Engineer Regiment

Headquarters
57 U South African Defense Force Helicopter Company

3 Puma
57 V South African Defense Force Combat Helicopter Company

3 Alouette III/20
Large Units:
Infantry Brigade – 20th is the active force unit; this brigade is an operational unit dealing with
counter terrorist operations. Units are assigned as mission dictates.
Mechanized Brigade – two in existence; 43rd is the HQ for all active units not assigned to the
infantry or parachute brigade. 46th is the HQ for all reserve units. Both can be assigned units as a
mission dictates.
- 239 –
Parachute Brigade – one in existence; it is the HQ for all Parachute and Special Forces units.
- 240 –
58 Cuba
Isolated by the USA and the end of communism, this state may have little functioning
equipment or fuel to move it. This army has no experience operating beyond battalion level. It is
doubtful that this army would even die gallantly if pressed.
58 A Cuban Infantry Regimental Headquarters 1965+ (May command 3 infantry battalions plus
attachments)
Headquarters 1 Jeep, 1 CP, 2 Truck, 1 Sigs, 1 MRT
Regimental AA Company 2 14.7AA, 2 Truck
Regimental Recce Company 2 Recon, 2 M/C
58 B Cuban Tank or Mechanized Regimental Headquarters 1965+ (May command 3 battalions

plus attachments)
Headquarters 1 APC, 1 CP, 1 Tank (In tank units only), 2 Truck, 1 Sigs,
1 ARV
Regimental AA Company 1 ZSU57, 1 SA7, 1 APC
Regimental Recce Company 2 PT76
Regimental AT Company 2 BRDM/AT
Regimental Artillery Battery 2 Jeep, 1 OP, 1 CP, 2 Trucks, 2 MTLB, 2 122Ha
Regimental Engineer Coy 2 APC, 2 Combat Engr, 1 Bridge, 1 Truck
Note Tank Regiments command three tank battalions.
Mechanized Regiments command two mechanized and
one tank battalion.
58 C Cuban Tank Battalion 1965+

Headquarters 1 APC, 1 BRDM1, 1 CP, 1 Sigs, 1 Tank, 2 Truck, 1 Sigs
1 Assault Gun Company 3 SU100
Note Tank regiment tank battalions have three companies of
tanks. Tanks available are:
M24 from 1959
T34/85 from 1965
T55 from 1970
T62 from 1980
T72 from 1990
58 D Cuban Infantry Battalion 1965+

Headquarters 1 APC, 1 CP, 1 BRDM1, 1 Sigs, 1 OP, 4 Trucks, 1
14.7AA
1 Mortar Platoon 2 Truck, 1 Jeep, 2 82M, 1 CP
1 Anti-Tank Platoon 1 Truck, 1 57ATG
58 E Cuban Mechanized Infantry Battalion 1965+

14.7AA
- 241 –

1 Mortar Platoon 3 APC, 2 82M, 1 CP
1 Anti-Tank Platoon 2 APC, 2 57ATG
Note APCs available are:
BTR40 from 1965
BTR152 from 1965
BTR60 from 1970
BMP1 from 1980
58 F Cuban Engineer Battalion 1965+

58 G Cuban Armoured Recon Battalion 1965+

Headquarters 1 CP, 1 APC, 1 Truck
1 Armd Recon Company 2 PT76 (APC in Infantry Division)
1 Mech Recon Company 2 BRDM1, 1 BRDM1/AT, 1 M/C, 1 Inf
1 MLRS Company 1 BM21
1 Cannon Company 1 122Ha, 2Truck, 1 CP, 1 OP, 2 Gaz
58 H Cuban Recon Battalion 1965+

Headquarters 1 CP, 1 APC, 1 Truck
2 Recon Company 2 BRDM1, 2 M/C, 2 Inf
1 MLRS Company 1 BM21
1 Cannon Company 1 122Ha, 2Truck, 1 CP, 1 OP, 2 Gaz
58 I Cuban Artillery Regiment Headquarters 1965+

Note Divisional Regiments consist of one light battalion (76 or
85mm tubes), one heavy battalion(152mm or SO152), one
rocket battalion (BM21) and two air defense (1 ZSU23)
companies. Artillery Division Regiments consist of one
light battalion (85mm), one medium battalion (130MM)
one heavy battalion(152mm), one rocket battalion (BM21)
and two air defense (1 ZSU23) companies.
58 J Cuban Artillery Division Headquarters 1965+

Note Commands two artillery regiments, one FROG (FROG4 or
7) regiment and one air defense battery (ZSU23). There is
one artillery division in the Cuban army.
58 K Cuban Artillery Battalion 1965+

Headquarters 2 Jeep, 1 CP, 1 OP, 2 Truck, 1 Sigs
3 Artillery Batteries each 4 Truck, 2 Tubes or 2 BM 21 or SO152, 2 Truck, 1 CP, 1
- 242 –
Gaz
Note Tubes available are:
76Ha
85Ha
122Ha
122Hb
130H
152Ha
BM21
SO152
58 L Cuban Anti Aircraft Regiment 1965+

4 Batteries each 2 Truck, 2 Tubes
37AA
57AA
100AA
58 M Cuban Helicopter Battalion 1990+

3 Companies 2 MI8
Large Units:
Armoured Division – 3 Tank Regiments, 1 Mechanized Infantry Regiment, 1 Artillery Regiment, 1

Anti-Aircraft Regiment, 1 Armoured Recon Battalion, 1 Engineer Battalion
Mechanized Infantry Division – 1 Tank Regiment, 3 Mechanized Infantry Regiments, 1 Artillery

Regiment, 1 Anti-Aircraft Regiment, 1 Armoured Recon Battalion, 1 Engineer Battalion
Infantry Division – 3 Infantry Regiments, 1 Artillery Regiment, 1 Tank Regiment (not in all infantry
divisions), 1 Anti-Aircraft Regiment, 1 Recon Battalion, 1 Engineer Battalion

- 243 –
59 South Vietnam
An American clone and experiment that was extinguished in 1975, this army fought either
very well or very bad. It is much maligned for the corruption of its senior officers and is not
remembered fondly by anyone in Southeast Asia in the period of the war. Interesting, the individual
career soldiers I have spoke with (and served with in the Canadian Army of the 1980s) believed in
what they were doing and seemed capable and efficient. Had there been less corruption and more
attention focused on its successes it may have carried the day, it certainly was not responsible for
the collapse of the republic.
59 A South Vietnam Brigade Headquarters 1964 to 1975

1 MP Company 3 MP, 3 XM706
Note M577 was used in Armoured, Armoured Cavalry and
Mechanized units. Light infantry brigades replace
armoured vehicles with jeeps and trucks.
59 B South Vietnam Mechanized Infantry Battalion 1972 to 1975

Headquarters 1 M113, 1 M577, 1 CP, 1 Sigs, 1 Jeep, 1 OP, 2
M113/106, 1 Truck, 1 ARV
3 Infantry Companies each 3 M113, 3 Rifle, 1 M113/106, 1 M125
59 C South Vietnam Light Infantry Battalion 1964 to 1975

Headquarters 1 CP, 1 Sigs, 2 Jeep, 1 OP, 2 Truck, 1 MRT
4 Infantry Companies each 3 Rifle, 1 MG, 1 90RR, 1 60M
1 Mortar Battery 2 Jeep, 1 OP, 1 CP, 1 107M, 4 Truck, 2 106RR
59 D South Vietnam Ranger Infantry Battalion 1964 to 1975

59 E South Vietnam Marine Infantry Battalion 1964 to 1975

4 Infantry Companies each 3 Rifle, 1 MG, 1 90RR, 1 60M
59 F South Vietnam Mobile Strike Force

Headquarters 1 CP, 1 Sigs, 1 OP, 2 Jeep, 1 Truck,
4 to 8 Companies each 1 CP, 4 Rifle, 1 81M, 1 75RR, 1 MG
59 G South Vietnam Tank Regiment 1964 to 1975

Headquarters 1 M113, 1 M577, 1 CP, 1 Sigs, 1 M48, 1 Truck, 1 ARV
3 Squadrons each 3 M48
Infantry Company 3 M113, 3 Rifle, 1 M113/106, 1 M125
Note 3 units formed in 1970 to replace withdrawn US armour
units. 2 Composite units (2 Squadrons M41 and 2
- 244 –
Squadrons M113 ACAV) were created in 1974.
59 H South Vietnam Field Artillery Battalion 1964 to 1975

Headquarters 1 CP, 1 Sigs, 3 OP, 4 Jeep, 1 Truck, 1 MRT
3 Batteries each 4 Trucks, 2 105Ha or 105Hb or 2 155Ha, 1 CP, 1 Jeep
Note Divisions have 3 105mm + 1 155mm until 1985. They can
have:
105Ha to 1975
105Hb from 1973
155Ha to 1975
59 I South Vietnam Divisional Anti Aircraft Battalion 1964 to 1975

Headquarters 1 M577, 1 CP, 1 Sigs, 1 Jeep, 2 Truck, 1 ARV
3 Auto Weapons Btys each 3 M163 or M42
59 J South Vietnam Helicopter Squadron

4 Flights 2 UH1 or CH47
59 K South Vietnam Armoured Cavalry Regiment 1964 to 1975

Headquarters 1 CP, 1 Sigs, 1 M577, 1 M113, 1 Truck, 1 ARV, 2 V100
2 Assault Squadrons each 1 M113, 1 M113/106, 1 M125, 1 Rifle
1 Tank Squadron 3 M41
Note M48 tanks are available after 1973. Originally formed as a
Corps unit (4) there were 18 such units (one per Division
and 1 per Corps) raised by 1975.
Large Units:
Airborne Brigade - 5 Airborne Infantry Battalions
Ranger Group – 3 to 6 Ranger Infantry Battalions
Corps Armoured Brigade (1973) – 1 Brigade Headquarters, 1 Mechanized Infantry Battalion, 1

Armoured Cavalry Regiment, 1 Tank Regiment.
Marine Division (1969) – 1 Divsional Headquarters, 3 Task Force (Brigade) Headquarters (lettered
A, B and C later 147th, 265th and 369th), 9 Marine Infantry Battalions, 3 105mm Artillery Battalions.
A fourth (468th) brigade of 3 battalions was raised in 1974.
Airborne Division (1970) – 1 Divsional Headquarters, 4 Brigade Headquarters, 9 Airborne Infantry

Battalions, 3 105mm Artillery Battalions, 1 155mm Artillery Battalion, 1 Engineer Battalion (3
brigades prior to 1975).
Infantry Division – 1 Divsional Headquarters, 3 Brigade Headquarters, 8 Light Infantry Battalions, 1

Mechanized Infantry Battalion, 1 Armoured Cavalry Regiment, 1 Anti Aircraft Battalion, 3 105mm
Artillery Battalions, 1 155mm Artillery Battalion, 1 Engineer Battalion.
- 245 –
- 246 –
60 Kuwait
A small insufficient army on the world stage it came into prominence during the Operation
Desert Shield/Storm. It is largely re-equipped now with a mixture of former Yugoslav and US
equipment. It has a gained a certain amount of battle experience and has an excellent air defense
umbrella. Its soldiers are dedicated but are typical of most Arab armies their morale suffers easily
with defeat. With the end of Saddam’s Iraq one can expect this army to decline again.
60 A Kuwaiti Brigade Headquarters

Headquarters 1 CP, 1 Sigs, 1 LR, 2 Truck, 1 APC
60 B Kuwaiti Tank Battalion

Headquarters 1 Tank, 1 CP, 1 APC, 1 Truck, 1 ARV
Note Tanks are:
Chieftain before 1991
M84 from 1991
M1A2 from 1997
APCs are:
M113 before 1991
Saracen before 1991
BMP2 from 1991
BMP3 from 1993
Warrior from 1995
60 C Kuwaiti Mechanized Infantry Battalion

3 Companies each 3 APC, 3 Rifle
1 Mortar Platoon 1 M106, 1 CP, 1 OP, 2 Jeep
1 Anti Tank Company 3 M901 or Jeep/TOW
Note APCs are:
M113 before 1991
Saracen before 1991
BMP2 from 1991
BMP3 from 1993
Warrior from 1995
60 D Kuwaiti Reconnaissance Regiment 1970 –1991

Headquarters 1 CP, 1 Sigs, Spartan, 1 Truck, 1 ARV
3 Recce Squadrons each 4 Saladin, 1 Ferret 2, 1 Saracen, 1 Rifle
60 E Kuwaiti Field Artillery Battalion

Headquarters 1 CP, 1 OP, 2 APC, 1 Sigs, 2 Truck, 1 ARV
3 Batteries 2 M109A4
60 F Kuwaiti MRLS Battery

1 CP, 1 OP, 2 APC, 2 MRLS
60 G Kuwaiti Attack Helicopter Company

- 247 –
2 AH64
60 H Kuwaiti Air Defense Battery

3 Stinger, 3 HMMV or 1 Patriot, 1 AD Rad, 1 Truck
Large Units:
Armoured Brigade – 1 Brigade Headquarters, 3 Tank Battalions, 1 Mechanized Infantry Battalion,

1 Artillery Battalion, 1 Air Defense Battery (stinger), 1 MRLS Battery, 1 Attack Helicopter Company.
Mechanized Brigade – 1 Brigade Headquarters, 1 Tank Battalion, 3 Mechanized Infantry

Battalions, 1 Artillery Battalion, 1 Air Defense Battery (stinger), 1 MRLS Battery, 1 Attack
Helicopter Company.
- 248 –
61 African OpFor
This Orbat is designed to simulate the Soviet and Cuban client states of Africa. This is
modeled on the Angolan Army. If you are using the Somalis add a sprinkling of US WW2
equipment. This section can be used for West “friendly” African forces such as UNITA.
61 A African OpFor Brigade Headquarters 1965+ (May command 3 battalions plus attachments)
Headquarters 1 Jeep, 1 CP, 2 Truck, 1 Sigs, 1 MRT
Regimental AA Company 2 14.7AA, 2 Truck
Regimental Recce Company 2 Recon, 2 M/C
61 B African OpFor Tank Battalion 1965+

Headquarters 1 APC, 1 BRDM1, 1 CP, 1 Sigs, 1 Tank, 2 Truck, 1 Sigs
2 Companies each 3 Tank
Note Tanks available are:
T34/85 from 1965
T55 from 1970
T62 from 1980
T72 from 1990
61 C African OpFor Infantry Battalion 1965+

14.7AA
1 Mortar Platoon 2 Truck, 1 Jeep, 2 82M, 1 CP
1 Anti-Tank Platoon 1 Truck, 1 57ATG
61 D African OpFor Mechanized Infantry Battalion 1965+

14.7AA
1 Mortar Platoon 3 APC, 2 82M, 1 CP
1 Anti-Tank Platoon 2 APC, 2 57ATG
Note APCs available are:
BTR152 from 1965
BTR60 from 1970
BMP1 from 1980
61 E African OpFor Artillery Battalion 1965+

3 Batteries each 4 Truck, 2 Tubes, 1 CP, 1 Gaz
76Ha
85Ha
122Ha
122Hb
130H
152Ha
- 249 –
61 F African OpFor Anti Aircraft Regiment 1965+

3 Batteries each 2 Truck, 2 Tubes
37AA
57AA
100AA
61 G African OpFor Helicopter Battalion 1990+

3 Companies 2 MI8
- 250 –
62 Saudi Arabia
This nation has two armed forces, the National Armed Forces and the Saudi National
Guard. The Army is a poor cousin next to the National Guard. The army is controlled by the
government and the National Guard by the emirs and princes. The National Guard receives huge
sums of private money to buy the best equipment while the army is constrained by the national
budget. Saudi army uses both French and American equipment but never the two in the same
brigade. The Saudi National Guard uses all wheeled equipment that is not in regular use by other
countries. The National Guard is officered by the princes and is tribal based. The Saudi Army is
officered by the middle class and is urban (non-tribal) based with a large number of non-Saudi
muslims in it’s enlisted ranks (Bengali and Pakistani feature). The thing to take away from this is
that there is 2 competing armies in the Saudi Regime.
62 A Saudi Tank Battalion

Headquarters 1 CP, 1 Tank, 1 Sigs, 1 APC, 2 Truck
Note Tank is AMX 30, M60A3 and M1A2 (after 1992) National
Guard Battalions are the same but they were first to
receive the M1A2
62 B Saudi Mechanized Infantry Battalion

Headquarters 1CP, 1 Sigs, 1 APC, 2 Truck
3 Mech Inf Companies each 3 Rifle, 3 IFV
1 Anti Tank Company 4 M150
1 Mortar Platoon 1 M125, 1 CP, 1 OP, 2 M113
Note IFV is AMX10 and/or M2 (after 1992)
APC is VAB and/or M113
62 C Saudi National Guard Mechanized Infantry Battalion

Headquarters 1 CP, 1 Sigs, 1 V150, 2 Truck
3 Mech Inf Companies each 3 Rifle, 3 V150
1 Anti Tank Company 4 V150/AT, 2 V150/90
1 Mortar Platoon 1 V150/120, 1 CP, 1 OP, 2 V150
Note V150 is being replaced by LAV III family with similar
weapons systems (LAVIII/81, LAVIII IFV, LAVIII/105 and
LAV/AT). This re-armament will make them more modern
and more mobile than the regular army.
62 D Saudi Artillery Battalion

Headquarters 1 CP, 1 Sigs, 1 M113, 2 Truck
3 Batteries each 1 CP, 1 OP, 2 M113, SP 155mm
Note SP is either GCT, F3 or M109A6. National Guard has
towed 155Hc but is receiving 120M SP on LAV III
Chassis.
62 E Saudi Air Defense Battalion

Headquarters 1 CP, 1 Sigs, 11Jeep, 2 Truck
3 Batteries each 2 M163, 4 Jeep/Stinger
- 251 –
Note Batteries are attached to brigades.
62 F Saudi Engineer Company

Headquarters
62 G Saudi Armoured Recce Company

4 AML90 or M113 ACAV
62 H Saudi Aviation Company
62 I Saudi Air Defense Company (National Guard)

3 V150/AD (to be replaced by LAVIII/AD)
62 J Saudi Armoured Recce Company (National Guard)

2 V150/20, 2 V150/AT, 2 V150, 2 Rifle
Large Units:

Self Propelled Artillery Battalion, 1 Armoured Recce Company, 1 Engineer Company, 1 Aviation
Company.
Infantry Brigade -

Battalions, 1 Self Propelled Artillery Battalion, 1 Armoured Recce Company, 1 Engineer Company,
1 Aviation Company.
Airborne Brigade –
Royal Guard Brigade -
All Arms Brigade (National Guard) – 1 Brigade Headquarters, 3 Mechanized Infantry Battalion
(National Guard), 1 Artillery Battalion, 1 Armoured Recce Company, 1 Engineer Company, 1
Aviation Company, 1 Air Defense Company.
- 252 –
63 Multi-National Military Units
Recently several nations have come together to create standing military forces for special
operations, such as UN Peace-keeping and regional conflict monitoring.
63 A Euroforce Corps
Made up of member states of the European Union, Spanish 1st Mechanized Division is also
slated as part of this formation.
63 A1 EuroCorps Franco-German Brigade 1990 to 1999

Headquarters 1 CP, 1 Sigs, 1 VAB, 1 M577, 1 Truck
Recon Squadron 2 VBL/MG, 2 VBL/Milan
Engineering Squadron 1 AEV, 2 Com Engr, 2 M113
292 Motor Grenadier Battalion
Headquarters 1 CP, 1 Sigs, 2 Fuchs, 1 Truck
4 Companies each 3 Rifle, 3 Fuchs
Support Company 2 120M, 2 Wiesel/TOW, 1 Wiesel/20, 2 Milan, 2 Stinger,
1 CP, 1 OP, 6 Fuchs
110 Mech Battalion
Headquarters 1 CP, 1 Sigs, 2 VAB, 1 Truck
3 Companies each 3 Rifle, 3 VAB
Support Company 2 120M, 2 VAB/AA, 1 VAB/AT, 1 CP, 1 OP, 4 VAB
3 (hussars) Light Armoured Regiment
Headquarters 1 CP, 1 Sigs, 1 AMX10RC, 2 VAB, 1 Truck
3 Squadrons each 3 AMX10RC, 1 VAB/AA, 1 VBL/MG, 1 VAB, 1 Rifle
295 Artillery Battalion
3 Batteries 2 155Hc, 1 CP, 1 OP, 2 M113
63 B Luxembourg Army
63 B1 Luxembourg Infantry Battalion

3 Infantry Companies 3 Rifle, 3 Truck
1 Support Company 3 Recce Truck/HMG, 1 Truck/AT, 1 81M, 1 CP, 1 OP, 4
Truck
Note Truck is; Land Rover to 1994 then Humvee, AT is 106RR
til 1973 then TOW and later ITOW. 1 Infantry company is
a training unit, 1 infantry company is part of the Belgian
contingent of EuroCorps, the other companies with the
HQ are stationed in Luxembourg and are trained as a
counter terrorist force. This unit rarely trains together as a
unit. Individual training is quite good but troops are
untested. Luxembourg troops have a tradition of
surrendering without firing a shot.
63 B2 Luxembourg Artillery Battery

1 CP, 1 OP, 2 105Hb, 4 Trucks
- 253 –
Note This unit is part of Belgian Artillery School and stationed

there.
63 Rebels, Terrorists and “Freedom Fighters”
This section is intended as a guide to the organization of various military and para-military
organizations around the world. Most of these organizations have some sort of political sponsorship
but exist outside the framework of a legally constituted and recognized state.
- 254 –
64 Republic of Eire Army
A small military with no combat experience above platoon level, there is a growing peace
keeping tradition at the company/platoon level. It is kept in existence as a symbolic force and a
means to keep the nation’s youth out of the troubles to the North in British Ireland. There is no air
force nor navy rather the army has a small air corps service and an even smaller maritime service as
separate components. The active forces are called Permanent Active Force and the territorial or
reserve force is called “Forsa Cosanta Aituil” (second line reserve, jokingly called locally the Free
Clothes Association or Fools Carrying Arms). It has it’s own traditions which are somewhat based
on the British system but tries to cover this up by using numbered units rather than named units.
Not believed to be particularly combat effective but this armed neutral has no natural enemies to
worry about.
64 A Irish Brigade Headquarters

64 B Irish Infantry Battalion (Permanent Defence Force)

2 Companies each 3 Rifle, 1 84RR
1 Mechanized Company 3 Rifle, 1 84RR, M3 Panhard APC
1 Support Company 2 LR/Milan, 1 Com Engr, 2 MG, 3 Truck, 1 AML-HE
64 C Irish Infantry Battalion (Forsa Cosanta Aituil)

2 Companies each 3 Rifle, 1 84RR
1 Motorized Company 3 Rifle, 1 84RR, 4 Truck
1 Support Company 2 LR/90, 1 Com Engr, 2 MG, 3 Truck, 1 LR/MG
64 D Irish Field Artillery Regiment (Permanent Defence Force)

3 Batteries each 2 105Hb, 4 Truck, 1 CP, 1 OP, 2 LR
1 Mortar Battery 2 120M, 4 Truck, 1 CP, 1 OP, 2 LR
64 E Irish Field Artillery Regiment (Forsa Cosanta Aituil)

3 Batteries each 2 25 lber, 4 Truck, 1 CP, 1 OP, 2 LR
1 Mortar Battery 2 120M, 4 Truck, 1 CP, 1 OP, 2 LR
64 F Irish Cavalry Squadron (Permanent Defence Force)

Headquarters 1 AML90
2 Troops each 1 AML90, 1 AML60, 1 Rifle, 1 Timoney APC
64 G Irish Armoured Car Squadron (Permanent Defence Force)

Headquarters 1 AML90
3 Troops each 1 AML90 1 AML60
64 H Irish Tank Squadron (Permanent Defence Force)

Headquarters 1 Scorpion LT, 1 Rifle, 1 Timoney APC
3 Troops each 1 Scorpion LT
- 255 –
Note There is only one tank squadron and it is assigned to a

PDF brigade.
64 I Irish Air Defense Battery #1 (Permanent Defence Force)

3 RBS70, 3 Truck
Note Only one battery armed this way and it is Permanent
Defense Force.
64 J Irish Air Defense Battery #2, 3, and 4 (Forsa Cosanta Aituil)

3 40AA, 3 Truck
Large Units:
Permanent Defence Force Brigade – 1 Brigade Headquarters (PDF), 1 Cavalry Squadron, 1 Field
Artillery Regiment, 2 to 3 Infantry Battalions (PDF), 1 Air Defense Battery (PDF). Most brigades
are a mix of FCA and PDF forces unless specified.
Forsa Cosanta Aituil Brigade – 1 Brigade Headquarters (FCA), 1 Cavalry Squadron (FCA), 1 Field
Artillery Regiment (FCA), 4 to 6 Infantry Battalions (FCA), 1 Air Defense Battery (FCA). Most
brigades are a mix of FCA and PDF forces.
- 256 –
65 Austria Post WW2
This army has been around since the end of the Allied occupation of Austria. For the most
part it is a completely modern army breaking almost all traditions with the former Imperial, Republic
and Nazi Austrian militaries. Austria maintains a mountain warfare tradition and like most armed
neutrals does not buy its equipment from any one-power block. Much equipment is home produced
and is of utilitarian but not necessarily spectacular value. Recent years there has been a move to
standardize with NATO munitions and German equipment. As of 2003, Austria still maintains a
conscript military force and has no plans to move to an all-volunteer force. Austrian forces are
currently concentrating their peacekeeping experience into deployable units.
65 A Austrian Panzer Brigade Headquarters

Headquarters 1 Tank, 1 CP, 1 Sigs, 3 Truck, 1 ARV, 1 Rifle, 1
APC
Armoured Recce Company 3 Pandur, 3 Recon
Air Defense Battery 3 Mistral, 3 APC
Amoured Engineer Company 1 AVLB, 3 APC, 3 Com Engr
65 B Austrian Panzer Grenadier Brigade Headquarters

Headquarters 1 APC, 1 CP, 1 Sigs, 3 Truck, 1 ARV, 1 Rifle, 1
APC
Armoured Recce Company 3 Pandur, 3 Recon
Amoured Engineer Company 1 AVLB, 3 APC, 3 Com Engr
65 C Austrian Light Infantry Brigade

Headquarters 2 APC, 1 CP, 1 Sigs, 3 Truck, 1 ARV, 1 Rifle
Recce Company 3 Recon, 3 Pandur
Engineer Company 3 APC, 3 Com Engr
Note There are 2 light infantry brigades, 1 mountain
trained and equipped with Pandur, 1 airmobile
trained and may or may not be re-equipped with
Pandur. Helicopter units may or may not be
under command of the airmobile brigade. Austria
currently has enough helicopters to lift a single
battalion augmented battlegroup at one time.
65 D Austrian Panzer Battalion

Headquarters 1 Tank, 1 CP, 1 Sigs, 3 Truck, 1 ARV
4 Panzer Companies each 3 Tank
Note Tank can be either M60A3 or Leo 2. fourth
company is a mobization unit, only the unmanned
equipment exists in peace time. Currently the
equipment is the same type per battalion but with
the introduction of Leopard 2, the fourth company
may continue to be M60A3.
65 E Austrian Recce Battalion

- 257 –
Headquarters 1 APC, 1 CP, 1 Sigs, 3 Truck, 1 ARV

2 Motorized Recce Companies each 3 Recon, 3 Truck
1 Armoured Recce Company 3 Pandur, 3 Recon
1 AT Company 4 Kurassier
65 F Austrian Armoured Recce Battalion

1 Motorized Recce Company 3 Recon, 3 Truck
2 Armoured Recce Companies each 3 Pandur, 3 Recon
1 AT Company 4 Kurassier
65 G Austrian Panzer Grenadier Battalion

4 Pz Gren Companies 4 AIFV, 3 Rifle, 1 81M, 1 AIFV/20
AT Company 4 Kurassier
Note APC can be any type of Saurer. The fourth
company is mobization unit. Only the unmanned
equipment exists in peacetime. Jauguar with
ITOW may be replacing the Kurassier in first line
units. Austria has 90 such vehicles but no info on
deployment.
65 H Austrian Light Infantry Battalion

Headquarters 1 Pandur, 1 CP, 1 Sigs, 3 Truck, 1 ARV
4 Companies 4 Pandur, 3 Rifle, 1 81M, 1 Pandur/20
Note There is a light infantry regiment of 5 battalions in
the Vienna military district. This unit use trucks
and contain reservists with older equipment.
65 I Austrian Border Battalion

Headquarters 1 Truck, 1 CP, 1 Sigs, 3 Truck, 1 ARV
4 Companies 4 Truck, 3 Rifle
Note This unit is part of army but patrols the border.
These units were formed during the cold war to
patrol Austrian borders with the WP but down
their mission is to keep refugees out. They
maybe re-equiping with Pandur.
65 J Austrian Guard Battalion

Headquarters 1 Pandur, 1 CP, 1 Sigs, 3 Truck, 1 ARV
4 Companies 4 Pandur, 3 Rifle, 1 81M, 1 Pandur/20
Note There is only one battalion and it is a ceremonial
guard in Vienna. This unit trains regularly but
only at company strength due to ceremonial
duties. Rumoured to have counter terrorist
training.
- 258 –
65 K Austrian Artillery Battalion

3 Artillery Batteries each 2 M109G, 1 CP, 1 OP, 2 APC
Note Brigade assigned battalions have 3 batteries.
Corps has a regiment of 2 battalions, each with 2
batteries. Corps artillery regiments are
mobilization forces so they will contain older
equipment. There are some 100 105mm
Howitzers and 200 120mm mortars held in
reserve. M109 is actually an Austrian modified
example but is very similar to the German
M109G.
65 L Austrian Air Defense Regiment

Note AAG can be 40AA, M42, 35AA, 20AA. 35mm is
part of the Air Field Defense Regiment that is
under Austrian Air Force command. Army units
would be broken into battery strength and
supplied to mobilization brigades under the
current mobilization plan. There is no strategic
air defense plan in the army only a tactical plan.
65 M Austrian Engineer Battalion

2 Engineer Companies each 3 APC, 3 Com Engr
1 Amoured Engineer Company 1 AVLB, 3 APC, 3 Com Engr
Large Units:
Light Infantry Brigade – 1 Brigade Headquarters, 3 Light Infantry Battalions, 1 Panzer Battalion
(Mobilization unit with M60A3?), 1 Artillery Battalion (105H in mountain unit and 120M in airmobile
unit).
Panzer Brigade – 1 Brigade Headquarters, 1 Panzer Grenadier Battalion, 2 Panzer Battalions, 1

Artillery Battalion (Self Propelled). 4th Panzer Brigade has 1 Panzer Battalion and 1 Recce
Battalion in place of 2 Panzer Battalions.
Panzer Grenadier Brigade – 1 Brigade Headquarters, 2 Panzer Grenadier Battalions, 1 Panzer

Battalion, 1 Artillery Battalion (Self Propelled).
- 259 –
A Note on Headquarters Units
When forming large units such as Divisions you will require a Headquarters Group. These
groupings should consist of 1CP, 1 Sigs, 1 SMG/Rifle/Security, 1 Medium Mortar, 1 anti-tank gun,
1 Anti-aircraft gun plus transport according to the unit type (armoured, motorized or foot)
Divisional units not represented include Military Police, Signals, Supply, Medical and
Transport battalions. These should be made up of three platoons of three companies each plus a
headquarters.
A Note For Miniature Players
These ORBATs were originally designed for Platoon Level Board Games so the following
notes will assist you in converting to miniatures. All vehicles/guns should be used one model for
one counter.
For my BattleGame rules, each OP should consist of one officer, one radioman and one
rifleman. Each CP should consist of one officer, one radioman. Each infantry platoon should
consist of 1 LMG Team and 3 Rifle Teams. Each company has a Headquarters of 1 Officer, 1
NCO, 1 Anti-Tank Team, this is Headquarters and is divided amongst the company vehicles when
mounted. From 1944 German infantry platoons consist of 1 LMG Team and 2 Rifle Teams.
Machinegun Platoons consist of 3 HMG teams. Signals platoons (EW, DF, Sigs, Loc Arty) consist
of 2 figures armed with rifles and the appropriate equipment.
Most artillery batteries consist of two gun detachments, 1 battery CP and 1 battery OP
plus vehicles. All mortar units should be replaced two for one or two miniature weapons and crews
should replace each mortar counter.
Engineer platoons for all nations consist of 1 LMG Team, 1 Demolition Team and 1 Flame-
thrower Team (unless the flamethrower team is specified separately).
For other platoon scale war-gaming rules, each OP should consist of stand as appropriate.
Each CP should consist of one stand as appropriate. Each infantry platoon should consist 1 LMG
stand and 1 Rifle Stand as appropriate to the rules you are using. Each company has a command
stand and a weapons stand as specified in the rules you are using. Machinegun Platoons consist
of one to three HMG Stands.
Most artillery batteries consist of one to two gun detachments, 1 battery command post
stand and 1 battery OP stand plus vehicles. All mortar units should be replaced two for one or two
miniature weapons and crews should replace each mortar counter.
Engineer platoons for all nations consist of 1 Engineer Stand.
Panzer Blitz Attack and Defend strengths remain unchanged; move and range indicators
must be increased to preserve the look of the game as follows:
a. 1/300 model – the same in inches.
b. 10mm models doubled in inches,

- 260 –
c. 15-20mm models tripled.

- 261 –
GLOSSARY / LIST OF ABBREVIATIONS
2S Soviet SPG Series also see SAU and SO; they mean the same
A
A9 British Infantry Tank
A10 British Cruiser Tank
A13 British Cruiser Tank
A Armour Class Weapon
AA Anti Aircraft Class Weapon
AAG Anti Aircraft Gun
AAV7 See LVTP-7
AB Auto Blinda – Italian Armoured Car
Ab Airborne
Abbot UK SP 105 Howitzer
AC Armoured Car
A/C Aircraft or Armoured Car
ACAV Armoured Cavalry Armoured Vehicle? M113 with extra MG and a MG Turret
ADATS Air Defense Anti Tank System Canadian SPAA Missile on M113
AEC British Command Post Vehicle
AEV Armoured Engineer Vehicle
AH Attack Helicopter
AML French Armoured Car Series
AMX French Tank/APC/IFV/SPG series
AP Armour Piecing
APC Armoured Personnel Carrier
ARM Armoured Infantry Platoon
Armd Armoured
Army A unit of Corps
Amph Amphibious
ARV Armoured Recovery Vehicle
Arty Artillery
AS Attack Strength
AS90 Self Propelled 155mm Howitzer
AT Anti Tank
A/T Anti Tank
ATG Anti Tank Gun
ATGM Anti Tank Guided Missile
ATGW Anti Tank Guided Wire
AT-L Soviet Prime Mover Series
A/Tk Anti Tank
AVLB Armoured Vehicle Launcher Bridge
Armoured Vehicle General Purpose – Canadian Cougar Tank Trainer and
AVGP
Grizzly APC
AVRE Armoured Vehicle Royal Engineers
- 262 –
B
Bde Brigade
Bgd Brigade
Bison Canadian Amoured Command Post based on the LAV
Blowpipe UK Shoulder launched AA missile
BM Soviet Rocket Launcher Series
BMP Soviet IFV
Bn Battalion
BO British Helicopter
BO Bail Out
BTR Soviet APC
BRDM Soviet Reconnaissance Vehicle series
Bren British Universal Carrier
Bge Bridge
BT Soviet Fast Tank Series
bty Battery
C
C Carrier Unit
C* Carrier Unit with movement restrictions
C** Carrier Unit with movement restrictions
C*** Carrier Unit with movement restrictions
CAR Staff Car generic term
CAT Close Assault Tactics
CAV Cavalry
CB Counter Battery
CC Combat Command
CDO Commando
CEN Centurion Tank
CEV Combat Engineer Vehicle
CH Cargo Helicopter
CHEM Chemical
Challenger UK Tank
Chieftain UK Tank
Cobra German ATGW
COM Combat
Combat Type of Engineer unit
Const Construction – type of engineer unit
Conqueror UK Heavy Tank
Corps A unit of divisions
Coy Company – a unit of platoons
Coyote Canadian LAV-25 with GSR and Electronic recce tools
CP Command Post
CRT Combat Results Table
D
D Dispersed
DCR French Armoured Division
dd Double Dispersed or DD
- 263 –
DD Duplex Drive – Amphibious Tank or Double Dispersed

DF Defense Factor
DF Direct Fire
Df Direct Fire
Div Division – a unit of brigades or regiments
DLM French Light Mechanized Division
DRM Die Roll Modifier
Drag P Dragoon Portees – French Mechanized Dragoon Regiment
Dragon US Shoulder Launched Anti-Tank Missile
DS Defense Strength
E
ea Each
Eng Engineer
Engr Engineer
ENTAC French ATGW
Elv Elevation
EV Engineer Vehicle
Eryx French ATGW
EW Electronic Warfare
F
F/B Fighter Bomber
Ferret UK Scout Car
Flail Mine Clearing Tank
Flak German Anti Aircraft
FOF Field of Fire
F/Tk Flamethrower tank
FT Flamethrower tank
FT Flamethrower
Fuchs German APC
FUS Fusilier
FV UK Armoured Vehicle Series
G
G Glided Weapons Class
Gaz Russian Jeep Type Vehicle
Gazelle UK Helicopter
GDR Glider
Genie French for Engineer
GL
GRDS Guards
Gren Grenadier
GSR Ground Surveillance Radar
Guards Elite Soviet Infantry
GW German Assault Gun
H
H Howitzer
- 264 –
H Heavy
H Direct Fire HE Weapons Class
(H) Indirect Fire HE Weapons Class
Ha Howitzer Type A
Harpoon ATGW
Hb Howitzer Type B
HE High Explosive
HELO Helicopter
HMG Heavy Machinegun
HOT French ATGW
How Howitzer
Headquarters Headquarters
H/T Half-Track
HT Half-Track
Humber British Scout Car
HV Hummer or Hum Vee or HUMMV
Hvy Heavy
I
I Infantry Class Weapons
IDF Indirect Fire
IG Infantry gun
IND Independent
INF Infantry
ISU Soviet Heavy Assault Gun Series
J
Javelin US ATGW or UK LAA Missile
Jeep Light vehicle
Jeep/MG Light vehicle with a machinegun
Jg Jagd or hunting
JP Jagd Panzer
K
Kan Kanone
KPz Kampf Panzer
KV Soviet Heavy Tank Series
Kurrassier Austrian SPAT
KWAG Kubelwagen
L
L/A Light aircraft
LARS Light Artillery Rocket System
LAV Light Armoured Vehicle
LAV 3 Canadian IFV based on LAV
LBer Pounder
LeClerc French Tank
LMG Light Machinegun
Loc Locating
- 265 –
LOF Line of Fire

LOS Line of Sight
LR Land-Rover
LSI Landing Ship Infantry
LST Landing Ship Tank
LTVP Light amphibious APC
Lt Light
LVT Light amphibious vehicle
LVT (A) Light amphibious vehicle with extra armament and armour
LVTP-7 Amphibious APC also called AAV7
LW Luftwaffe
Lynx UK Helicopter or Canadian Recce APC
M
M Mortar Weapon Class
M1 US Tank
M2 US IFV
M3 US Recon IFV
M3/57 M3 HT with 57mm ATG
M3/75 M3 HT with 75mm How
M3/81 M3 HT with 81mm Mortar
M3/105 M3 HT with 105mm How
M3/120 M3 HT with 120mm Mortar
M3/AA M3 HT with 20mm AAG
M4 US Tank
M4/75 US Tank
M4/76 US Tank
M4/105 US Tank
M5 US Light Tank
M7 Self Propelled 105mm How
M8 AC US Armoured Car
M8 Scott Self Propelled 75mm How
M10 SPAT
M12 Self Propelled 155mm How
M18 SPAT
M24 US Light Tank
M26 US Tank
M36B1 SPAT
M40 SPAAG
M41 US Light Tank
M42 SPAAG
M47 US Tank
M48 US Tank
M48 Chaparral US Self Propelled Anti-Aircraft Missile system
M52 Self Propelled 155 Howitzer
M53 Self Propelled 203mm Howitzer
M59 Fore-runner of the M113 APC
M60 US Tank
M113 US APC
- 266 –
M114 US Recce APC

M103 US Heavy Tank
M106 M113 with 107 later 120mm Mortar
M108 Self Propelled 105mm Howitzer
M109 Self Propelled 155 Howitzer
M125 M113 with 81mm Mortar
M150 TOW on M113
M163 SPAAG
M548 Tracked supply vehicle based on the M113
M577 Armoured Command Post based on M113
M728 A CEV
M901 Improved TOW vehicle on M113
M981 Artillery Command Post Vehicle
MA Movement Allowance
MC Motorcycle
M/C Motorcycle
Mech Mechanized
Med Medium
MF Movement Factor
MIF Mounted Infantry Fire
MiL Soviet Helicopter Series
MG Machinegun
MK IV British Light Tank
MLG Soviet Mine Layer
MM Milimetre
mm Milimetre
MMG Medium Machinegun
Mor Mortar
Mot Motorized
Move Movement
MP Military Police
MRL Multiple Rocket Launcher
MRLS Multiple Rocket Launcher System
MTLB Soviet APC
MTU Soviet AVLB
N
NA Not Applicable
N/A Not Applicable
NW Nebelwerfer
O
O A/C Observation Aircraft
OBA Off-board Artillery
OH Observation Helicopter
OH58 Light Observation Helicopter
OP Observation Post
OT Warsaw Pact APC Series
OR Overrun
- 267 –
P
Para Parachute
Pass Passenger
Patt Patton – US Tank Series
Pdr Pounder
PJ Panzer Jaeger
Pl Platoon
Plt Platoon
PMP Soviet Truck Bridge Launcher
Pon Pontoon – type of engineers
PS Panzer Spah Wagen
PT Soviet Specialized tank Series
Pz Panzer
Pz G Panzer Grenadier
Pz Gren Panzer Grenadier
PzKfw Panzer Kampf Wagen
PzKw Panzer Kampf Wagen
Q
Q Quad Barrel Anti Aircraft Gun
QAA Quad Barrel Anti Aircraft Gun
QM Quick March
Quad Artillery Limber
R
R Radar Weapons Class
Rak Rocket
Rapier UK anti-aircraft missile
RR Recoiless rifle
Recce Reconnaisse
Recon Reconnaisse
Redeye US Shoulder Launched Anti-Aircraft missile
Regt Regiment
RF Range Factor
RIF Rifle
Rgt Regiment
Rifle Type of Infantry
rng Range
ROAD Type of US Army order of battle in effect from 1958 to 1982
Roland APC type
S
SA Soviet Anti Aircraft Gun
Saladin UK Armoured Car
Samson UK Artillery Support Vehicle
Saracen UK APC
SAU Soviet SPG Series
SC Scout Car
- 268 –
Scimitar UK Scout Vehicle

Scorpion UK Scout Vehicle
sdfz German for Prime Mover
SEC Security
Scout UK Helicopter
SHTURM-C Soviet SPAT
Sioux UK Helicopter
SMF Split Move and Fire
SMG Submachinegun
Snapper Soviet ATGW
SO Soviet SPG series
SP Self-propelled
SPA Self-propelled Artillery
SPAA Self-propelled Anti-Aircraft
SPAT Self-propelled Anti-Tank
Spartan UK APC
SPG Self-propelled Gun
Spigot Soviet ATGW
SPz German for Infantry APC
Sqn Squadron
SS German Elite Political Troops
SS Submarine
SS11 French ATGW
SSR Scenario Special Rules
Stag Staghound – British Scout Car
Stalwart UK Support Vehicle
Stg German Assault Gun
Stinger US shoulder Launched Anti-Aircraft missile
Striker UK Self Propelled ATGW
StuG German Assault Gun
SU Soviet Assault Gun Series
T
T Soviet Tank Series
t Truck
TAM South American Light Tank
TEC Terrain Effects Charts
TI Israeli Tank Series
Tk Tank
TR-1 UK SPAA Missile
Trk Truck
TOW An ATGM
TUA TOW under Armour – Canadian Designed Dual Launcher TOW Turret
Tur Turret
Type 56 Chinese APC
Type 59 Chinese Tank
Type 63 Chinese Light Tank
- 269 –

Type 83 Self Propelled 152mm like SO152 or 2S3
Type 88 South Korean Tank
U
UFT Unit Function Table
UH Utility Helicopter
V
VAB French APC
VAL Valentine
VBL French Light Vehicle
VEH Vehicle
VSHORAD Very Short Range Air Defense or LLAD
VW Volkswagen
W
w Wagon
WAG Wagon
Walid Arab APC
Warrior UK IFV
Wiesel German light armour similar to a Mule in size
Wombat UK 120mm RR
WZ 501 Chinese APC
X
X Eliminated
Y
YW 531 Chinese APC
Z
Zelda Israeli Armour upgrade package
ZPU Soviet towed AAG series
ZSU Soviet SPAA series

The Advanced Panzer Blitz To&e Book Version 10

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Description:

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

The Advanced Panzer Blitz To&e Book Version 10

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

-0–

WORLD WAR TWO

1 Czechoslovakian Army 1938

19 American Armed Forces

ADVANCED PANZER BLITZ ORDERS OF BATTLE

WORLD WAR TWO

Miniature players see the note at the last page.

1 Czechoslovakian Army 1938

1 A Czechoslovakian Division Headquarters

1 B Czechoslovakian Infantry Brigade Headquarters (Commands two Infantry Regiments)

1 C Czechoslovakian Infantry Regiment Headquarters (Commands two Infantry Battalions)

1 D Czechoslovakian Motorized Infantry Regiment Headquarters (Commands two Motorized

1 E Czechoslovakian Cavalry Regiment Headquarters (Commands two Infantry Battalions)

1 F Czechoslovakian Infantry Battalion

1 G Czechoslovakian Motorized Infantry Battalion

1 H Czechoslovakian Cavalry Battalion

1 I Czechoslovakian Armoured Battalion

1 J Czechoslovakian Independent Armoured Company

1 K Czechoslovakian Armoured Reconnaissance Platoon

1 L Czechoslovakian Artillery Brigade Headquarters (Commands 2 artillery regiments (one

1 M Czechoslovakian Artillery Regiment Headquarters (Commands 2 or 3 battalions)

1 N Czechoslovakian Artillery Battalion

1 O Czechoslovakian Anti Tank Company

1 P Czechoslovakian Anti Aircraft Company

Fast Division – 1 Division Headquarters, 2 Armoured Battalions, 2 Cavalry Regiments, 2 Motorized

2 American Army, Satellites and US Marines Corps

2 A Philippine Infantry Regimental Headquarters 1941 to 1942

2 B American Infantry Regimental Headquarters 1942 to 1943

2 C American Infantry Regimental Headquarters 1943 to 1945

2 D American Marine Regimental Headquarters “D” Series 1941 to 1942

2 E American Marine Regimental Headquarters “E” Series 1942 to 1943

2 F American Marine Regimental Headquarters “F” Series 1944

2 G American Marine Regimental Headquarters “G” Series 1945

2 H American Philippine Scouts Infantry Battalion 1942 to 1943 (3 per regimental

2 I American Infantry Battalion 1942 to 1943 (3 per regimental Headquarters)

2 J American Infantry Battalion 1943 to 1945 (3 per regimental Headquarters)

2 K American Armoured Infantry Battalion 1942 to 1943

2 L American Armoured Infantry Battalion 1943 to 1945

2 M American Glider/Parachute Infantry Battalion 1943 to 1945 (3 per regimental

2 N American Ranger Infantry Battalion 1943 to 1945

2 O American Marine Raider Infantry Battalion 1943 to 1945

2 P American Marine Infantry Battalion “D” Series 1942

2 Q American Marine Infantry Battalion “E” Series 1943

2 R American Marine Infantry Battalion “F” Series 1944

2 S American Marine Infantry Battalion “G” Series 1945

2 U American Armoured Combat Command Headquarters Europe 1944 to 1945 (may

2 V American Medium or Light Tank Battalion 1942 to 1943

2 W American Tank Battalion 1943 to 1945

2 X American Marine Tank Battalion “D” Series 1941 to 1942

2 Y American Marine Tank Battalion “E” Series 1943 to 1944

2 Z American Marine Tank Battalion “F” Series 1944

2 AA American Marine Tank Battalion “G” Series 1945

Headquarters 1 M4/75, 2 Truck, 1 ARV, 1 12.7AAG

2 AB American Army Amphibious Tank Battalion

2 AC American Marine Amphibious Transport Battalion

2 AD American Towed Tank Destroyer Battalion 1942 to 1943

2 AE American Tank Destroyer Battalion 1942 to 1943

2 AF American Self-Propelled Tank Destroyer Battalion 1944 to 1945

2 AG American Towed Tank Destroyer Battalion 1944 to 1945

2 AH American Cavalry Reconnaissance Squadron of a Cavalry Group 1942 to 1943

2 AI American Cavalry Reconnaissance Squadron of an Cavalry Group 1943 to 1945

2 AJ American Cavalry Reconnaissance Squadron of an Armoured Division 1942 to 1943